^L A M T E C H

Instruction Manual

Series VFD
User Friendly By Design
4 0 0 V System (3 8 0 -4 8 0 V),
22 kW (30 H p )-2 0 0 0 kW (2700 Hp)
5 0 0 V System (5 0 0 -6 0 0 V),
30 kW (40 H p )-1 8 0 0 kW (2415 Hp)
600 V System (6 0 0 -6 9 0 V),
37 kW (50 H p)-2100 kW (2815 Hp)

N O T IC E
1. Read this manual thoroughly before using the axpekt , and store in a safe place for reference.
2. Make sure that this manual is delivered to the final user.

AMTECH
IMAEP-01, Rev. 1.01 MAY 2018
TA BLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

PREFACE
Precautions For Safety iii
CHAPTER-1 DELIVERY, INSPECTION AND STORAGE
1-1 Delivery, inspection and storage 1-1
1-2 Details of rating nameplate and type display 1-2
CHAPTER-2 INSTALLATION AND WIRING
2-1 Installation environment 2-1
2-2 Precautions for power supply and motor wiring 2-2
2-3 Power terminal layout 2-8
2-4 Precautions for control signals wiring 2-9
2-5 Power circuit configuration 2-10
CHAPTER-3 DIGITAL OPERATION PANEL (GRAPHICAL DISPLAY MODULE)
3-1 Drive status 3-2
3-2 Modes & parameters 3-3
3-3 Parameter display & setting 3-5
CHAPTER-4 TEST OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENT
4-1 Preparation before turning power ON 4-2
4-2 Initialization of motor constants in Mode-B 4-4
4-3 Automatic tuning & adjustment 4-6
4-4 Test operations 4-8
CHAPTER-5 CONTROL INPUT / OUTPUT TERMINALS
5-1 Input/output terminal functions of PCA-2052A (Main Control Board) 5-1
5-2 Programmable digital input (DI) wiring 5-4
5-3 Programmable analog input (AI) wiring 5-4
5-4 Programmable analog output (AO) wiring 5-5
5-5 Programmable digital output (DO) wiring - Open collector type 5-5
5-6 Programmable sequence output (Relay) wiring 5-6
5-7 Default function assignment to terminals 5-6
CHAPTER-6 PARAMETER SETTINGS & FUNCTIONS
Mode-M monitor mode parameters 6-1
Mode-A parameters 6-10
Mode-B parameters 6-19
Mode-C parameters 6-28
Mode-D parameters 6-49
Mode-E parameters 6-51
Mode-G parameters 6-55
Mode-H parameters 6-60
Function explanations 6-61

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

i
CHAPTER NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.
In-built PLC function explanation 6-156
CHAPTER-7 ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT BOARDS
7-1 Main control board 7-1
7-2 Graphical display unit 7-1
7-3 Interface & IGBT driver 7-1
7-4 Other blocks 7-1
CHAPTER-8 MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION & PART REPLACEMENT
8-1 Inspection items 8-1
8-2 Measuring devices 8-2
CHAPTER-9 OPTIONS
9-1 Green power technology 9-1
9-2 Output sinus filter 9-1
9-3 Input/output reactor 9-2
9-4 Metering 9-2
9-5 Enclosure 9-2
9-6 Battery back-up VFD 9-2
9-7 Remote operator box 9-2
9-8 EMI filter 9-2
9-9 Dynamic braking 9-2
9-10 VFD bypass 9-3
CHAPTER-10 ENCODER SPECIFICATIONS
10-1 Applicable encoder specifications 10-1
10-2 Wiring example 10-1
CHAPTER-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION SET UP
11-1 Connection method 11-1
11-2 Connecting the host computer and Axpert-Eazy+ (1-to-1) 11-1
11-3 Connecting the host computer and Axpert-Eazy+ (1-to- many) 11-2
11-4 Communication specifications 11-3
11-5 Introduction to Modbus 11-3
Appendix-A Standard Specifications and Outline Dimension A-1
Appendix-B Fault Codes A-7
Appendix-C Trouble Shooting Guidelines A-11
Appendix-D Revision History A-20

Amtech
PREFACE
Thank You for purchasing Amtech Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive is a modern Digital Signal Processor based high
performance VFD and is easy to use. It employs new generation IGBT as a switching device and
pwm control techniques to apply commanded output to the motor to control the motor speed.
PLEASE READ THIS MANUAL THOROUGHLY before use, and keep the manual at hand for later
reference. Also make sure that this manual is delivered to the final users.
The purpose of this Instruction Manual is to provide basic information on Installation, Start-up,
Operational and Troubleshooting for the unit.
WARNING
ALWAYS READ THIS MANUAL THOROUGHLY BEFORE USING THE VFD.
THIS VFD CONTAINS HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUITS THAT MAY BE FATAL TO HUMANS. USE EXTREME
CAUTION DURING INSTALLATION.
MAINTENANCE MUST BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED TECHNICIANS, AND ALL POWER SOURCES
MUST BE DISCONNECTED BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE.
SUFFICIENT NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN TO THE GENERAL OPERATORS AND WORKERS BEFORE
STARTING.
ELECTRIC SHOCK MA Y OCCUR IF THE FOLLOWING POINTS ARE NO T OBSERVED.
1. DO NOT OPEN THE FRONT COVER WHILE THE POWER IS ON.
2. A CHARGE STILL REMAINS IN THE VFD WHILE THE INDICATOR IS LIT EVEN IF THE POWER HAS
BEEN TURNED OFF. DO NOT OPEN THE FRONT COVER IN THIS CASE. WAIT AT LEAST 20
MINUTES AFTER THE INDICATOR GOES OUT.
3. DO NOT CONTACT THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT WHILE THE "CHARGE" LED ON THE UNIT IS LIT.
PERFORM SERVICING, ETC., AFTER WAITING AT LEAST 20 MINUTES AFTER THE LAMP GOES
OUT.
4. ALWAYS GROUND THE VFD CASE. THE GROUNDING METHOD MUST COMPLY WITH THE LAWS
OF THE COUNTRY WHERE THE VFD IS BEING INSTALLED.
THE VFD MA Y BE DESTROYED BEYOND REPAIR IF THE FOLLOWING POINTS ARE NOT OBSERVED.
1. OPERATION WITHIN THE VFD SPECIFICATIONS.
2. PROPER CABLE CONNECTIONS TO INPUT/OUTPUT TERMINALS.
3. CLEANING AND ENOUGH VENTILATION TO THE VFD INTAKE/OUTTAKE PORTS.
4. OBSERVATION OF CAUTIONS LISTED IN THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
• THERE MAY BE SOURCES OF NOISE AROUND THIS VFD AND MOTOR DRIVEN BY THIS VFD.
CONSIDER THE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM, INSTALLATION PLACE AND WIRING METHOD BEFORE
INSTALLATION.
INSTALL THIS VFD AWAY FROM DEVICES THAT HANDLE MINUTE SIGNALS, SUCH AS MEDICAL
EQUIPMENT IN PARTICULAR. ALSO SEPARATE THE DEVICES ELECTRICALLY, AND TAKE
SUFFICIENT NOISE MEASURES.
• TAKE SUFFICIENT SAFETY MEASURES WHEN USING THIS VFD FOR PASSENGER
TRANSPORTATION, SUCH AS IN ELEVATORS (LIFTS).

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

Safety Precautions
Items to be observed to prevent physical damage or property damage and to ensure safe use of
this product are noted on the product and in this instruction manual.
Please read these instruction manual and enclosed documents before starting operation to ensure
correct usage. Thoroughly understand the device, safety information and precautions before
starting operation. After reading, always store this manual where it can be accessed easily.
The safety precautions are ranked as "DANGER" and "CAUTION" in this instruction manual.

^ DANGER When a dangerous situation may occur if handling is mistaken, leading to

fatal or major injuries.
When a dangerous situation may occur if handling is mistaken, leading to
medium or minor injuries, or physical damage.
/ f \ CAUTION

/?\CAUTION
Note that some items described as may lead to major problems depending on
the situation. In any case, important information that must be observed is described.
This instruction manual is written on the presumption that the user has an understanding of the
VFD. A qualified person must do installation, operation, maintenance and inspection of this
product. Even qualified persons must undergo periodic training.
Qualified refers to satisfying the following conditions.
S The person has thoroughly read and understood this instruction manual.
S The person is well versed in the installation, operation, maintenance and inspection of this
product, and understands the possible dangers.
S The person is informed on matters related to starting, stopping, installation, locks and tag
displays, and has been trained in the operation and remedies.
S The person has been trained on the maintenance, inspection and repairs of this product.
S The person has been trained on protective tools used to ensure safety.
KEEP SAFETY FIRST IN YOUR SYSTEM
AMTECH puts the maximum effort into making products better and more reliable, but there is
always the possibility that trouble may occur with them. Trouble with VFD may lead to personal
injury, fire or property damage. Remember to give due consideration to safety when making your
system, with appropriate measures such as isolating devices, mechanical brakes, prevention
against any malfunction or mishap.

Amtech
iv
CHAPTER-1: DELIVERY, INSPECTION AND STORAGE

/?\CAUTION 1

S Always transport the product with an appropriate method according to the products weight.
Failure to observe this could lead to injuries.
S Do not place the product near inflammable items.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
S Do not hold the product with front cover while transporting the product.
Failure to observe this could lead to injuries from dropping.
S Do not let conductive materials such as screws or metal pieces and inflammable materials
such as oil enter the product.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
S Install the product in a place that can withstand the weight of the product, and follow the
instruction manual.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries from dropping.
S Do not install and operate VFD that is damaged or that has missing parts.
Failure to observe this could lead to injuries.
S Always observe the conditions described in the instruction manual for the installation
environment.
Failure to observe this could lead to faults.
1-1 Delivery, inspection and storage
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive has gone through rigorous quality control tests at
the factory before shipment. After receiving the unit, check for the following.
1. Check to make sure that the package includes Variable Frequency Drive and User Manual
2. Remove the unit from packaging, and check the details on the rating nameplate to confirm
that the unit is as ordered.
3. Confirm that the product has not been damaged during shipment.
The Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive should be kept in the shipping carton before
installation. In order to retain the warranty coverage, the unit should be stored properly when it is
not to be used for an extended period of time. Some storage suggestions are:
1) Store in a clean, dry location.
2) Store within an ambient temperature range of -20°C (-4°F) to +60°C (140°F).
3) If possible, store in an air-conditioned environment where the relative humidity is less than
95%, non-condensing.
4) Do not store the unit in places where it could be exposed to corrosive gases.
5) Do not store the unit on a shelf or on an unstable surface.
6 ) If the unit is not to be used for a while (more than 2 months) after purchasing, store it in a
place with no humidity or vibration in the packaged state.
7) Always inspect the unit before using after storing for a long period.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
1-1
 1-2 Details of rating nameplate and type display method
The following details are listed on the rating nameplate.
1
Axpert-Eazy+ Model: AMT-0095A-4
Product Code: 56 06 H00 F3700 Y 00 00
IN 3-PHASE, 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz
84 A
OUT 3-PHASE, 0-VIN, 0.1-600 Hz, 95 A
90 A/45 kW ND, 77 A/37 kW HD
S/N 171011231
_____________A A M T E C H
The nameplate includes the series name, model number; product code; input phase, voltage,
frequency and input current; output phase, voltage, frequency, no overload current, normal duty
current/kW rating and heavy duty current/kW rating and serial number.
Using the above nameplate as an example, the type is displayed as follows:
Model: AMT-0095A-4
AMT - Amtech Axpert-Eazy+ Series
0095A - 95 A Output No Overload current
4: Input 3-phase, 3-wire, 380 - 480 V, 50 / 60 Hz
The product code 56 06 H00 F3700 Y 00 00 indicates below information:

Digit Code Description

1-2 56 Indicates input supply frequency
56: 50/60 Hz (applicable up to AMT-0225A-3)
50: 50 Hz (above AMT-0225A-3)
60: 60 Hz (above AMT-0225A-3)
3-4 06 Indicates number of pulses of input supply
06: 6-pulse (standard)
12: 12-pulse (from AMT-0785A-3 and onwards)
5-7 H00 Indicates hardware version
8 -12 F3700 Indicates software version
13 Y Y: Graphical Digital Operation Panel DOP
9: No Digital Operation Panel DOP
14-15 00 00: No IP20 kit
20: With IP20 kit
16-17 00 00: No option board

The first two digits of the serial number indicate the manufacturing year and the next two digits
indicates manufacturing month. The remaining digits are incremental numbers.

Amtech
1-2
CHAPTER-2: INSTALLATION AND WIRING

This chapter provides the information needed to properly install and wire the unit. Make sure
that the unit is wired according to the instructions contained in this chapter. The instructions
should be read and understood before the actual installation begins.

/y\CAUTION

S Install the VFD, Dynamic Braking Unit (DBU) and Dynamic Braking Resistor (DBR), and other
peripheral devices on noncombustible material such as metal.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
S Do not mount unit in horizontal position. Always mount unit in Vertical position only.
Failure to observe this could lead to damage the unit.
S Do not place the product near inflammable items.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
S Do not let conductive materials such as screwsor metalpieces and inflammable materials
such as oil enter the product.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
S Install the product in a place that can withstand theweightof theproduct.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries from dropping.
S Do not install and operate the unit that is damaged or with missing parts.
Failure to observe this could lead to injuries.
S Always observe the conditions described in the instruction manual for the installation
environment.
Failure to observe this could lead to faults.
S Install an overheating protection device on the Dynamic Braking Resistor (DBR), and shut off
the power with this fault signal.
Failure to do so could lead to fires in the event of abnormal overheating.
2-1 Installation environment
Observe the following points when installing the VFD.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

2-1
 / / / / / / / / / / A

200 mm (7.87")

200 mm (7.87")

1) Install the VFD vertically to provide proper ventilation.

2) Make sure that the ambient temperature is 0 °C (32 °F) to 50 °C (122 °F) for 400 Volt series
VFD and 0 °C (32 °F) to 40 °C (104 °F) for 500 Volt and 600 Volt series VFD.
3) Avoid installation in the following environment.
• Places subject to direct sunlight.
• Places with oil mist, dust or cotton lint, or subject to salty winds.
• Places with corrosive gas, explosive gas or high humidity levels.
• Places near vibration sources such as dollies or press machines.
• Places made of in-flammable materials such as wood, or places that are not heat resistant.
4) Ensure ventilation space around the VFD as shown in the above figure.

2-2 Precautions for power supply and motor wiring

DANGER

S Always turn the device's input power OFF before starting wiring.
Failure to do so could lead to electric shocks or fires.
S Carry out grounding that complies with the standards of the country where the VFD is being
installed.
Failure to do so could lead to electric shocks or fires.
S Wiring must always be done by a qualified electrician
Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks or fires.
S Always install the device before starting wiring.

Amtech
2-2
 Failure to do so could lead to electric shocks or injuries.
S Use circuit breaker or fuses that match with the capacity of VFD power supply.
Failure to do so could lead to fires.

/?\CAUTION

S Do not connect an AC power supply to the output terminals (U, V, W) and DC terminals (L+1,
L+2, and L-).
Failure to observe this could lead to injuries or fires.
S Confirm that the product's rated input voltage and frequency match the power supply voltage
and frequency.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries or fires.
S Install an overheating protection device on the dynamic braking resistor, and shut off the
power with this fault signal.
Failure to do so could lead to fires in the event of abnormal overheating.
S Do not directly connect a resistor to the DC terminals (L+1, L+2, and L-).
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
S Tighten the terminal screws with the designated tightening torque.
Failure to do so could lead to fires.
S Correctly connect the output (U, V, W) to motor terminals to ensure proper phase sequence.
Failure to do so could cause the motor to rotate in reverse and the machine to be damaged.
S When using the encoder, ensure its proper connections. The signal polarity specifications
differ according to the encoder. If the specifications differ from the specified VFD standard
specifications, correct the signal polarity as specified. Refer Chapter-10 for more information
on encoder specifications.
Failure to observe this could lead to reverse rotation or abnormal acceleration of the motor,
and to injuries or machine damage.
Refer to below figure and wire the main circuits for the power supply and motor, etc.
Always observe the following precautions for wiring.

/?\CAUTION

There is a risk of electric shocks.

The VFD has a built-in electrolytic capacitor, so a charge will remain even when the VFD power is
turned off. Always observe the following items before carrying out the wiring work.

S Wait at least 20 minutes after turning the power off before starting work. Make sure that the
displays on the Digital Operation Panel have gone out before removing the cover.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

2-3
S After removing the cover, confirm that the "DC BUS CHARGE LED" in the unit on bleeder board
has gone out. Also check that the voltage between terminals L+1 or L+2 and L- is 15V or less
before starting the inspections.
D CL

EXA M PLE OF MAIN CIR CU IT WIRING

(Note 1) VFD input / output terminals

The VFD input terminals are L1, L2 & L3. The output terminals to the motor are U, V & W.
Connect the power supply to input terminals L1, L2 & L3 only. Never connect the power supply
to the U, V, and W terminals. Incorrect wiring will lead to VFD damage or fires.
(Note 2) Wire size
Use wires having the size (or larger) shown in the below table for the main circuit wiring
shown in the above figure. The applicable wire size range, applicable ring terminal and
tightening torque for the main circuit terminals are shown in the Table-1 for 400V Series,
Table-2 for 500V Series and Table-3 for 600V Series.
Listed ZMVV, Lugs shall be used & copper wire with 75°C (167°F) used for external connection.

Amtech
2-4
Table-1: Axpert-Eazy+ 400V Series VFD (Terminal and applicable wire for Input and Output)
AMT- No Overload Wire size Terminal width mm (inch) Terminal Tightening
XXXXA-4 (A) mm2 AWG screw size torque
I/P O/P N*m (lb-
inch) 2
0004A 4 2.5 14 M4 1.5 (13.3)
005A8 5.8 2.5 14 M4 1.5 (13.3)
0008A 8 2.5 14 M4 1.5 (13.3)
0010A 10 2.5 14 M4 1.5 (13.3)
0014A 14 4 12 M4 1.5 (13.3)
0018A 18 6 10 M4 1.5 (13.3)
0025A 25 8 8 M4 1.5 (13.3)
0033A 33 8 8 M4 1.5 (13.3)
0039A 39 8 8 M5 2.25 (19.9)
0048A 48 14 6 M5 2.25 (19.9)
0065A 65 25 4 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) M8 7 (62)
0077A 77 35 2 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) M8 7 (62)
0095A 95 50 1 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) M8 7 (62)
0115A 115 50 1/0 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) M8 7 (62)
0155A 155 95 3/0 25 (0.98) 25 (0.98) M10 10 (248)
0190A 190 50 x 2p 1x2p 25 (0.98) 25 (0.98) M10 10 (248)
0225A 225 50 x 2p 1/0x2p 25 (0.98) 25 (0.98) M10 10 (248)
0260A 260 70 x 2p 2/0x2p 30 (1.18) 34 (1.34) M12 40 (354)
0336A 336 120 x 2p 4/0x2p 30 (1.18) 34 (1.34) M12 40 (354)
0375A 375 120 x 2p 4/0x2p 50 (1.97) 38 (1.50) M12 40 (354)
0415A 415 150 x 2p 300x2p 50 (1.97) 38 (1.50) M12 40 (354)
0445A 445 150 x 2p 300x2p 50 (1.97) 38 (1.50) M12 40 (354)
0510A 510 240 x 2p 400x2p 50 (1.97) 38 (1.50) M12 40 (354)
0590A 590 300 x 2p 500x2p 50 (1.97) 40 (1.58) M16 80 (708)
0660A 660 400 x 2p 600x2p 50 (1.97) 40 (1.58) M16 80 (708)

+2p = Two parallel

(Note 3) Breaker for wiring
Install circuit breaker or fuse on the power supply side of the VFD. Refer to table and select
the Circuit Breaker or Fuses.
(Note 4) Power supply capacity
Make sure that the capacity of the transformer used as the VFD's power supply is 10 times (or
less) VFD capacity (for 4% impedance transformer). If the above value is exceeded, install an
ACL on the VFD's input side.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

2-5
(Note 5) Noise filter
The VFD will generate high harmonic electromagnetic noise, so using the following noise
measures is recommended.
Insert a noise filter on the input side of the VFD. Contact Amtech to select the proper noise
filter.
Keep the wiring length between the noise filter and VFD to 500 mm (19.7") or less.

Use a shield cable for the VFD and motor wiring and connect the screen to the VFD's
terminal.
When using the control circuit wiring and power circuit wiring in parallel, separate the wiring
by 300 mm (11.8") or more or pass each of the wiring through separate metal conduits. If the
control circuit wiring and main circuit wiring intersect, make sure that they intersect at a right
angle.
(Note 6) VFD output
Do not insert a power factor improvement capacitor on the output side of the VFD. When
inserting a magnetic contactor on the output side of the VFD, prepare a sequence control
circuit so that the magnetic contactor will not open and close when the VFD is running.
Directly connect only motor to the VFD load and do not connect through a transformer
etc...without consulting Amtech.
(Note 7) Grounding
Always ground the VFD unit according to the regulations of the country where the VFD is being
used to ensure personnel safety in all circumstances, and to reduce electromagnetic emission
and pickup.
Make sure that grounding conductors are adequately sized as required by safety regulations.
In a multiple-drive installation, connect each VFD separately to protective earth.
In European CE compliant installations and in other installations where EMC emissions must
be minimized, make a 360° high frequency grounding of cable entries in order to suppress
electromagnetic disturbances.
In addition, connect the cable shields to protective earth (PE) in order to meet safety
regulations.
As the normal leakage current of the VFD is higher than 3.5 mA AC or 10 mA
DC (stated by EN 50178, 5.2.11.1), a fixed protective earth connection is required.
(Note 8) VFD output surge voltage
As the VFD output cable is lengthened, the surge voltage applied on the motor also increases.
If the wiring between the VFD and motor exceeds 20meters (65.6'), connect a surge absorber
dedicated for the VFD output.
(Note 9) DCL
Always short across L+1 and L+2 when not using the DCL (factory setting state). When
connecting the optional DCL, connect it to L+1 and L+2. Twist the wiring to the DCL, and keep
the wiring length to 5meters (16.4') or less.

Amtech
2-6
(Note 10) DB Unit
When connecting an optional DB unit, make the connections as shown in the main circuit
wiring. The DB unit and VFD unit will damage if the connections are incorrect. Twist the wiring
to the DB unit, and keep length to 3meters (9.8') or less.
When using the external DB unit, use the overload detection relay or thermal relay to protect
the DB resistor and VFD.
(Note 11) Surge absorber
Install a surge absorber on the magnetic contactor and relay coils installed near the VFD.
(Note 12) Voltage Selection for the auxiliary equipment Power Supply
Ensure appropriate tapping for the control transformer, which provides the power supply to
the auxiliary equipments like fan/blower, soft charge contactor etc.

400V Series
460V

440V
Fuse
415V 230V
To L 2 < -
380V

0V 0V
To L 3 < -
TR1

500V / 600V Series

690 V

660 V

600 V
Fuse
575 V
To L 2 < -
550 V 230 V

525 V

0V 0V
To L 3 < -
TR1

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

2-7
 2-3 Power terminal layout
400V Series
AMT-0004A-4, AMT-005A8-4, AMT-0008A-4, AMT-0010A-4, AMT-0014A-4, AMT-0018A-4,
AMT-0025A-4, AMT-0033A-4, AMT-0039A-4, AMT-0048A-4

400V Series 400V Series

AMT-0065A-4, AMT-0077A-4, AMT-0095A-4, AMT-0155A-4, AMT-0190A-4, AMT-0225A-4
AMT-0115A-4

400V Series
AMT-0260A-4, AMT-0336A-4, AMT-0415A-4, AMT-0510A-4, AMT-0615A-4, AMT-0660A-4
600V Series
AMT-0300A-6, AMT-0355A-6, AMT-0398A-6, AMT-0430A-6

Amtech
2-8
 2

2-4 Precautions for control signals wiring

S When wiring (control circuit wiring) to the control terminal block, separate the main circuit
wiring (terminals L1, L2, L3, L+1, L+2, L-, U, V, W) and the other VFD wires and power wires.
S Use a 0.2 mm 2 (AWG 24) to 2.1 mm 2 (AWG 14) stranded wire for wiring to the control circuit.
The tightening torque must be 0.6 N.m (5.3 lb-inches).
S Use a twisted pair wire or twisted pair shield wire for wiring to the analog signal circuit such as
the analog references and meters. Connect the shield wire to the AGND terminal of the unit.
The wire length must be 30 meters (98.4') or less.
S The length of the sequence input/output contact wire must be 50 meters(164')or less.
S The sequence input can be changed between sink logic and sourcelogic by changing the
jumper position JP5 in PCA-2052A between "SINK" and "SOURCE" position respectively.
S Observe the precautions listed in "5. Control Input/Output Terminals".
S After wiring, always check the mutual wiring.
S At this time do not carry out a megger check or buzzer check on the control circuit.
• Are there any wire scraps or foreign matter left around the terminals?
• Are any screws loose?
• Is the wiring correct?
• Is any terminal contacting any other terminal?
If so, take the necessary corrective measures before proceeding further.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

2-9
2-5 Power circuit configuration
AMT-0004A-4, AMT-005A8-4, AMT-0010A-4, AMT-0014A-4, AMT-0018A-4, AMT-0025A-4, AMT-
0033A-4, AMT-0039A-4, AMT-0048A-4
DCL
DBR

^ B
Lt1 © © L+2

AMT-0065A-4, AMT-0077A-4, AMT-0095A-4, AMT-0115A-4

DCL DB Unit

Amtech
2-10
AMT-0155A-4, AMT-0190A-4, AMT-0225A-4, AMT-0260A-4, AMT-0336A-4, AMT-0415A-4, AMT-
0510A-4, AMT-0615A-4, AMT-0660A-4
DCL DB Unit

AMT-0785A-4, AMT-0850A-4, AMT-0925A-4, AMT-1040A-4, AMT-1175A-4, AMT-1265A-4

DCL DB Unit

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

2-11
12-Pulse
AMT-0785A-4, AMT-0850A-4, AMT-0925A-4, AMT-1040A-4, AMT-1175A-4, AMT-1265A-4
DCL DB Unit

Amtech
2-12
CHAPTER-3: DIGITAL OPERATION PANEL (GRAPHICAL DISPLAY MODULE)

The configuration of the Digital Operation Panel is shown in the below figure. The structure of it is
as shown below.

= . A M TECH
Norml 17:08 03-Mar
1500 rp+ 5.4 kW
47.57 Hz 334=6 Amp
50.00 Hz* 99 xL.
561 UHr iK6 iil°r:
Fwd, Lcl . Acceleration

AXPERT x -------
A C Variable Frequency Drive

The Digital Operation Panel is equipped with 8 -keys as shown in the above figure. The function of
each key is described below.
Use NORM key to reach to the normal screen of DOP from any parameter,
group or mode. The normal screen displays different parameters and status.
This is the screen displayed at power on. Press this key to change over between
Norm1 screen, Norm2 screen, Norm3 screen and Norm4 screen.
Use key as escape (ESC) to come out from any mode or group or to discard the
value change.
Use MODE key to pass the control to next successive modes i.e. NORM
(Normal), MODE-M (Monitor), MODE-A, MODE-B, MODE-C, MODE-D... & Meter
mode. After the end of all modes, it carries the control again to first mode.
When changing the mode, it displays the last accessed parameter and group of
successive mode.
Use GROUP key to pass the control to next group of same mode. The groups
are accessed in the incremental forward direction. At last it again comes to the
same group.
GROUP key moves the cursor position when ENTER key is pressed to change
parameter value.
Use UP and DOWN keys to change parameter numbers & parameter value.
These keys changes the parameter value when ENTER key is pressed, otherwise
navigates the parameters (upward with UP key and downward with DOWN
key) in the group. Use these keys to increase or decrease the frequency in
normal mode. Frequency change rate is 0.01 Hz when keys are pressed once. If
pressed continuously for 3.5 to 7 sec frequency change rate is 0.1 Hz, 7 to 11.5
sec frequency change rate is 0.3 Hz and then after frequency change rate is 0.5
Hz.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

3-1
 Use this key to change or save the parameter value. It allows the user to
change the parameter value using up and down keys when pressed first time.
Press ENTER key again to save the changes, once the desired value is set or
Press NORM key to discard the change.

Use this key to start the unit when the start control is LOCAL/DOP. The key has
status indicating LED and glows when the unit is running.

Use this key to stop the unit when the start control is LOCAL/DOP. Press this
key for 2.5 seconds or longer during operation to stop the unit (coast to stop)
regardless of Local or Terminal start control.
Use this key to reset the fault. The key has status indicating LED and glows
when the unit is off.
Press GROUP + DOWN key together to pass the control to previous group in
the same mode. The groups are accessed in the reverse direction. At last it
again comes to the same group.

Press MODE + ENTER key to set change the start control mode (Local to
Terminal and Terminal to Local).

The DOP also has fault indicating LED. It flashes in the fault condition.
The DOP has 128 x 64 character graphical display for the user-friendly parameter navigation,
monitoring and setting.
In the normal condition the screen will be as below.

Norml 17:08 03-Mar

Norm1 Para1 Norm1 Para5
Norm1 Para2 Norm1 Para 6
Norm1 Para3 Norm1 Para7
Norm1 Para4 Norm1 Para8

Fwd, Lcl. Acceleration

^ t \
Motor Direction Start Control VFD status

The above figure also indicates the selected direction of rotation, start selection and drive status.
Use A601 ~ A604 to configure the four user selectable parameters.
3-1 Drive Status
The fourth line of the Digital Operation Panel displays different status of the unit as shown above.
More than one status can exist at one time. In this case, the status having higher priority is
displayed. The priority is as shown in the figure. Fault has the highest priority and mains on has
least priority.

Amtech
3-2
NO NAME DESCRIPTION
1 Fault It indicates fault has occurred in the unit.
2 STO1&2 It shows that the unit is stopped due to Safe Torque Off1 & 2 signals.
3 STO1 It shows that the unit is stopped due to Safe Torque Off1 signals.
4 STO2 It shows that the unit is stopped due to Safe Torque Off2 signals.
5 Emergency Stop It shows that the unit is stopped due to emergency stop command.
6 Start Delay It shows that the start is delayed by the programmed start delay.
7 Jogging It shows that the jog select input is active and present operation is jogging.
8 Auto Restart It shows that auto restart function is in operation. 3
9 Current Limit It shows that the current limit function is active.
10 Voltage Limit It shows that the dc bus voltage control function is active.
11 Speed Search It shows that the speed search operation is in progress.
12 PLCT Active It shows that the Power-Loss-Carry-Through function is in progress.
13 Sleep Mode It shows that the unit is in sleep mode.
14 KEB ON It shows that the KEB function is active.
15 Normal Run It shows that ramp up / down action is over and unit is running in normal
condition.
16 Acceleration It shows that the unit is accelerating to the set speed.
17 Deceleration It shows that the unit is decelerating.
18 Auto Tuning It shows that the auto tuning function is activated and the process is on.
19 DC Braking It shows that the dc braking is active.
20 Drive Stop It shows that the unit is in stop condition.
21 Torque Mode It shows that the unit is in Torque mode.

When first time MODE key is pressed, last accessed parameter of last accessed group of Mode-M
appears with its data. Below figure shows the parameter M101 of Group-1 of Mode-M.

Mode-M GrouP-1
Parameter
Number &
Name

Parameter
value Unit

Fwd. Lcl. Normal Run

The first line indicates the present mode and group. The second line indicates the parameter
number with its name and the third line shows its value. The fourth line shows the present status
and remains all the time except fault condition, contact information and fault history.
3-2 Modes & parameters

If A620 Extended Normal Screen Selection and A622 Graph Resolution are disabled, pressing
(Norm Key) displays Norm1 and Norm2 screens alternately.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

3-3
 NORM

When A620 Extended Normal Screen Selection is enabled, pressing (Norm Key) each time
displays Norm1 -> Norm2 -^Norm3 -> Norm4 -> Norm1 screens.
If both A620 Extended Normal Screen Selection and A622 Graph Resolution are enabled, pressing

(Norm Key) each time displays Norm1 -> Norm2 -^Norm3 -> Norm4 -> Norm5 -> Time &
Date -^Graph1 -> Graph2 -> Load Analyzer1 -> Load Analyzer2 -> Norm1 screens.

N orm l 17=08 0 3 -M a r IN o rm 2 1 7 :0 8 0 3 -M a r
1500 r
4 7 .5 7 Hz
5 0 .0 0 Hz*
■563!. UHr M2 5
Fwd, Lcl. A c c e le ra tio n IFw d, Lcl. A c c e le ra tio n
Norm 3 1 7 :0 8 0 3 -M a r lN o rm 4 1 7 :0 8 0 3 -M a r

■
48.00
F w d ^cl^^cceleratio j^lF w d ^cl^u rren ^U n t
47.97
_ N o r m ^ ^ ^ ^ 0 ^ ^ ^ 3 - M a r lT in ie S ^ a t ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

1500

Fwd, Lcl. D riv e Stop Fwd. Lcl. D riv e Stop

Amtech
3-4
The parameters are grouped into Modes and Groups according to their functions.

Pressing ^ 9 (Mode key) each time takes you to the next mode. Pressing (Group key) takes

you to the next group. Pressing I S S (Group key) and mM (Down key) together takes you to the
previous group.

mM
To navigate through different parameters of group, use H 9 (Up key) or H u l (Down key). Press

(Norm Key) to exit the group or mode and come back to the normal/home screen.

Mode Group Parameter

M101 Output Freq

M102 Motor Speed

1r
M103 Motor Speed

3-3 Parameter display & setting

As shown in the above fig, MODE, GROUP, UP & DOWN keys are used to see the parameter value
setting. Use ENTER, GROUP, UP & DOWN keys to change the parameter value (except MODE-M).
For example, the default local set frequency in A101 is 10.00 Hz. Go to the below screen using the
MODE, GROUP, UP and DOWN key to change the local set frequency to 20.00 Hz.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

3-5
Now, press K b I (Enter key). The least significant digit will start blinking as shown in the below fig.

Mode-A GrouP-1

Fwd, Lcl. Drive Slop

Now, set the desired value using I B (Up key), m M (Down key) or laSSS (Group key). Press

I Il(Up key) to increase the value and m M (Down key) to decrease the value. Press S33S3 (Group
key) to move the cursor position to the left side as shown in the below fig.

Mode-A GrouP-1

Fwd, Lcl. Drive Stop

Press G3333 (Group key) two times again to move the cursor to the most significant digit.

Mode-A GrouP-1

0.00
Fwd, Lcl. Drive Stop
Now, press H 9 (Up key) once. The value increases by one.

Mode-A GrouP-1

Fwd, Lcl. Drive Stop

Amtech
3-6
Press K a l (Enter key) to save the value once the desired value is set. The cursor stops blinking
and the parameter value is saved to the non-volatile memory. If you do not want to save the new

value, do not press E S I (Enter key), instead press E S I (Norm key) or MMHI (Mode key).
3-4 Date & Time Setting
To set date & time, go to parameter A625 using MODE, GROUP, UP and DOWN key.
Below screen appears.

Mode-A GrouP-£

Fwd, Lcl. Drive Slop

Press K a l (Enter key) to change the date, time and date format. When first time Enter key is

pressed, the cursor blinks under YYYY. Change the year using Up/Down key. Press (Group

key) to move to MM. Change the month using Up/Down key. Press ^ !lS (Group key) to move to

DD. Change the date using Up/Down key. Press (Group key) to move to DD-MM-YYYY format.
Change the format using Up/Down key.

Press E S I (Enter key) to save the changes.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

3-7
This page is intentionally left blank

Amtech
3-8
CHAPTER-4: TEST OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENT

DANGER

> Always install the front cover before turning the input power ON. Never remove the cover
while the power is ON. There are sections in the front PCB that are charged with high voltages.
Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
> Never touch the switches with wet hands.
Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
> Never touch the power terminals while the unit power is ON even if the operation is stopped.
Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
> Selection of the restart function could lead to unexpected restarting when a fault occurs. The
machine may start suddenly if the power is turned ON, if the run command is present. Do not
go near the machine.
(Design the machine so that physical safety can be ensured even if the machine restarts.)
Failure to do so could lead to injuries.
> The machine may not stop according to the set deceleration time when a stop command is
issued if the ramp down to stop function is selected and the voltage / current limit function is
activated. Prepare a separate emergency stop switch in such cases.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries.
> Resetting of a fault while the run signal is input could lead to restarting. Always confirm that
the run signal is OFF before resetting the fault.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries.

/?\CAUTION

S The heat sink, chokes and dynamic braking resistor are heated to high temperatures, so never
touch them.
Failure to observe this could lead to burns.
S Do not block the ventilation holes of the unit.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
S The operation of the unit can easily be set from low speeds to high speeds, so confirm that the
operation is within the tolerable range for the motor or machine before making settings.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries.
S Prepare holding brakes when necessary. Holding is not possible with the in-built brake
functions.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries.
S Confirm the operation of the motor as a single unit before operating the machine.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries or machine damage due to unforeseen movements.
S Always prepare a safety backup device so that the machine is not placed in a hazardous
situation when an error occurs in the unit.
Failure to do so could lead to injuries or machine damage or fires.

» Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

4-1
The Axpert-Eazy+ Series VFD has various setting items. Some of these include settings that must
be made according to the power supply and motor before actually starting the operation.
This section explains the method of the basic operation.
Carry out test operation according to the flow shown below.
The procedures above the dotted line in the below fig are explained in this section.
Start
I
Installation and wiring
Refer Chapter-2
I
Preparation before turning
power ON
I
Initialization of motor
constants in Mode-B
I
Automatic tuning and
adjustment
I
Test operation with
operation panel
1
Setting of parameters for
external control
I
Test operation including
external control
I
End of test operation
4-1 Preparation before turning power ON
Always confirm the following points before turning ON the power after completing wire.
1. If problem can occur if the motor runs in reverse direction then remove the coupling and belt
coupling the motor and machine, so that the machine can be run as a single unit.
2. Confirm that the power supply cables are correctly connected to the input terminals (L1, L2,
and L3).
3. There are some sections in the inverter, which operate with an AC power supply, such as
fan/blower and magnetic contactor. In this case, select the appropriate tapping of the control
transformer on the control terminal block inside the unit. Remove the front cover to access
the control terminal block.
4. Make sure that the power voltage and frequency is within the tolerable range.

Amtech
4-2
5. Refer to Chapter-2: Installation & Wiring and correctly connect themain circuit wiring.
6. Securely fix the motor with the specified method.
7. Make sure that none of the terminal section screws are loose.
8. Make sure that there is no short circuit state in the terminals caused by wire scraps, etc.
9. Always correctly install the front cover and outer cover before turning the power ON.
10. When using the IM vector control with speed sensor mode, make sure that the encoder signal
cable is correctly connected to the control card terminal.
11. Assign an operator, and make sure that the operator operates the switches.
Make sure that there is no abnormal noise, smoke or odors at this time. If any abnormality is
found, turn the power OFF immediately.
4-1-1 Selection of control modes
The unit has four control modes. Set with the parameter A401 Control mode.
A401 Control mode
Control mode Explanation Control mode
1. V/F open-loop control The voltage frequency ratio is controlled. A401= 1
2. V/F close-loop control The voltage frequency ratio is controlled. A401=2
3. IM sensor-less vector The control mode is vector control without a speed A401=3
control sensor for induction motor.
4. IM close-loop vector The control mode is vector control with speed sensor A401=4
control for induction motor. Use this mode when fast speed
response or torque response is required.

4-1-2 Selection of start control

The unit can be controlled from various places like Digital Operation Panel (Local), Terminal or
from PC. Select appropriate start control in A301 Start Control. Use Digital Operation Panel (Local)
during the test operation.
A301 Start Control
= 1 : Local
=2: Terminal/Remote
=3: Serial
4-1-3 Selection of frequency reference input
The unit accepts frequency reference from various places like Digital Operation Panel (Local),
Terminal or from PC. Select appropriate frequency reference input in A102. Use Digital Operation
Panel (Local) during the test operation.
A102 Frequency Reference Input
=1: Local, =2: AI1, =3: AI2, =4: AI3, =5: Static pot, = 6 : Serial, =7: PID Output, = 8 : PLC AO1, =9: PLC
AO2, =10: PLC AO3, =11: PLC AO4, =12: AI11, =13: AI12, =14: AI13, =15: AI14, =16: Pulse Input1,
=17: Pulse Input2

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

4-3
 Refer the diagram of selection process of frequency reference diagram for the better
understanding of the flow frequency reference signal priorities.
4-2 Initialization of motor constants in Mode-B
Input the motor rating parameters. Set the following parameters in Mode-B.
B101 Rated Input Voltage (V), B102 Rated Motor Voltage (V), B103 Rated Motor Current (A), B104
Rated Motor Frequency (Hz), B105 Rated Motor Speed (rpm), B106 Rated Motor Output (kW),
B107 Motor Poles
Automatic tuning automatically changes the parameters B202~B211, so it is recommended to write
down the values set in B202~211 after each auto tuning operation and keep it safe for future use.
I When using the close-loop vector control mode, input the correct PPR and encoder polarity for the

I
4I

I
encoder in B112 Encoder Pulses and B113 Encoder Polarity respectively. Refer Chapter-10 for the

encoder specifications and wiring method.

Motor direction definition:
With the Axpert-Eazy+, the counter clockwise rotation (CCW) looking from the motor shaft is
defined as forward run,Forward
and clockwise rotation (CW) is defined
run (CCW) as reverse
Reverse run.
run (CW)

Definition of motor rotation direction

Amtech
4-4
Ln

Selection Process of Frequency Reference Signal

Variable Bias
. I .
A506

ai m
H M I/D O P A101 =1: HMI
Math Ref
-------------66 —» 6 [A50l1 |A5041 [A503!6 < -fA502l-
Analog Input A l l q ^ =2: A ll Input2

Dl Ref 1B404I— j Math Operation

°O N
Analog Input AI2 ^ ^ =3: AI2 Selectl OFF Block
OFF
~A1Q2~1—I 1B 4 0 2 1— i
Analog Input AI3 ^ ^ =4: AI3
M3N A505
OFF ON
^A103F OFF °O N
I B406|— i
Dl Freq Increase
crease I — =5: Static Pot
Dl Preset l/PO
Dl Freq Decrease ON OFF

[<
m
o
Serial_Q q =6: Serial B401F 1 RUN A
,O F F
Dl Ref HA105F l B405 r ON OFF
Internal PID Output ^ ^ =7: PIP Output SelectO ON
Dl Ref ON D IJo g o
Select2 OFF Select
B4031
-o o-. =8: P LC A O l
ON Y
Dl Preset l/ P l B407F OFF
3* -o o =9: PLCA02 ^N IA108
Built-in PLC Dl Preset !/P2
' 1
ft) Analog Output
I-+ -o c> =10: PLCA03
I
rn
8 -o o =11: PLCA04 IA 2 0 1 1 |A 2 0 2 1------ Freq
% 0—► Com m and
Ln Analog Input A l l l ----- ^ =12: A l l l [A203] [A204] O QN
(D Ramp Select
0)' Analog Input AI12 ----- ^ =13: AI12
on Ramp Freq Lim iter
A3D1
< H M I/DOP =1: HMI
QJ Analog Input AI 13 ^ ^ =14: AI 13
QJ*
cr Dl RUN q q =2: Term inal
Analog Input AI14 ^ ^ =15: AI14

PC / Host C o m puter ^ ^ =3: Serial

fD
Pulse Input l DI8 ^ ^ =16: Pulse Inputl
_Q
c 1Pulse Inputl DI18 o
RUN COM M AND
fD
D
o =17: Pulse Input2
o
<

<
fD
4-3 Automatic tuning & adjustment
Automatic tuning measures the constants of the connected motor, and automatically adjusts the
parameters so that the system is used to the fullest.
The automatic tuning function performs differ measurements for each of the four control modes.
Carry out automatic tuning each time the motor being used or the applicable control mode is
changed.
The automatic tuning mode is set with parameter B201 Automatic Tuning Selection.
Control mode Automatic tuning mode
V/f control (A401= 1) B201=2
Close loop V/f control (A401= 2) B201=2
Sensor-less vector control (A401= 3) B201= 3, 4
Close loop vector control (A401= 4) B201= 3, 4
Note: Automatic tuning can be performed with a non-fluctuating load of 10% or less or if a
machine is connected. However, if the applications require an accurate actual output torque in
respect to the torque command, a sufficient performance may not be attained (applicable for
B201= 3, 4).
Auto tune selection procedure:
Set motor parameters in B102 Rated Motor Voltage, B103 Rated Motor Current, B104 Rated
Motor Frequency, B105 Rated Motor Speed, B106 Rated Motor Output, B107 Motor Poles and
B109 Motor Overload Selection.
A201 Acceleration Time1 and A202 Deceleration Time1 should be 10 seconds or greater. Set the
automatic tuning mode in B201 Automatic Tuning Selection.
Press RUN key
Run LED blinks on the DOP and M413 Automatic Tuning displays the auto tuning progress.
M414 Automatic Tuning Status displays the status after completion of the process. It displays 10
meaning the auto tuning stage is 100% (complete). It displays 3 if it is 30% complete.
Normal completion of automatic tuning
The Run LED changes from a flicker to a stable OFF state when the automatic tuning ends
normally.
The estimated parameters of the motor are displayed in Mode B, Group 2. Note down the
parameters for the future use. Execution of auto tuning automatically adjusts following
parameters.
1) B201= 2: Stationary mode (Execution time: approx. 40 seconds)
Applicable mode Parameter No Name
B202, B203 R1: Primary (stator) resistance
B201=2 B204, B205 R2': Secondary (rotor) resistance
Stationary B206, B207 La:Leakage inductance
(Belt ON) B208, B209 M': Excitation (magnetizing) inductance
A413, D301 Manual torque boost

Amtech
4-6
2) B201= 3: Rotational mode (Execution time: approx. 1 minute)
Applicable mode Parameter No Name
B202, B203 R1: Primary (stator) resistance
B204, B205 R2': Secondary (rotor) resistance
B206, B207 La:Leakage inductance
B201=3 B208, B209 M': Excitation (magnetizing) inductance
Rotational
(Belt OFF) A413, D301 Manual torque boost
B602 Excitation Current Reference
B111 No Load Output Current
B110 No Load Output Voltage

The motor is rotated and the basic parameters for vector control are automatically adjusted.
3) B201= 4: Extended Rotational mode (Execution time: approx. 2 minute)
Applicable mode Parameter No Name
B202, B203 R1: Primary (stator) resistance
B204, B205 R2': Secondary (rotor) resistance
B206, B207 La:Leakage inductance
B201=4 B208, B209 M': Excitation (magnetizing) inductance
Extended Rotational
(Belt OFF) A413, D301 Manual torque boost
B602 Excitation Current Reference
B111 No Load Output Current
B709~ B716 M variable compensation table
When carrying out constant output operation, the fluctuation compensation for the excitation
inductance is adjusted in this mode, however, the motor will rotate to the maximum speed during
automatic tuning, so special attention must be paid to safety.
Abnormal completion of automatic tuning
The FLT LED turns ON and the display blinks with the message 'Auto Tune Abnormal' if automatic
tuning ends abnormally.
Investigate and check according to the error codes.
In case of error, it also displays the error code in addition to the progress at the time of error. For
example, if the error comes at 50% progress with an error code 12, then M303 displays 125. The
first two digits display the auto tune error code.
Error code during automatic tuning

Error Code Significance of error code

01 Problem in current sensor circuit, may be loose connection, faulty current sensors, wrong
03 sensors used.

04 Over current condition has occurred during the auto tuning process.
12 Under voltage condition has been detected during the auto tuning process.

The other error codes are for internal diagnosis and debugging purpose.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

4-7
 4-4 Test operations
Test run the isolated motor, and make sure that there are no errors when finished with automatic
tuning.
Use Digital Operation Panel mode to test run the motor. Initially set 10.00 Hz and press RUN key
to start the motor.
Check
- Did the motor run?
- Is the run direction correct? Check the wiring and operation if abnormal.
- Is the rotation smooth?
Select reverse direction in A305 Motor Direction and Press RUN and confirm that the motor runs
■ normal in reverse direction.
(Note) Do not carry out this step if a load, which cannot be run in reverse, is connected.
Press the STOP key and to stop the motor. Now, again set the forward direction in A305 Motor
Direction and increase the frequency up to 50 Hz. This completes the test operation with the
operation panel.
After this, carry out the parameter settings and adjust the load operation to match the user's
application.
Manual adjustment when torque accuracy is required (IM vector control mode)
In applications, which require high actual output torque accuracy in respect to the torque
command (within ±10% of the rated output torque), the manual adjustments of Mode-B, Group-5
and Group -6 parameters may be required.
The Speed control system of IM vector control is configured of blocks as shown below.

Amtech
4-8
UD IM SPEED CO N T R O L SYSTEM BLO CK D IAGRAM

|A113| |B610|
Torque Torque
Dl Reference — Reference
Input Polarity
|A102||A103|
|A104||A105|
ASR Torque
(M 313)[B519l|B520| Current
Command
|B516| B 5 2 1 1 B 5 2 2 1 P Control
|B517||B518| B502I

|B601|
Di ACR |B603|
Torque
Limiter Torque Mode Torque LPF
Selection

E x c ita tio n C u rre n t C o m m a n d

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

|B602|
Field
Imr
Excitation Ref W eakening
Control /■
Control
B709| ~ |B 716 |B526||B527| O pe n-lo o p -------- ----------
V e cto r S H I
(M102) IB611| Control Speed LPF
A
M o to r Speed

|A401|
Otr
C lo se -lo o p V e cto r Control D etected M o to r Speed
This page is intentionally left blank.

Amtech
4-10
CHAPTER-5: CONTROL INPUT / OUTPUT TERMINALS

5.1. Input / output terminal functions of PCA-2052A (Main Control Board)

AOl
A02

A03

< U CD < U CD
on on on
cn cn cn cn cn cn

TERMINAL SYMBOL NAME USE

TB1:1 P15 +15V source This is a 10 V source used when a frequency setter is connected to the
AI circuit. Use variable resistor of 2 k, 2 W as frequency setter.

Axpert-Eozy Series Variable Frequency Drive

5-1
 TERMINAL SYMBOL NAME USE
TB1:2 A ll Analog These are programmable analog input terminals configurable as
TB1:4 AI2 Inputl and 2 voltage input or current input. Mainly used as reference or feedback
signal.
The usage of the signal depends on the selection in parameters A102
Frequency Reference Input, A103 Frequency Reference Selectl, A104
Frequency Reference Select2, A105 Frequency Reference Select3,
A113 Torque Reference Input, A502 Math Reference Input2, A506
Variable Bias, C703 PID reference Input, C704 PID Feedback Input,
D204 Auxiliary Frequency Reference Input.
A ll:
The signal goes to the control through C201 A ll V/l Selection.
Set C201=l and jumper JP1 to V position for voltage input 0-10 V
(default).
Set C201=2 and jumper JP1 to 1position for current input 0-20 mA.
AI2:
The signal goes to the control through C211AI2 V/l Selection.
5 Set C211=l and jumper JP2 to V position for voltage input 0-10 V.
Set C211=2 and jumper JP2 to 1 position for current input 0-20 mA
(default).
The resolution is 12 bits.
TB1:5 AI3 Analog This is programmable analog input terminal configurable as
Input3 bidirectional voltage input (-10 V ~ +10 V). Mainly used as reference
or feedback signal
The usage of the signal depends on the selection in parameters A102
Frequency Reference Input, A103 Frequency Reference Selectl, A104
Frequency Reference Select2, A105 Frequency Reference Select3,
A113 Torque Reference Input, A502 Math Reference Input2, A506
Variable Bias, C703 PID Reference Input, C704 PID Feedback Input,
D204 Auxiliary Frequency Reference Input.
The resolution is 12 bits.
TB1:3 AGND Analog This is a ground / common terminal for analog input/output signals.
TB1:6 Ground
TB1:9
TB1:7 AOl Analog These are programmable analog output terminals configurable as
TB1:8 A02 Outputl and voltage output or current output.
2 AO l:
The type of signal depends on C304 A O l V/l Selection.
Set C304=l and jumper JP3 to V position for voltage output 0-10 V.
Set C304=2 and jumper JP3 to 1 position for current output 0-20 mA
(default).
Use C301 to assign the function to A O l. Default setting is output
frequency.
A02:
The type of signal depends on C314 A02 V/l Selection.
Set C314=l and jumper JP4 to V position for voltage output 0-10 V.
Set C314=2 and jumper JP4 to 1 position for current output 0-20 mA
(default).
Use C302 to assign the function to A02. Default setting is motor
current.
The resolution is 12 bits.

Amtech
5-2
TERMINAL SYMBOL NAME USE
TB1:10 A03 Analog This is programmable output terminal configurable as bidirectional
Output3 voltage output (-10 V ~ +10 V).
Use C303 to assign the function to A03. Default setting is output
power.
The resolution is 12 bits.
TB2:1 D ll Digital Inputs These are programmable digital inputs configurable as sink / source
TB2:2 DI2 1~8 input. The use of the digital input depends on the function assigned to
TB2:3 DI3 the respective digital input in C101 ~ C108.
TB2:5 DI4 Select the logic normally open or normally close for the digital inputs
TB2:6 DI5 using C109 DI-8765 4321 Logic for each digital input.
TB2:7 DI6 DI8 is dual purpose input. It can be used as frequency inputl using
TB2:9 DI7 C l l l DI8 Terminal Selection.
TB3:1 DI8
TB2:10 +24V +24V source This source is used for the programmable digital inputs. Use jumper
TB3:2 JP5 to change the sink / source logic.
TB2:4 DGND 5
TB2:8
TB3:3
TB3:4 DO l Digital These are programmable digital outputs. The use of the digital output
TB3:5 D02 Outputs 1 ~ 4 depends on the function assigned to the respective digital output in
TB3:6 D03 C112 ~C115.
TB3:7 D04 Use C119 R-321 DO-4321 Logic Selection to select normally open or
normally close logic for each output.
TB3:8 STO l STO l These are the Safe Torque OFF input terminal. The unit output is cut
TB3:9 ST02 ST02 off when the STOl-SGND or ST02-SGND link is open.
TB3:10 SGND
TB4:2 D+ DATA+ These two signals (D+, D-) are for the two-wire RS-485 serial link. The
TB4:3 D- DATA- protocol is Modbus-RTU.
TB4:1 GND1 Serial
communicati
on ground
TB5:1 R1A Relay 1 This is programmable relay and Run is assigned in default. The R1A-
TB5:2 R1C R1C terminal closes and the R1B-R1C terminal opens when a
programmed condition occurs. Use C116 Relayl to assign other
TB5:3 RIB
functions. Select normally open or normally close logic for relayl
using C119 R-321 DO-4321 Logic Selection.
TB5:4 R2A Relay 2 This is programmable relay and no function is assigned in default. The
TB5:5 R2C R2A-R2C terminal closes and the R2B-R2C terminal opens when a
programmed condition occurs. Use C117 Relay2 to assign other
TB5:6 R2B
functions. Use C119 R-321 DO-4321 Logic Selection to select normally
open or normally close logic.
TB5:7 R3A Relay 3 This is programmable relay and fault is assigned in default. The R3A-
TB5:8 R3C R3C terminal closes and the R3B-R3C terminal opens when a
programmed condition occurs. Use C118 Relay3 to assign other
TB5:9 R3B
functions. Use C119 R-321 DO-4321 Logic Selection to select normally
open or normally close logic.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

5-3
 The control circuit wiring is shown as under. The described precautions must be observed during wiring. Changing the
jumper position JP5 in PCA-2052A between "SINK" and "SOURCE" position changes the sequence input between sink
logic and source logic. The unit is shipped with sink logic.

5.2. Programmable Digital Input (Dl) wiring

5 Precautions
1. Wiring must not be longer than 50 meters (164').
2. Use minute current contact.
3. Do not connect to the analog input / output.
4. Use JP5 to change the sink / source logic as shown in the above figure for D ll to DI7. Use JP6 to change the sink /
source logic for DI8.

5.3. Programmable Analog Input (AI) wiring

-Q —|820R h < +15V

JP1
10 V

20 it i A m )

+/-10 V

Precautions
1. Use 2kQ / 2W rating potentiometer for the external variable resistor.
2. The maximum input rating of A ll /AI2 is 0-10.5 V or 0-21 mA and AI3 is -10.5 to +10.5 V.

Amtech
5-4
3. Use a shielded wire shorter than 30 meters (98.4') for the wiring.
4. For the shield connections, open the mate side, and connect to AGND terminal on TB1.
5. Do not connect to the digital input.

5.4. Programmable Analog Output (AO) wiring

10 V F

20 mA A

+ /-10 V P

L< 50 m (1641
Precautions
1. Use 10 V full-scale meter (impedance 10k or higher) for voltage output and 20 mA full-scale meter (impedance
500 Q or less) for current output.
2. Use jumper JP3 to select voltage or current output for A O l and JP4 for A02. A03 is bidirectional voltage output.
3. The maximum output current is 1 mA for voltage output and maximum output voltage is +15 V for current
output.
4. Use a shielded wire shorter than 30 meters (98.4') for the wiring.
5. For the shield connections, open the mate side, and connect to AGND terminal on TB1.

5.5. Programmable Digital Output (DO) wiring- Open Collector Type

Precautions
1. To drive an inductive load, such as a coil, insert the flywheel diode shown in the drawing.
2. Keep the wiring length to 50 meters (164') or less.
3. Use within the 30 VDC, 50 mA ratings range.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

5-5
5.6. Programmable Digital Output (Relay) wiring
r ia : R2A : R3A :

Precautions
1. Use within the rated range shown below.
Rated capacity (resistance load): 250 VAC, 1 A or 30 VDC, 1 A
Maximum voltage: 250 VAC
Maximum current: 1 A
Switching capacity: 100 VA / 100 W
2. The wire must be shorter than 50 meters (164').

5.7. Default function assignments to terminals

TERMINAL OPTION NAME
D ll 24 Run
DI2 25 Stop
DI3 2 Jog Select
DI4 10 E-Stop
DI5 11 Fault Reset
DI6 4 Preset I/P0
DI7 5 Preset l/Pl
DI8 1 Not Used

TERMINAL OPTION NAME

DO l 2 Run
D02 6 Freq Attain
D03 1 Not Used
D04 1 Not Used
Relayl 2 Run
Relay2 1 Not Used
Relay3 25 Fault

TERMINAL OPTION NAME

AOl 1 Output Freq
AO 2 2 Motor Current
A03 3 Output Power

Amtech
5-6
Jumper Position
1. The equipment is shipped with sink logic (JP5 is kept on Sink position) for the programmable digital inputs. To
change the sink logic to source, change the jumper JP1 position to Source.
2. The equipment is shipped with JP7 in NLD position. This means the terminating resistors are not in picture. To
insert the terminating resistors, keep the jumper to LD position.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

5-7
This page is intentionally left blank

Amtech
5-8
 CHAPTER-6: PARAMETER SETTINGS & FUNCTIONS

MODE-M: Monitor Parameters

The monitor parameters display information like operating parameters, signal status, software
version, fault history etc.
No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
GROUP-1: REFERENCE DISPLAY PARAMETERS
M101 Output Frequency Hz 0.01 Displays output frequency. If unit is off, it will display zero.
M102 Motor Speed rpm 1 Displays motor speed in rpm.
If A401=1, 3: It displays calculated motor speed in rpm using
M101 Output Frequency and B107 Motor Poles.
If A401=2, 4: It displays actual speed of motor shaft using
encoder.
M103 Motor Speed (%) % 0.1 Displays motor speed or shaft speed in %.
If A401=1, 3: It displays calculated motor speed in % using M101
Output Frequency and B107 Motor Poles.
If A401=2, 4: It displays actual speed of motor shaft using
encoder.
M104 Output Current Amp 0.1 Displays measured output current in A. If unit is off, it will display
zero.
6
M105 Output Current (%) %L 1 Displays output current as % of B103 Rated Motor Current. If
unit is off, it will display zero.
M106 Output Current U- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of U phase in A. If unit is off, it will
phase display zero.
M107 Output Current V- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of V phase in A. If unit is off, it will
phase display zero.
M108 Output Current W- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of W phase in A. If unit is off, it will
phase display zero.
M109 Torque Current % 0.1 Displays torque current using the B103 Rated Motor Current as
100%.
M110 Excitation Current % 0.1 Displays excitation current using the B103 Rated Motor Current
as 100%.
M111 Set Frequency Hz* 0.01 Displays currently selected frequency setting value.
M112 Frequency Reference 1 Displays currently selected frequency reference input.
Input
M113 Set Speed rp* 1 Displays currently selected frequency setting value in RPM.
M114 Set Torque % 0.1 Displays current value of torque setting value in % in vector
control mode.
M115 Torque Reference 1 Displays currently selected torque reference input in A113 in
Input vector control mode only.
M116 PID Reference 0.1 Displays current value of PID reference in unit selected in C714.
M117 PID Feedback 0.1 Displays current value of PID feedback in unit selected in C714.
M118 PID Output 0.1 Displays current value of PID output.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-1
 No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
M119 Line Speed rpm 1 Displays line speed in rpm. It displays calculated line speed using
M101 Output Frequency and A111 (D205) Line Speed.
GROUP-2: I/O STATUS PARAMETERS
M201 DI-8765 4321 Status 1 Displays ON/OFF state of programmable digital inputs DI1 to DI8.
M202 R-321 DO-4321 Status 1 Displays ON/OFF state of programmable relays R1 to R3 and
digital outputs DO1 to DO4.
M203 AI1 Input Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog input signal at AI1 terminal in V/mA.
M204 AI2 Input Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog input signal at AI2 terminal in V/mA.
M205 AI3 Input Value V 0.01 Displays value of analog input voltage signal at AI3 terminal in V.
M206 AO1 Output Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog output signal at AO1 terminal in V/mA.
M207 AO2 Output Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog output signal at AO2 terminal in V/mA.
M208 AO3 Output Value V 0.01 Displays value of analog output voltage signal at AO3 terminal in
V.
M209 Motor PTC Resistance Ohm 1 Displays value of motor PTC resistance in ohm.
M210 Pulse Input1 Hz 1 Displays pulse input1 frequency at DI8 terminal in Hz.

6 M211 Encoder Count 1 Displays encoder count as per below formula.

Encoder Count = (Encoder Pulses B112 x Motor Speed M102 x 4
x Speed loop sample B501) / (60 x 1000 x Carrier Frequency
B116)
M212 DI1-8765 4321 1 Displays ON/OFF state of programmable digital inputs DI11 to
(option) Status DI18 of option board.
M213 DO1-8765 4321 1 Displays ON/OFF state of programmable digital outputs DO11 to
(option) Status DO18 of option board.
M214 AI11 Input Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog input signal at AI11 terminal of option
(option) board in V/mA.
M215 AI12 Input Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog input signal at AI12 terminal of option
(option) board in V/mA.
M216 AI13 Input Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog input signal at AI13 terminal of option
(option) board in V/mA.
M217 AI14 Input Value V 0.01 Displays value of analog input voltage signal at AI14 terminal of
(option) option board in V.
M218 AO11 Output Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog output signal at AO11 terminal of option
(option) board in V/mA.
M219 AO12 Output Value V/mA 0.01 Displays value of analog output signal at AO12 terminal of option
(option) board in V/mA.
M220 AO13 Output Value V 0.01 Displays value of analog output voltage signal at AO13 terminal
(option) of option board in V.
o

M221 RTD1 Temperature 1 Displays RTD1 (connected at TB10 of option board) temperature
u"
U_

(option) in selected unit oC / oF in A123.

o

M222 RTD2 Temperature 1 Displays RTD2 (connected at TB10 of option board) temperature
u"
u_

(option) in selected unit oC / oF in A123.

Amtech
6-2
No. Parameter Unit Res. Description

ou"
O
M223 RTD3 Temperature 1 Displays RTD3 (connected at TB10 of option board) temperature

U_
(option) in selected unit oC / oF in A123.
M224 Pulse Input2 (option) Hz 1 Displays pulse input2 frequency at DI18 terminal in Hz of option
board.
GROUP-3: METERING PARAMETERS
M301 Input Voltage Vac 1 Displays calculated value of input voltage based on dc bus
voltage and load. May differ from the actual input voltage.
M302 Output Voltage Vac 1 Displays output voltage command. The display may differ from
the actual output voltage. It depends on the power supply
voltage. It will display zero when unit is off.
M303 DC Bus Voltage Vdc 1 Displays actual DC bus voltage of main circuit.
M304 Output Power kW 0.1 Displays current output power of the unit in kW.
M305 Output Power (%) % 0.1 Displays current output power of the unit in %.
M306 Energy Meter kWH kWH 0.1 Displays energy consumed in kWH.
M307 Energy Meter MWH MW 1 Displays energy consumed in MWH.
H
M308 Energy Saved in kWH kWH 1 Displays saved energy using VFD in kWH. 6
M309 Energy Saved in MWH MW 1 Displays saved energy using VFD in MWH.
H
M310 Money Saved with 1 Displays money saved with VFD in energy saving application.
VFDX1 Select appropriate currency in B119 and energy cost in B120.
M311 Money Saved with VFD 1 Displays money saved x 1000 with VFD in energy saving
X1k application. Select appropriate currency in B119 and energy cost
in B120.
M312 Hank Count 0.1 Displays current hank count. Display is limited at a maximum of
6553.5 and is cleared to zero when power is turned off.
M313 ASR O/P Monitor % 0.1 Displays ASR (Automatic Speed Regulator) output.
M314 ACR O/P Monitor % 0.1 Displays ACR (Automatic Current Regulator) output.
M315 Drive Overload % 0.1 Displays drive overload counter in percentage. Drive overload
fault comes when this value reaches to 100%.
M316 Motor Overload % 0.1 Displays motor overload counter in percentage. Motor overload
fault comes when this value reaches to 100%
M317 IGBT/HS Temperature oC/F 1 Displays actual junction temperature of U-phase IGBT / heat sink
U-phase (depending on the VFD rating) in selected unit oC / oF in A123.
M318 IGBT/HS Temperature oC/F 1 Displays actual junction temperature of V-phase IGBT / heat sink
V-phase (depending on the VFD rating) in selected unit oC / oF in A123.
M319 IGBT/HS Temperature oC/F 1 Displays actual junction temperature of W-phase IGBT / heat
W-phase sink (depending on the VFD rating) in selected unit oC / oF in
A123.
M320 Motor Slip % 0.1 Displays motor slip in %.
GROUP-4
M401 CPU1 Control Version 0.01 Displays ROM version of CPU1.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-3
 No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
M402 CPU2 Control Version 0.01 Displays ROM version of CPU2.
M403 Display Version 1 Displays ROM version of Digital Operation Panel.
M404 Rated VFD Current A 0.1 Displays rated VFD current capacity as per the HD/ND selection
mode.
M405 Inverter Type 1 Displays unit model number.
M406 Ship Year 1 Displays year of unit shipment.
M407 Ship Month 1 Displays month of unit shipment.
M408 Unit Serial Number 1 Displays serial number of the unit.
M409 Power On Time Hrs 1 Displays cumulative power on time after product shipment in
(Hours) hours.
M410 Power On Time (Days) Day 1 Displays cumulative power on time after product shipment in
days.
M411 Run Time (Hours) Hrs 1 Displays cumulative run time after product shipment in hours.
M412 Run Time (Days) Day 1 Displays cumulative run time after product shipment in days.
M413 Automatic Tuning 1 Displays progress of automatic tuning.
Display
6 M414 Automatic Tuning 1 Displays status of automatic tuning.
Status
M415 Number of Power ON 1 Displays number of power ON events since product shipment.
M416 Number of OT Fault 1 Displays number of overtemperature fault events since product
shipment.
M417 Number of OV Fault 1 Displays number of overvoltage fault events since product
shipment.
M418 Number of OC Fault 1 Displays number of overcurrent fault events since product
shipment.
M419 Number of Earth Fault 1 Displays number of earth fault events since product shipment.
M420 Number of OL Fault 1 Displays number of overload fault events since product
shipment.
M421 Number of Auto 1 Displays number of auto restarts after fault events since product
Restart shipment.
M422 On Time1 Warning Hrs 1 Displays elapsed time of the On Time1 Warning timer.
M423 On Time2 Warning Hrs 1 Displays elapsed time of the On Time2 Warning timer.
M424 On Time3 Warning Hrs 1 Displays elapsed time of the On Time3 Warning timer.
M425 PLC Display1 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M426 PLC Display2 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M427 PLC Display3 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M428 PLC Display4 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M429 PLC Display5 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M430 PLC Display6 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M431 PLC Display7 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.

Amtech
6-4
No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
M432 PLC Display8 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M433 PLC Display9 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M434 PLC Display10 1 Displays signed 16-bit register value from the In-built PLC.
M435 PLC Flag status 0-7 1 Displays status of the PLC flags 0 to 7.
M436 Load Analyzer1 (0­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
10%) Analyzerl value is <10%
M437 Load Analyzer1 (10­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
20%) Analyzerl value is >10% and <20%
M438 Load Analyzer1 (20­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
30%) Analyzer1 value is >20% and <30%
M439 Load Analyzer1 (30­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
40%) Analyzerl value is >30% and <40%
M440 Load Analyzer1 (40­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
50%) Analyzerl value is >40% and <50%
M441 Load Analyzer1 (50­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
60%) Analyzerl value is >50% and <60%
M442 Load Analyzer1 (60­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load 6
70%) Analyzerl value is >60% and <70%
M443 Load Analyzer1 (70­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
80%) Analyzerl value is >70% and <80%
M444 Load Analyzer1 (80­ % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
90%) Analyzerl value is >80% and <90%
M445 Load Analyzer1 (>90%) % 0.01 Displays time in % of M446 & M447 for which the Load
Analyzer1 value is >90%
M446 Load Analyzer1 Time Hrs 1 Displays time for Load Analyzer1 in hours.
Hour
M447 Load Analyzer1 Time Min 1 Displays time for Load Analyzer1 in minutes.
Min
M448 Load Analyzer2 (0- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
10)% Analyzer2 value (load) is <l0%
M449 Load Analyzer2 (10- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
20)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >l0% and <20%
M450 Load Analyzer2 (20- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
30)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >20% and <30%
M451 Load Analyzer2 (30- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
40)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >30% and <40%
M452 Load Analyzer2 (40- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
50)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >40% and <50%
M453 Load Analyzer2 (50- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
60)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >50% and <60%
M454 Load Analyzer2 (60- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
70)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >60% and <70%

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-5
 No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
M455 Load Analyzer2 (70- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
80)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >70% and <80%
M456 Load Analyzer2 (80- % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
90)% Analyzer2 value (load) is >80% and <90%
M457 Load Analyzer2 (>90)% % 0.01 Displays time in % of M411 & M412 for which the Load
Analyzer2 value (load) is >90%
M458 Peak Logger(PL) 0.1 Displays peak value of the parameter selected in A128 Peak
Logger Parameter Selection.
M459 PL Current A 0.1 Displays output current value at the time of peak logger.
M460 PL DC Voltage V 1 Displays dc bus voltage value at the time of peak logger.
M461 PL Speed rpm 1 Displays speed value at the time of peak logger.
M462 PL Time 1 Displays time (HH:MM:SS) of peak logger.
M463 PL Date 1 Displays date (DD-MM-YYYY) of peak logger.
GROUP-5: FAULT HISTORY
FLT-1 Fault1 Most recent twenty faults with date, time, status, M303 DC Bus
FLT-2 Fault2 Voltage (Vdc), M101 Output Frequency (Hz), M104 Output
6 FLT-3 Fault3
Current (A), M317 IGBT/Heatsink Temperature (°C/F), M301
Input Voltage (Vac), M307 Energy Meter (MWH), M306 Energy
FLT-4 Fault4 Meter (kWH) and M409 Power On Time (Hrs) values at the time
of fault are displayed. Fault 1 indicates latest fault while
successive faults give past faults in descending order.
FLT-5 Fault5
FLT-6 Fault6
FLT-7 Fault7
FLT-8 Fault8
FLT-9 Fault9
FLT10 Fault10
FLT11 Fault11
FLT12 Fault12
FLT13 Fault13
FLT14 Fault14
FLT15 Fault15
FLT16 Fault16
FLT17 Fault17
FLT18 Fault18
FLT19 Fault19
FLT20 Fault20
GROUP-6: CONTACT INFORMATION
This provides the manufacturers contact information.

Amtech
6-6
No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
Amtech Electronics (India) Limited. Amtech Drives, Inc.
E-6, Electronics Zone 745 Trabert Ave NW
GIDC, Gandhinagar Atlanta, GA. 30318
Gujarat, INDIA USA.
Pin: 382028 Ph: +1 (770) 469-5240
Ph: +9179 23289101 Fax: +1 (770) 469-5241
Fax: +9179 23289111 info@amtechdrives.com
info@amtechelectronics.com www.amtechdrives.com
www.amtechelectronics.com
GROUP-7: FOR PARALLEL INVERTER UNIT
M701 Output Current IU1 Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit1.
M702 Output Current IU1-U- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit1, U-phase.
phase
M703 Output Current IU1-V- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit1, V-phase.
phase
M704 Output Current IU1-W- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit1, W-phase.
phase
M705 Output Current IU2 Amp 0.1
M706 Output Current IU2-U- Amp 0.1
Displays output current of Inverter Unit2.
Displays output current of Inverter Unit2, U-phase.
6
phase
M707 Output Current IU2-V- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit2, V-phase.
phase
M708 Output Current IU2-W- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit2, W-phase.
phase
M709 Output Current IU3 Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit3.
M710 Output Current IU3-U- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit3, U-phase.
phase
M711 Output Current IU3-V- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit3, V-phase.
phase
M712 Output Current IU3-W- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit3, W-phase.
phase
M713 Output Current IU4 Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit4.
M714 Output Current IU4-U- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit4, U-phase.
phase
M715 Output Current IU4-V- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit4, V-phase.
phase
M716 Output Current IU4-W- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit4, W-phase.
phase
M717 Output Current IU5 Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit5.
M718 Output Current IU5-U- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit5, U-phase.
phase
M719 Output Current IU5-V- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit5, V-phase.
phase

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-7
 No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
M720 Output Current IU5-W- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit5, W-phase.
phase
M721 Output Current IU6 Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit6.
M722 Output Current IU6-U- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit6, U-phase.
phase
M723 Output Current IU6-V- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit6, V-phase.
phase
M724 Output Current IU6-W- Amp 0.1 Displays output current of Inverter Unit6, W-phase.
phase
GROUP-8: FOR PARALLEL INVERTER UNIT
M801 Interface Control 0.01 Displays ROM version of interface card for parallel inverter.
Version
M802 Temperature IU2 oC/F 1 Displays actual heat sink temperature of Inverter Unit2.
M803 Temperature IU3 oC/F 1 Displays actual heat sink temperature of Inverter Unit3.
M804 Temperature IU4 oC/F 1 Displays actual heat sink temperature of Inverter Unit4.
M805 Temperature IU5 oC/F 1 Displays actual heat sink temperature of Inverter Unit5.
6 M806 Temperature IU6 oC/F 1 Displays actual heat sink temperature of Inverter Unit6.
M807 Temperature DU1 oC/F 1 Displays actual heat sink temperature of Diode Unit1.
M808 Temperature DU2 oC/F 1 Displays actual heat sink temperature of Diode Unit2.
M809 Temperature Panel1 oC/F 1 Displays actual inside temperature of panel1.
M810 Driver Status IU1-6 1 Displays ON/OFF state of driver fault status of Inverter Unit1 to
6.
M811 OC Status IU1-3 1 Displays overcurrent status from current sensor of individual
phase from Inverter Unit1 to 3.
M812 OC Status IU4-6 1 Displays overcurrent status from current sensor of individual
phase from Inverter Unit4 to 6.
M813 OT Status IU/DU 1 Displays overtemperature status of thermostat switch of Inverter
Unit1 to 6, Diode Unit1 &2.
GROUP-9: SERIAL PARAMETER VALUE
M901 Serial Read Para 1 These parameters display the value of the Modbus ID read
Value1 parameters selected in C508 to C531. Note that the resolution of
the value is 1 for all the parameters.
M924 Serial Read Para 1
Value24
M925 Serial Write Para 1 These parameters display the value of the Modbus ID write
Value1 parameters selected in C532 to C539. Note that the resolution of
the value is 1 for all the parameters.
M932 Serial Write Para 1
Value8
GROUP-A: DEFAULT DIFFER PARAMETER LIST

Amtech
6-8
No. Parameter Unit Res. Description
MA01 Default Differ List 1 Displays list of changed parameters. Only parameters which
differ from default value are displayed here and user can change
parameter value from this group. Use UP or DOWN key to see
next changed parameter.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-9
 MODE-A: Parameters
WP: Indicates that this parameter is Write Protected during RUN condition.
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
GROUP-1: FREQUENCY, TORQUE, MACRO AND DISPLAY SETTING
A101 Local Set Hz 10.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency from Digital Operation
Frequency Panel (LCD Keypad Module).
A102 Frequency 1 1 17 1 Selects frequency reference input source.
Reference Input =1: Local =2: AI1
=3: AI2 =4: AI3
=5: Static pot =6: Serial
=7: PID Output =8: PLC AO1
=9: PLC AO2 =10: PLC AO3
=11: PLC AO4 =12: AI11
=13: AI12 =14: AI13
=15: AI14 =16: Pulse Input1
=17: Pulse Input2
A103 Frequency 2 1 17 1 Selects frequency reference using Ref
Reference Select0 & Ref Select1 Digital Inputs.
Select1 =1: Local =2: AI1
6 A104 Frequency 5 1 17 1 =3: AI2
=5: Static pot
=4: AI3
=6: Serial
Reference
Select2 =7: PID Output =8: PLC AO1
=9: PLC AO2 =10: PLC AO3
A105 Frequency 6 1 17 1 =11: PLC AO4 =12: AI11
Reference =13: AI12 =14: AI13
Select3 =15: AI14 =16: Pulse Input1
=17: Pulse Input2
A106 Minimum Hz 0.10 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum frequency of the unit.
Frequency
A107 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.10 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum frequency of the unit.
Frequency 60.00
A108 Jog Frequency Hz 5.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for jog input.
A109 Start Frequency Hz 0.50 0.10 10.00 0.01 Sets start frequency for the unit.
A110 Stop Frequency Hz 1.00 0.1 599.00 0.01 Sets the stop frequency during
deceleration stop. VFD acts as coast to
stop at or below this frequency.
A111 Line Speed 1500 0 3000 1 Sets line speed setting for RPM display.
Setting The set value will be displayed as motor
speed in M102 at 50 Hz in open loop v/f
mode. It has no effect in vector control
mode.
A112 Local Set Torque % 0.0 -200.0 200.0 0.1 Sets torque from the Digital Operation
Panel in vector control mode.

Amtech
6-10
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
A113 Torque 1 1 18 1 Selects torque reference in vector control
Reference Input mode.
=1: Local =2: AI1
=3: AI2 =4: AI3
=5: Static pot =6: Serial
=7: PID Output =8: PLC AO1
=9: PLC AO2 =10: PLC AO3
=11: PLC AO4 =12: AI11
=13: AI12 =14: AI13
=15: AI14 =16: Pulse Input1
=17: Pulse Input2
A114 Commissioning 0 0 1 1 Selects commissioning mode. When
Mode enabled, it guides step by step parameter
setting.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
A115 Application 1 1 9 1 Selects application macro. Certain
Macro parameters are automatically set. Refer
detail description.
=1: Not used =2: Fan
=3: Pump =4: Conveyor 6
=5: Compressor =6: Pump Jack
=7: Fermentor =8: Centrifuge
=9: Hoist
A116 Function Macro 1 1 5 1 Selects function macro. Function related
parameters are automatically set. Refer
detail description.
=1: Not Used =2: Static Pot
=3: Speed Pot =4: Multi Step
=5: PID Control
A117 Extended 1 1 3 1 Selects display of extended Modes D, E, G,
Parameter H, P or Easy Mode.
=1: Standard =2: Extended
=3: Easy Mode
A118 Set Password 0 0 9999 1 Sets 4-digit user password for parameter
lock.
A119 Parameter 0 0 9999 1 Opens parameter lock. If the password is
Unlock set in A118, enter 4-digit password to open
the parameter lock.
A120 Default Value 0 0 333 Sets all parameters to default values \/
Load excluding A401, A402, B202-B211, B602,
B701-B716 as per 60 Hz/460 V (US
standard), C111, C120, C201-C208, C210-
C218, C220-C225, C227-C235, C301-C333,
C901-C908, C910-918, C920-928, C930-
935, C947-C979.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-11
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
444 Sets all parameters to default values
excluding A401, A402, B202-B211, B602,
B701-B716 as per 50 Hz/415 V, C111,
C120, C201-C208, C210-C218, C220-C225,
C227-C235, C301-C333, C901-C908, C910-
918, C920-928, C930-935, C947-C979.
666 Sets all user parameters to default as per
50 Hz/415 V.
777 Sets only all PLC parameters to default \/
values.
Note: The value entered in this parameter is not memorized. It correct value is entered, appropriate action is
taken and "00" is displayed. If incorrect value is entered, no action is taken and "00" is displayed.
A121 Copy Parameter 0 0 3 1 Copies all parameters to the Display
Set EEPROM. User can copy 3 sets of
parameters.
=0: Disable =1: Copy Set1
=2: Copy Set2 =3: Copy Set3
A122 Paste Parameter 0 0 3 1 Pastes all parameters from display \/
6 Set EEPROM to control. User can paste 3 sets
of parameters.
=0: Disable =1: Paste Set1
=2: Paste Set2 =3: Paste Set3
A123 Temperature 1 1 2 1 Selects unit for temperature display.
Unit Selection =1: Degree C =2: Degree F
A124 Diagnosis Mode 0 0 3 1 Selects option to diagnose the fault \/
condition.
=0: Disable =1: Current Sensor
=2: IGBT =3: Cu Sen & IGBT
A125 Panel Test 0 0 1 1 Selects panel test mode.
Mode/Debug =0: Disable =1: Enable
Mode
A126 Load Analyzer1 8 1 8 1 Selects parameter for Load Analyzer1.
Parameter =1: Reset DL1 =2: Output Current
Selection =3: DC Bus Voltage =4: Motor Speed
=5: Output Power =6: Output Torque
=7: Output Frequency =8: Temperature
A127 Load Analyzer1 % 100.0 1.0 6554.0 0.1 Sets scale for the parameter selected for
Parameter Scale Load Analyzer1
A128 Peak Logger 2 1 7 1 Selects parameter for Peak Logger (PL).
Parameter =1: Reset PL =2: Output Current
Selection =3: DC Bus Voltage =4: Motor Speed
=5: Output Power =6: Output Torque
=7: Heatsink/IGBT Temperature
A129 Peak Logger LPF Sec 2.000 0.000 20.000 0.001 Sets filter time constant for parameter
selected in Peak Logger.
GROUP-2: ACCELERATION / DECELERATION TIME

Amtech
6-12
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
A201 Acceleration Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time to change output frequency from
Time1 zero to maximum.
A202 Deceleration Sec 20.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time to change output frequency from
Time1 maximum to zero.
A203 Acceleration Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets acceleration and deceleration time for
Time2 second ramp function.
A204 Deceleration Sec 20.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1
Time2
A205 S-Curve 0 0 1 1 Enables s-curve shape during acceleration
Selection /deceleration.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
A206 S-Curve Time1 Sec 0.1 0.1 3000.0 0.1 Sets s-curve time1. The maximum value
depends on the currently selected
acceleration time.
A207 S-Curve Time2 Sec 0.1 0.1 3000.0 0.1 Sets s-curve time2. The maximum value
depends on the currently selected
acceleration time.
A208 Current Limit Sec 10.0 0.5 6000.0 0.1 Sets acceleration / ramp up time during 6
Acceleration stall current limit.
Time
A209 Current Limit Sec 5.0 0.5 6000.0 0.1 Sets deceleration / ramp down time during
Deceleration stall current limit.
Time
A210 Acceleration 1 1 3 1 Selects multiplier for acceleration/
Deceleration deceleration time related parameters
Multiplier A201~A207 and D206~D207.
=1: x1 =2: x10
= 3 :x100
A211 EMS Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets deceleration / ramp down time for
Deceleration emergency stop condition when ramp
Time down mode is selected.
GROUP-3: START / STOP SELECTION & DC BRAKING
A301 Start Control 1 1 3 1 Selects start control location.
=1: Local =2: Terminal
=3: Serial
A302 2/3 Wire Control 1 1 2 1 Selects 2 wire (maintained) or 3 wire
(momentary) start/ stop method when
terminal selected as start control in A301.
=1: 2 Wire =2: 3 Wire
A303 Start Delay Time Sec 0.0 0.0 10.0 0.1 Sets time between run command to unit
start. This is used for synchronization with
peripheral machines such as mechanical
brakes.
A304 Stop Mode 0 0 1 1 Selects stop method.
=0: Ramp down =1: Coast to stop

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-13
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
A305 Motor Direction 0 0 1 1 Selects motor rotation direction.
=0: Forward UVW =1: Reverse UWV
A306 DC Brake Start Hz 1.50 0.00 50.00 0.01 Sets frequency at which DC braking is
Frequency initiated during stop.
A307 DC Brake % 50 15 150 1 Sets current for DC braking when DC
Current braking is used during stop.
A308 DC Brake Time Sec 0.0 0.0 25.0 0.1 Sets time for which DC braking will be
applied when stop command is issued. To
disable DC Braking operation, set this
parameter to zero.
A309 Stall Current 1 1 2 1 Selects stall current limit.
Limit Selection =1: Local =2: Terminal
When local is selected, B301 will be
effective. When terminal is selected, stall
current limit is set by analog signal at AI2.
A310 Auto / Line Start 1 1 3 1 Sets start mode with power ON.
= 1: OFF
= 2: ON Without Speed Search
6 = 3: ON With Speed Search
GROUP-4: V/F CHARACTERISTICS
A401 Control Mode 1 1 4 1 Selects motor control mode.
=1: V/F Open-loop =2: V/F Close-loop
=3: Vector Open-loop =4: Vectr Close-
loop
A402 HD/ND Selection 2 1 3 1 Selects unit overload duty as per the \/
application.
=1: No Over Load =2: Normal Duty-
ND
=3: Heavy Duty-HD
A403 PWM Switching 1 1 3 1 Selects PWM Switching technique. \/
Selection =1: SVPWM =2: Hybrid PWM1
=3: Reserve
A404 V/F Selection 1 1 3 1 Selects v/f curve.
=1: Linear Curve =2: Square Curve
=3: Custom setting
A405 Base Frequency % 100.0 5.0 100.0 0.1 Sets output frequency at which output n/
voltage reaches to Base Voltage A406 and
than after remains constant. Set as a
percentage of B104 Rated Motor
Frequency.
A406 Base Voltage % 100.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 Sets maximum output voltage available at n/
A405 Base Frequency. This is percentage of
B102 Rated Motor Voltage.
A407 VF1Frequency % 25.0 1.0 100.0 0.1 These parameters are used to create the
A408 VF2 Frequency % 50.0 1.0 100.0 0.1 custom V/Hz profile. Three different points

Amtech
6-14
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
A409 VF3 Frequency % 75.0 1.0 100.0 0.1 for the curve can be defined to get the
A410 VF1 Voltage % 25.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 profile suitable for the application. n/
A407 <= A408 <= A409
A411 VF2 Voltage % 50.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 A410 <= A411 <= A412. n/

A412 VF3 Voltage % 75.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 A407~A409 are percentage of A405 and
\/
A410~A412 are percentage of A406.
A413 Manual Torque % Inv. 0.0 20.0 0.1 Sets boost voltage at 0 Hz as a percentage
Boost setting rating in respect to the rated output voltage.
When programmed to zero, it will be
disabled. This is automatically adjusted by
the automatic tuning.
A414 Torque Boost Hz 25.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets boost end frequency. After this
End Frequency 30.00 frequency normal V/F is applicable.
A415 Automatic 0 0 1 1 Enables automatic torque boost, the R1
Torque Boost drop compensation and slip compensation
Selection functions will be valid.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
A416 Slip Hz 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.01 Sets motor's rated slip.
Compensation 2.00 This value applicable for V/F Closed loop
control mode only.
6
A417 Voltage Sec 10.0 0.1 30.0 0.1 Sets time for the output voltage to drop \/
Reduction Time from the V/F setting value to 0 V for high-
efficiency operation function.
A418 Voltage Lower % 100.0 50.0 100.0 0.1 Sets lower limit voltage when high- \/
Limit Setting efficiency operation function is selected,
Value set 50 to 99.
A419 Local Set Voltage % 100.0 5.0 100.0 0.1 Sets reference voltage when the unit is
used as variable voltage source application
and voltage reference in A419 is selected
as Local. Set as % of B102 Rated Motor
Voltage.
A420 Output Voltage 1 1 3 1 Select reference for output voltage when
Reference unit is used as variable voltage source
Selection application.
=1: Local =2: AI1
=3: AI2
GROUP-5: FREQ REFERENCE MATH OPERATIONS
A501 Multiplier A102 1.000 10.000 0.001 Sets multiplier to frequency reference
10.00 selected in A102.
0

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-15
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
A502 Math Reference 1 1 12 1 Selects second reference for math
Input2 operations.
=1: Not Used =2: AI1
=3: AI2 =4: AI3
=5: PLC AO1 =6: PLC AO2
=7: PLC AO3 =8: PLC AO4
=9: AI11 =10: AI12
=11: AI13 =12: AI14
A503 Multiplier A502 1.000 10.000 0.001 Sets a multiplier to A502 Math Reference
10.00 Input2.
0
A504 Math Operator 1 1 3 1 Selects mathematical operator for the
math operation between A102 Frequency
Reference Input and A502 Math Reference
Input2 after multipliers.
=1: + Add =2: x Multiply
=3: / Divide
A505 Fix Bias Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets fix bias. This adds into the output of
6 A506 Variable Bias 1 1 13 1
math operation.
Selects variable bias reference input. This
parameter adds variable bias into the
output of math operation.
=1: Not Used =2: AI1
=3: AI2 =4: AI3
=5: Static Pot =6: PLC AO1
=7: PLC AO2 =8: PLC AO3
=9: PLC AO4 =10: AI11
=11: AI12 =12: AI13
=13: AI14
GROUP-6: PARAMETER SELECTION FOR NORMAL DISPLAY SCREEN
A601 Norm1 Para1 29 1 29 1 Selects parameter to display on normal
screen.
A602 Norm1 Para2 1 1 29 1 =1: M101 Hz =2: M102 =3: M104
rpm Amp
A603 Norm1 Para3 5 1 29 1 =4: M105 %L =5: M111 Hz* =6: M116 PR
A604 Norm1 Para4 11 1 29 1 =7: M117 PF =8: M301 Vin =9: M315
%DO
A605 Norm1 Para5 12 1 29 1 =10: M302 =11: M303 =12: M304
Vo Vdc kW
A606 Norm1 Para6 3 1 29 1 =13: M306 =14: M307 =15: M209
kWH MWH Ohm
A607 Norm1 Para7 4 1 29 1 =16: M316 =17: M211 =18: M106 U-
%MO Cnt A
A608 Norm1 Para8 28 1 29 1 =19: M107 V- =20: M108 =21: M114
A W-A Tq*

Amtech
6-16
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
A609 Norm2 Para1 18 1 29 1 =22: M109 =23: M110 =24: M313
%Tq %Ex ASR
A610 Norm2 Para2 19 1 29 1 =25: M314 =26: M317 =27: M318
ACR U°C V°C
A611 Norm2 Para3 20 1 29 1 =28: M319 =29:M113
W°C Rp*
A612 Norm2 Para4 2 1 29 1
A613 Norm2 Para5 26 1 29 1
A614 Norm2 Para6 27 1 29 1
A615 Norm2 Para7 13 1 29 1
A616 Norm2 Para8 14 1 29 1
A617 Norm3 Para1 4 1 29 1
A618 Norm3 Para2 1 1 29 1
A619 Norm4 Para1 1 1 29 1
A620 Extended 1 0 1 1 Enables Normal3 and Normal4 screens
Normal Screen display when Norm key is repeatedly
Selection pressed. 6
=0: Disable =1: Enable
A621 Normal Screen Sec 0 0 6000 1 Sets automatic rotation time of normal
Rotation Time screens on Digital Operation Panel.
A622 Graph 2 0 4 1 Selects graph screens and graph
Resolution resolution.
=0: Disable =1: 1 min
=2: 10 min =3: 20 min
=4: 30 min
A623 Graph1 Function 1 1 6 1 Selects function for graph1 and 2.
Selection =1: O/P Freq-Hz =2: O/P Curr-%L
A624 Graph2 Function 2 1 6 1 =3: Motor Spd-rpm =4: O/P Power-kW
Selection =5: O/P Volt-Vac =6: DCBus Vlt-Vdc

A625 Date and Time Sets date and time of Real Time Clock
GROUP-7: PLC PANEL PARAMETER
A701 In-built PLC 0 0 1 1 Selects in-built PLC function.
Selection =0: Disable =1: Enable
A702 PLC Parameter1 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter1 is used for Timer1
application.
A703 PLC Parameter2 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter2 is used for Timer1
application.
A704 PLC Parameter3 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter3 is used for Timer2
application.
A705 PLC Parameter4 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter4 is used for Timer2
application.
A706 PLC Parameter5 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter5 is used for Timer3
application.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-17
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
A707 PLC Parameter6 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter6 is used for Timer3
application.
A708 PLC Parameter7 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter7 is used for Timer4
application.
A709 PLC Parameter8 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter8 is used for Timer4
application.
A710 PLC Parameter9 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter9 is used for PLC
application.
A711 PLC 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter10 is used for PLC
Parameter10 application.
A712 PLC 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter11 is used for PLC
Parameter11 application.
A713 PLC 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter12 is used for PLC
Parameter12 application.
A714 PLC 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter13 is used for PLC
Parameter13 application.
A715 PLC 0 0 32767 1 PLC parameter14 is used for PLC
6 Parameter14 application.

Amtech
6-18
 MODE-B Parameters
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
GROUP-1: MOTOR DETAILS
B101 Rated Input Vac 3 1 4 1 Selects rated input voltage. Set as per unit \ /
Voltage 200-240 nameplate.
V Series = 1 :2 0 0 V = 2 :2 2 0 V = 3 :2 3 0 V
=4:240 V
380-440 V Series 7 5 8 = 5 :3 8 0 V = 6 :4 0 0 V = 7 :4 1 5 V
=8:440 V
380-460 V Series 9 5 10 = 5 :3 8 0 V = 6 :4 0 0 V = 7 :4 1 5 V
= 8 :4 4 0 V = 9 :4 6 0 V = 10:48 0V
500-600 V Series 13 11 14 =11: 500 V =12: 550 V =13: 575 V
= 14:60 0V
600-690 V Series 16 14 16 =14: 60 0 V =15: 66 0 V = 16:69 0V
B102 Rated Motor Vac 230 180 250 1 Sets motor voltage. Set as per motor \/
Voltage nameplate.
415 380 440
460 380 480 6
575 500 600
690 600 690
B103 Rated Motor Amp M404 0.3* M404 0.1 Sets motor current. Set as per motor
Current M404 nameplate. It can be set to 30% of the
M404 Rated VFD Current.
B104 Rated Motor Hz 50.0 10.0 599.0 0.1 Sets motor frequency. Set as per motor
Frequency 60.0 nameplate.
B105 Rated Motor rpm 1500 1 36000 1 Sets rated motor speed in RPM. Set as per
Speed 1800 motor nameplate.
B106 Rated Motor kW M405 0.1 2300.0 0.1 Sets motor output at base speed. Set as
Output per motor nameplate.
B107 Motor Poles 4 2 16 2 Sets motor poles. Set as per motor
nameplate.
B108 Rated Motor 0.85 0.3 1.00 0.01 Sets rated motor power factor. Set as per
Power Factor motor nameplate.
B109 Motor Overload 2 1 5 1 Selects motor overload. Select as per
Selection motor nameplate / specification.
=1: 120% 60 Sec =2: 150% 60 Sec
=3: 150% 120 Sec =4: 150% 180 Sec
=5: 150% 240 Sec
B110 No Load Output Vac 160 20 480 1 Sets motor terminal voltage at no-load at
Voltage base speed and depends on the selected
voltage series.
B111 No Load Output Amp 0.35* 1.0 M404 0.1 Sets no load motor current.
Current M404

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-19
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
B112 Encoder Pulses P/R 1024 60 10000 1 Sets encoder pulses. Set as per encoder
specification.
B113 Encoder Polarity 1 1 2 1 Selects encoder polarity. n/
=1: Forward =2: Reverse
B114 Gear Numerator 1.000 0.100 10.000 0.001 Sets numerator and denominator value for
B115 Gear 1.000 0.100 10.000 0.001 gear ratio if any.
Denominator
B116 Carrier kHz 5 2 10 1 Sets carrier frequency. See the
Frequency specifications for the carrier frequency as
it depends on unit rating.
B117 DTC Gain 70 0 255 1 Sets gain for dead time compensation.
Adjust in case of motor hunting.
B118 kW Without VFD kW M405 0 65535 1 Sets kW consumption without VFD. Set as
per the previous data when the system
was used without VFD. This is used to
calculate energy saving with VFD.
B119 Currency 1 1 3 1 Selects currency for the energy cost.
6 Selection =1: INR =2: USD =3: EURO
B120 Energy Cost 4.000 0.000 65.535 0.001 Sets cost per kW in selected currency.
GROUP-2: MOTOR CONSTANTS
B201 Automatic 1 1 5 1 Selects automatic tuning mode. n/
Tuning Selection =1: Auto tuning OFF
=2: Stationary (Belt ON) (For V/F control)
=3: Rotational (Belt OFF) (For VC)
=4: Extended Rotational (Belt OFF) (For
VC)
=5: Reserved
B202 R1: Primary- mQ Inv 0.100 9.999 0.001 The motor circuit constant is set. n/
Stator rating This combination means below.
Resistance B202 = 1.000, B203 = 0
Mantissa) R1 = 1.000 (B202) x (10)0(B203) [mQ]
B203 R1: Primary- Inv -3 4 1 = 1.000 [mQ]
Stator rating
Resistance
(Exponent)
B204 R2': Secondary- mQ 1.000 0.100 9.999 0.001 This is mantissa section of the entered
Rotor Resistance value for Secondary (Rotor) Resistance of
(Mantissa) motor.
B205 R2': Secondary- 0 -3 4 1 This is exponent section of the entered n/
Rotor Resistance value for Secondary (Rotor) Resistance of
(Exponent) motor.
B206 L: Leakage mH 1.000 0.100 9.999 0.001 This is mantissa section of the entered
Inductance value for Leakage Inductance of motor.
(Mantissa)

Amtech
6-20
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
B207 L: Leakage 0 -3 4 1 This is exponent section of the entered n/
Inductance value for Leakage Inductance of motor.
(Exponent)
B208 M': Excitation mH 1.000 0.100 9.999 0.001 This is mantissa section of the entered
Inductance value for Excitation Inductance.
(Mantissa)
B209 M': Excitation 0 -3 4 1 This is exponent section of the entered n/
Inductance value for Excitation Inductance.
(Exponent)
B210 Rm: Iron Loss mQ 1.000 0.100 9.999 0.001 This is mantissa section of the entered
Resistance value for Iron Loss Resistance.
(Mantissa)
B211 Rm: Iron Loss 0 -3 5 1 This is exponent section of the entered n/
Resistance value for Iron Loss Resistance.
(Exponent)
GROUP-3: PROTECTION PARAMETERS
B301 Stall Current % 125.0 0.0 300.0 0.1 Sets current limit as a percentage of motor
Limit 155.0 rated current for normal running
condition. The default value is 125% for
6
normal duty and 155% for heavy duty
mode.
B302 Adjustable % 300 50 300 1 Sets upper current level as a percentage of
Overcurrent motor rated current. When set to 300%,
Level this feature is disabled.
B303 Acceleration % 150 50 300 1 Sets upper current limit for acceleration /
Current Limit ramp up as a percentage of motor rated
current.
B304 Overload Setting % 100 50 100 1 Sets reference for overload characteristic.
The inverse time characteristics will
change with change in B304. This overload
setting for No-overload and Normal Duty
105 50 105 usage.
This overload setting for Heavy Duty
usage.
B305 0Hz Overload % 100 0 B306 1 Sets overload for self-cooling type motor,
Setting 105 when operating at low speed. Set as per
B306 0.7*BF Overload % 100 0 B304 1 motor specifications.
Setting 105
B307 Undercurrent % 0 0 90 1 Sets lower current level as a percentage of
Level motor rated current for running condition.
B308 Unbalance Level % 30 0 100 1 Sets unbalance current level for the
(Output current) output. When the current unbalance
exceeds the set level, the unit will trip. Set
to 0% to disable.
B309 Earth Fault1 % 50 0 100 1 Sets the fault detection level for earth
Detection Level fault1.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-21
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
B310 Earth Fault2 1 0 1 1 Selects earth fault detection from
Selection hardware.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
B311 Overvoltage1 1 0 1 1 Selects overvoltage fault from software.
Selection =0: Disable =1: Enable
B312 DC Bus 0 0 2 1 Selects action in case of dc bus overvoltage
Overvoltage during running condition to prevent
Control tripping.
=0: Disable =1: Freq Increase
=2: Stop Deceleration
B313 DC Bus 2 2 20 1 Sets gain for DC Bus voltage control when
Overvoltage Frequency Increase is selected in B312.
Control Gain
B314 KEB Selection 0 0 1 1 Selects KEB function.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
B315 KEB Threshold % 80 65 115 1 Sets threshold level for KEB function.
Level

6 B316 KEB Kp 1.00 0.01 25.00 0.01 Sets proportional gain of KEB PID
controller.
B317 KEB Ti mS 500.0 1.0 5000.0 0.1 Sets integral time constant of KEB PID
controller.
B318 KEB Td mS 0.5 0.0 500.0 0.1 Sets derivative time constant of KEB PID
controller.
B319 Input Voltage 1.000 0.100 2.000 0.001 Sets gain for input voltage display.
Gain
B320 Input Phase Loss 1 0 1 1 Selects input phase loss detection. When
enabled, the unit generates fault when
inverter output current exceeds level 55%
or higher than unit rating and DC voltage
pulsation width exceeds 15% of rated
voltage.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
B321 Output Phase 1 0 1 1 Selects output phase open / loss detection.
Loss Detection Detects if one phase current is <5% and
other two phase currents are >70% of
motor rated current for five cycles, when
this protection is enabled.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
B322 Reverse 0 0 1 1 Selects reverse direction operation n/
Direction Lock permission. Enable to prevent
unintentional reverse direction operation.
Ensure that forward direction is selected in
A305 (or at terminal). The unit does not
start otherwise.
=0: Disable =1: Enable

Amtech
6-22
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
B323 DBR Overload % 1.6 0.0 10.0 0.1 Sets %ED of DB operation. When built in
Setting DB transistor is used, set the parameter
within the specification.
Set 0.0 to disable the protection function
or using external DB unit.
B324 Temperature 1 0 1 1 Selects automatic change of carrier
Control selection frequency in case of temperature rise
above the predefined level.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
B325 Panel °C 60 25 70 1 It sets the level for panel temperature
Temperature fault when IU/DU system is in use.
Level
GROUP-4: PRESET SPEED
B401 Preset Speed1 Hz 10.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets preset speeds. The speed can be
B402 Preset Speed2 Hz 15.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 selected by programmable digital inputs.

B403 Preset Speed3 Hz 20.00 0.00 599.00 0.01

B404 Preset Speed4 Hz 25.00 0.00 599.00 0.01
B405 Preset Speed5 Hz 30.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 6
B406 Preset Speed6 Hz 40.00 0.00 599.00 0.01
B407 Preset Speed7 Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01
B408 Skip Frequency1 Hz 0.10 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets skip frequency and avoidance band.
B409 Skip Frequency2 Hz 0.10 0.00 599.00 0.01
B410 Skip Frequency3 Hz 0.10 0.00 599.00 0.01
B411 Skip Band Hz 1.00 0.00 10.00 0.01

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-23
 V/F VEC VEC
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
CL OL CL
GROUP-5: VECTOR CONTROL CONSTANTS-1
B501 Speed Loop 50 1 400 1 Sets speed control loop samples. \/ \/
Sample
B502 ASR P- Action % 50 1 400 1 Sets ASR proportional output \/ \/
Control control factor.
B503 ASR Dead Band % 0.0 0.0 100.0 0.1 Sets non-sensitive range of ASR n/ \/
input.
B504 Speed LPF Time ms 30.0 4.0 1000.0 0.1 Sets low pass filter time constant1 n/
Constant1 for higher frequency (above B510)
for speed feedback.
B505 ASR Kp1 20 1 100 1 Sets proportional gain1 for speed n/
regulator for higher frequency
(above B510).
B506 ASR Ti1 Sec 0.40 0.01 10.00 0.01 Sets integral time constant1 for n/ n/
speed regulator for higher
6 frequency (above B510).
B507 Speed 0.075 0.001 30.000 0.001 Sets gain1 for speed estimation n/
Estimation Kp1 for higher frequency (above
B510).
B508 Speed Sec 0.40 0.01 10.00 0.01 Sets time constant1 for speed n/
Estimation Ti 1 estimation for higher frequency
(above B510).
B509 ASR Gain Hz 4.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Set ASR Gain Change Lower \/ \/
Change Lower Frequency. It should be < B510.
Frequency
B510 ASR Gain Hz 8.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets ASR Gain Change Higher N/ A/
Change Higher Frequency. It should be > B509.
Frequency
B511 Speed LPF Time ms 50.0 4.0 1000.0 0.1 Sets low pass filter time constant2 n/
Constant2 for lower frequency (below B509)
for speed feedback.
B512 ASR Kp2 20 1 100 1 Sets proportional gain2 for speed n/ n/
regulator for lower frequency
(below B509).
B513 ASR Ti2 Sec 0.80 0.01 10.00 0.01 Sets integral time constant2 for n/ n/
speed regulator for lower
frequency (below B509).
B514 Speed 0.075 0.001 30.000 0.001 Sets gain2 for speed estimation n/
Estimation Kp2 for lower frequency (below B509).
B515 Speed Sec 0.40 0.01 10.00 0.01 Sets time constant2 for speed n/
Estimation Ti 2 estimation for lower frequency
(below B509).

Amtech
6-24
 V/F VEC VEC
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
CL OL CL
B516 Machine Time mS 500 0 30000 1 Sets time to accelerate motor and n/ \/
Constant load's torque inertia to the base
speed at rated torque.
B517 Acceleration % 0.0 0.0 100.0 0.1 Sets fix bias to be added in speed n/ \/
Machine Bias PID output during acceleration.
B518 Deceleration % 0.0 0.0 100.0 0.1 Sets fix bias to be added in speed n/ A/
Machine Bias PID output during deceleration.
B519 ASR Motoring % 100.0 50.0 200.0 0.1 Sets motoring torque limit. \/ \/
Torque Limit
B520 ASR % 100.0 0.0 200.0 0.1 Sets regenerative torque limit1 \/ \/
Regenerative for higher frequency (above
Torque Limit1 B510).
B521 ASR % 20.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 Set regenerative torque limit2. n/
Regenerative
Torque Limit2
B522 ASR % 10.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 Set regenerative torque limit3. n/ n/
Regenerative
Torque Limit3
6
B523 Overspeed % 105.0 20.0 200.0 0.1 Sets overspeed protection level. \/ n/ n/
Protection When the detected speed is equal
Level to or higher than set level for
1000 msec, unit trips in
overspeed fault.
B524 Speed % 10.0 10.0 100.0 0.1 Sets speed deviation level. A \/ \/ \/
Deviation Level speed deviation error occurs
when speed command and speed
detection difference is higher
than set level for speed deviation
fault judgment time set in B525.
B525 Speed Sec 10.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 Set judgment time for speed N/ \/
Deviation Fault deviation fault.
Judgment Time
B526 Field 1.00 0.10 2.00 0.01 Sets field weakening gain. If n/ \/
Weakening hunting occurs in speed in field
Gain weakening region, decrease gain.
B527 Field mS 100 0 1000 1 Sets low pass filter time for field n/ n/
Weakening weakening.
Filter
B528 Drooping Rate % 0.00 0.00 20.00 0.01 Sets drooping rate. n/ n/

B529 Drooping Rate mS 100 0 1000 1 Sets low pass filter time for n/ n/
Filter dropping rate.
GROUP-6: VECTOR CONTROL CONSTANTS-2
B601 Torque Mode 0 0 1 1 Selects torque control mode. n/ a/
Selection =0: Disable =1: Enable

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-25
 V/F VEC VEC
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
CL OL CL
B602 Excitation % 35.0 15.0 100.0 0.1 Sets excitation current reference. n/ \/
Current
Reference
B603 Torque LPF ms 0.0 0.0 1000.0 0.1 Sets low pass filter time constant n/ \/
Time constant for torque reference.
B604 ACR Kp 0.45 0.01 100.00 0.01 Sets proportional gain for current n/ A/
regulator.
B605 ACR Ti ms 0.40 0.01 300.00 0.01 Sets integral time constant for \/ \/
current regulator.
B606 ACR Q Upper % 100.0 0.0 150.0 0.1 Sets upper limit for ACR Q- \/ \/
Lmt Controller output.
B607 ACR Q Lower % 100.0 0.0 150.0 0.1 Sets lower limit for ACR Q- n/ \/
Lmt Controller output.
B608 ACR D Upper % 100.0 0.0 150.0 0.1 Sets upper limit for ACR D- n/ n/

Lmt Controller output.

B609 ACR D Lower % 100.0 0.0 150.0 0.1 Sets lower limit for ACR D- n/ n/

6 Lmt controller output.

B610 Torque % 0 0 1 1 Selects torque reference polarity. a/ n/ n/

reference =0: Unipolar =1: Bipolar

Polarity
B611 Voltage 0 0 1 1 If output voltage in control is n/ \/
Saturation larger than voltage that can be
Compensation output by the inverter, select this
Selection control to limit the exciting
current to prevent the current or
torque from hunting.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
B612 ACR Feed 1 0 1 1 Selects feed forward controller to n/

Forward compensate voltage fluctuation

Selection caused by the leakage inductance.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
GROUP-7: M FLUCTUATION COMPENSATION TABLE (VECTOR CONTROL)
B701 Lm Reference Hz 6.25 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets reference speed (frequency) n/

Speed1 7.50 for changing the compensation

amount according to the
operation speed. This table value
changes when maximum
frequency (A107) changes.
B702 Lm Reference Hz 12.50 0.00 599.00 0.01 n/

Speed2 15.00
B703 Lm Reference Hz 18.75 0.00 599.00 0.01 n/

Speed3 22.50
B704 Lm Reference Hz 25.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 n/ A/
Speed4 30.00

Amtech
6-26
 V/F VEC VEC
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
CL OL CL
B705 Lm Reference Hz 31.25 0.00 599.00 0.01 n/ \/
Speed5 37.50
B706 Lm Reference Hz 37.50 0.00 599.00 0.01 \/ \/
Speed6 45.00
B707 Lm Reference Hz 43.75 0.00 599.00 0.01 \/ \/
Speed7 52.50
B708 Lm Reference Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 n/ \/
Speed8 60.00
B709 Lm Fluctuation % 100.0 50.0 150.0 0.1 This compensates the exciting n/ A/
Compensation inductance fluctuation according
B716 Coefficient 1 to the B701 ~ B708 table
~8 reference speed. These values are
automatically sets during auto
tuning (B201 =4)

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-27
 MODE-C Parameters
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
GROUP-1: DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT SELECTION
C101 DI1 24 1 41 1 Selects function for Digital Input1~8.
C102 DI2 25 1 41 1 =1: Not Used =2: Jog Select
=3: Ramp Select =4: Preset I/P0
C103 DI3 2 1 41 1 =5: Preset I/P1 =6: Preset I/P2
C104 DI4 10 1 41 1 =7: Freq Increase =8: Freq Decrease
=9: Aux Drive =10: E-Stop
C105 DI5 11 1 41 1
=11: Fault Reset =12: Ext Fault1
C106 DI6 4 1 41 1 =13: Reverse =14: Terminal
C107 DI7 5 1 41 1 =15: Ref Select0 =16: Ref Select1
1 1 =17: PR Step Skip =18: PR Step Hold
C108 DI8 1 1 41 1
=19: PR/RSF Reset =20: PID Bypass
=21: PID Disable =22: MBRK Ans
=23: Ext Fault2 =24: Run
=25: Stop =26: Drive Enable
=27: Reserve =28: PLC I/P1
=29: PLC I/P2 =30: PLC I/P3
=31: PLC I/P4 =32: PLC I/P5
6 =33: PLC I/P6 =34: PLC I/P7
=35: PLC I/P8 =36: Torque Mode
=37: Ready1 F/B =38: Forward Run
=39: Reverse Run =40: Forward Jog
=41: Reverse Jog
C109 DI-8765 4321 0 0 255 1 Sets logic for digital input 1~8. Set the
Logic corresponding bit.
=0: Normally Open =1: Normally Close
C110 DI Scan Time 1 1 5 1 Selects scan time for all digital inputs.
=1: 4 mS =2: 8 mS
=3: 12 mS =4: 16 mS
=5: 20 mS
C111 DI8 Terminal 1 1 2 1 Selects DI8 terminal usage.
Selection =1: DI =2: Pulse I/P1
C112 DO1 2 1 53 1 Selects function for Digital Output1~4 and
C113 DO2 6 1 53 1 Relay1~3.
=1: Not Used =2: Run
C114 DO3 1 1 53 1 =3: Local =4: Reverse Run
C115 DO4 1 1 53 1 =5: I-Detection1 =6: Freq Attain
1 1 =7: Speed Detect1 =8: Speed Detect2
C116 Relay1 2 53
=9: Acceleration =10: Deceleration
C117 Relay2 1 1 53 1 =11: Aux Drive =12: Timer Output
C118 Relay3 25 1 53 1 =13:Zero Speed =14: Fault Alarm
=15: PID Up Limit =16: PID Lo Limit
=17: Temp Alarm =18: Ready
=19: Pump1 =20: Pump2
=21: Pump3 =22: Pump4
=23: Doff End Alarm =24: Sleep Mode
=25: Fault =26: PLC O/P1
=27: PLC O/P2 =28: PLC O/P3
Amtech
6-28
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
=29: PLC O/P4 =30: PLC O/P5
=31: PLC O/P6 =32: PLC O/P7
=33: PID F/B ULmt 34: PID F/B LLmt
=35: Fan Control 36: Ready1
=37: Forward Run =38: MBRK
=39: KEB ON 40: OL Fault
=41: OC Fault 42: Earth Fault
=43: OT Fault =44: OV Fault
=45: I-Detection2 46: Forward
=47: Reverse =48: STO1
=49: STO2 =50: STO1&2
=51: On Time1 52: On Time2
=53: On Time3
C119 R-321 DO-4321 0 0 255 1 Selects logic for relay 1~3 and digital
Logic selection output 1~4. Set the corresponding bit.
=0: Normally Open =1: Normally Close
C120 DO4 Terminal 1 1 2 1 Selects DO4 terminal usage.
Selection =1: DO =2: Pulse O/P1
GROUP-2: ANALOG INPUT SELECTION
C201 AI1 V/I Selection 1 1 2 1 Selects AI1 terminal as voltage input or
current input in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP1 on control card.
=1: Voltage input =2: Current input
C202 AI1 Voltage Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AI1 when selected as voltage
input.
C203 AI1 Voltage Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI1 when selected as voltage
input.
C204 AI1 Current Bias 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AI1 when selected as current
input.
C205 AI1 Current Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI1 when selected as current
input.
C206 AI1 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AI1 that
level corresponds to AI1 minimum reference
level in C208. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent to the unit.
C207 AI1 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AI1 that
level corresponds to AI1 maximum reference
level in C209. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent to the unit.
C208 AI1 Minimum Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AI1 minimum level defined
in C206.
C209 AI1 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 60.00 corresponds to AI1 maximum level defined
in C207.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-29
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C210 AI1 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog input
Constant AI1.
C211 AI2 V/I Selection 2 1 2 1 Selects AI2 terminal as voltage input or
current input in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP2 on control card.
=1: Voltage input =2: Current input
C212 AI2 Voltage Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AI2 when selected as voltage
input.
C213 AI2 Voltage Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI2 when selected as voltage
input.
C214 AI2 Current Bias 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AI2 when selected as current
input.
C215 AI2 Current Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI2 when selected as current
input.
C216 AI2 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AI2 that
level corresponds to AI2 minimum reference
level in C218. Set in accordance to the
6 value actually sent to the unit.
C217 AI2 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AI2 that
level corresponds to AI2 maximum reference
level in C219. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent to the unit.
C218 AI2 Minimum Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AI2 minimum level defined
in C216.
C219 AI2 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 60.00 corresponds to AI2 maximum level defined
in C217.
C220 AI2 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog input
Constant AI2.
C221 AI3 Voltage Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for analog voltage input AI3.
C222 AI3 Voltage Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for analog voltage input AI3.
C223 AI3 Minimum V -10.00 -20.00 20.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AI3 that
level corresponds to AI3 minimum reference
level in C225. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent to the unit.
C224 AI3 Maximum V 10.00 -20.00 20.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AI3 that
level corresponds to AI3 maximum reference
level in C226. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent to the unit.
C225 AI3 Minimum Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AI3 minimum level defined
in C223.

Amtech
6-30
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C226 AI3 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 60.00 corresponds to AI3 maximum level defined
in C224.
C227 AI3 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog input
Constant AI3.
C228 Pulse I/P1 F1 Hz 10 1 1000 1 Sets pulse input1 F1 frequency.
C229 Pulse I/P1 F2 Hz 1000 1 10000 1 Sets pulse input1 F2 frequency.
C230 Pulse I/P1 Time mS 100 0 2000 1 Sets filter time constant for pulse input1 at
Constant DI8.
C231 Pulse I/P1 Sec 1.00 0.01 20.00 0.01 Sets judgment time for pulse input1 at DI8
Judgment Time
C232 Motor PTC Trip Ohm 4000 50 5000 1 Sets trip level for Motor PTC.
Level
C233 Motor PTC Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for Motor PTC input, used when
analog current output AO2 is used as
Motor PTC.
C234 Motor PTC Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for Motor PTC input, used when
analog current output AO2 is used as 6
Motor PTC.
C235 Motor PTC Sec 1 1 5 1 Sets response time for Motor PTC input.
Response Time
GROUP-3: ANALOG OUTPUT SELECTION
C301 AO1 1 1 19 1 Selects function for AO1.
=1: Output Freq =2: Motor Current
=3: Output Power =4: O/P Voltage
=5: DC Bus Volt =6: PID Output
=7: Heatsink Temp =8: PLC AO1
=9: PLC AO2 =10: PLC AO3
=11: PLC AO4 =12: +Torque Cur
=13: Excite Cur =14: Set Freq
=15: +/- Torque Cur =16: Reserve
=17: Motor OL =18: Drive OL
=19: Drive Current
C302 AO2 2 1 19 1 Selects function for AO2. Only option 16
differs from AO1 options.
=16: Motor PTC
C303 AO3 3 1 19 1 Selects function for AO3. Only option 16
differs from AO1 options.
=16: +/- Out Freq
C304 AO1 V/I 2 1 2 1 Selects AO1 terminal as voltage output or
Selection current output in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP3 on control card.
=1: Voltage output =2:
Current output

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-31
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C305 AO1 Voltage 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AO1 when selected as voltage
Bias output.
C306 AO1 Voltage 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO1 when selected as voltage
Gain output.
C307 AO1 Current 100 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AO1 when selected as current
Bias output.
C308 AO1 Current 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO1 when selected as current
Gain output.
C309 AO1 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AO1 that
level corresponds to AO1 minimum reference
level in C311. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent out to user.
C310 AO1 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AO1 that
level corresponds to AO1 minimum reference
level in C312. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent out to user.
C311 AO1 Minimum 0.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets minimum reference value that
6 Reference level corresponds to AO1 minimum level
defined in C309.
C312 AO1 Maximum 1000. 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 0 corresponds to AO1 maximum level
defined in C310.
C313 AO1 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog output
Constant AO1.
C314 AO2 V/I 2 1 2 1 Selects AO2 terminal as voltage output or
Selection current output in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP4 on control card.
=1: Voltage output =2: Current output
C315 AO2 Voltage 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AO2 when selected as voltage
Bias output.
C316 AO2 Voltage 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO2 when selected as voltage
Gain output.
C317 AO2 Current 100 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AO2 when selected as current
Bias output.
C318 AO2 Current 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO2 when selected as current
Gain output.
C319 AO2 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AO2 that
level corresponds to AO2 minimum reference
level in C321. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent out to user.
C320 AO2 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AO2 that
level corresponds to AO2 minimum reference
level in C322. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent out to user.

Amtech
6-32
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C321 AO2 Minimum 0.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AO2 minimum level
defined in C319.
C322 AO2 Maximum 1000. 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 0 corresponds to AO2 maximum level
defined in C320.
C323 AO2 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog output
Constant AO2.
C324 AO3 Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AO3 (-10~10 V).
C325 AO3 Gain+ 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for 0~10 V for AO3.
C326 AO3 Gain- 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for 0~-10 V for AO3.
C327 AO3 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AO3 that
level corresponds to AO3 minimum reference
level in C329. Set in accordance to the
value actually sent out to user.
C328 AO3 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AO3 that
level corresponds to AO3 minimum reference
level in C330. Set in accordance to the 6
value actually sent out to user.
C329 AO3 Minimum 0.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AO3 minimum level
defined in C327.
C330 AO3 Maximum 1000. 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 0 corresponds to AO3 maximum level
defined in C328.
C331 AO3 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog output
Constant AO3.
C332 Pulse O/P1 1 1 19 1 Selects function for pulse output1 at DO4
Selection terminal. Refer C302 for options.
C333 Pulse O/P1 Scale Hz 10000 1 10000 1 Sets pulse output1 frequency scale.
C334 RPM Time mS 500 1 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for rpm display on
Constant Digital Operation Panel.
C335 O/P Freq Time mS 500 1 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for output
Constant frequency display on Digital Operation
Panel.
C336 O/P kW Time mS 500 1 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for output kW
Constant display on Digital Operation Panel.
C337 O/P Torque mS 500 1 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for output torque
Time Constant display on Digital Operation Panel.
C338 DC Voltage Time mS 1000 1 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for DC voltage
Constant display on Digital Operation Panel.
GROUP-4: STATUS OUTPUT DETECTION LEVEL

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-33
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C401 Frequency % 1.0 0.0 20.0 0.1 Sets width/band for the set frequency
Attainment attained (Freq Attain) function.
Detection Width
C402 I-Detection1 % 100.0 5.0 200.0 0.1 Sets current detection (I-Detection1) level
Level (current as a percentage of B103 Rated Motor
detection) Current. The hysteresis level is decided by
value set in C403 for I-Detection1
operation.
C403 I-Detection1 % 5 1 20 1 Sets hysteresis level for I-Detection1
Hysteresis Level operation.
C404 I-Detection2 % 100.0 5.0 200.0 0.1 Sets current detection2 (I-Detection2)
Level (current level as a percentage of B103 Rated Motor
detection) Current. The hysteresis level is decided by
value set in C405 for I-Detection2
operation.
C405 I-Detection2 % 5 1 20 1 Sets hysteresis level for I-Detection2
Hysteresis Level operation.
C406 Speed Detection % 95.0 1.0 105.0 0.1 Sets speed detection level as a percentage
6 Level1 of max frequency A107. The output
C407 Speed Detection % 50.0 1.0 105.0 0.1 frequency or the motor speed will be the
Level2 comparison target. A 1% hysteresis will
occur with speed detection operation.
C408 Zero Speed % 1.0 0.0 50.0 0.1 Sets zero speed detection level as a
Detection Level percentage of max frequency A107. The
output frequency or the motor speed will
be the comparison point. A 1% hysteresis
will occur with zero speed operation.
C409 4-20mA 2 1 7 1 Selects unit's response in case of 4-20 mA
Reference Loss frequency reference input signal failure.
=1: No action at fault detection
=2: Minor fault alarm & run at min. speed
=3: Minor fault alarm & run at max. speed
=4: Minor fault alarm & run at set speed
=5: Minor fault alarm & run at preset
speed-1
=6: Fault, ramp down to stop
=7: Fault, coast to stop
C410 Timer Output 1 1 2 1 Sets ON control for the timer output.
control Selection =1: ON with Run =2: ON with
power-up
C411 Timer output Off Sec 60 0 3000 1 Sets time in seconds to delay turning OFF
Delay time the timer output after unit OFF command
is received.

Amtech
6-34
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C412 Temperature oC 110 0 130 1 Sets temperature alarm level. Whenever
Alarm Level 82 the heatsink temperature exceeds set
value, the Temp Alarm output will be set.
Hysteresis of 2°C hysteresis will occur with
temperature alarm.
C413 Static Pot 1 1 5 1 Selects static pot speed at power up and
Options stop.
C414 Static Pot Option 1 1 5 1 =1: Last speed =2: Min frequency
during stop =3: Max frequency =4: A101 Set freq
=5: B401 Preset Speed1
C415 External Fan 1 1 2 1 Selects external cooling fan control.
Control =1: Auto (On Temp) =2: On with Run
Selection =3: Continuous On
C416 External Fan Sec 300 300 6000 1 Sets minimum on time in seconds for the
Minimum On external cooling fan after fan on.
Time
C417 External Fan On oC 60 50 85 1 Sets temperature level to turn on digital
Temperature output External Fan Control.
Level 6
C418 External Fan Off oC 10 10 30 1 Sets hysteresis level to turn off digital
Hysteresis Level output External Fan Control.
C419 Internal Fan 1 1 3 1 Selects internal cooling fan control.
Control =1: Auto (On Temp) =2: On with Run
Selection =3: Continuous On
C420 Internal Fan Sec 300 300 6000 1 Sets minimum on time in seconds for the
Minimum On internal cooling fan after fan on.
Time
C421 Internal Fan On oC 60 50 85 1 Sets temperature level to turn on internal
Temperature fan.
Level
C422 Internal Fan Off oC 10 10 30 1 Sets hysteresis level to turn off internal
Hysteresis Level fan.
C423 On-time1 Hrs 0 0 65535 1 Sets time reference for On-time1 Warning.
Warning Time
C424 On-time1 1 1 6 1 Selects function for the on time1 warning.
Function =1: Time Exceed =2: Clean device
=3: Internal fan =4: Panel fan
=5: DC bus cap =6: Motor bearing
C425 On-time2 Hrs 0 0 65535 1 Sets time reference for On-time2 Warning.
Warning Time
C426 On-time2 1 1 6 1 Selects function for the on time2 warning.
Function =1: Time Exceed =2: Clean device
=3: Internal fan =4: Panel fan
=5: DC bus cap =6: Motor bearing
C427 On-time3 Hrs 0 0 65535 1 Sets time reference for On-time3 Warning.
Warning Time
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-35
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C428 On-time3 1 1 6 1 Selects function for the on time3 warning.
Function =1: Time Exceed =2: Clean device
=3: Internal fan =4: Panel fan
=5: DC bus cap =6: Motor bearing
C429 External Brake 0 0 1 1 Selects external brake function. n/
Selection =0: Disable =1: Enable
C430 Brake Release Sec 0.00 0.00 2.50 0.01 Sets wait time from RUN command to
Wait Time brake release command.
C431 Acceleration Sec 0.00 0.00 2.50 0.01 Sets wait time from the point brakes are
Start Wait Time released until the motor accelerates. If
there is a brake answer (MBRK Ans), set
from answer, and if none, set time from
command.
C432 Brake Engage Sec 0.00 0.00 2.50 0.01 Sets wait time (cumulative) from the point
Wait Time the frequency (speed) command value
reaches the zero speed setting or below
until the brake is engaged.
C433 Run Error Sec 0.0 0.0 25.0 0.1 Sets time for run error judgment. A fault
6 Judgment Time stoppage occurs if ON for the RUN setting
At Engaging time or longer when engaging the brake.
Brake Error judgment is turned OFF when set to
0.0.
C434 Brake Answer Sec 0.0 0.0 25.0 0.1 Sets time for brake answer judgment. The
Error Judgment brake command and brake answer do not
Time match for the set time or longer, and a
fault stoppage occurs.
Brake error judgment is turned OFF when
set to 0.0.
GROUP-5: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
C501 Baud Rate bps 4 1 6 1 Sets baud rate for the serial
communication.
=1: 1200 bps =2: 2400 bps
=3: 4800 bps =4: 9600 bps
=5: 19200 bps =6: 38400 bps
C502 Station Number 247 1 247 1 Sets station number (address).
C503 Parity 1 1 3 1 Sets parity for the communication.
=1: No Parity =2: Odd parity
=3: Even Parity
C504 Response Time Sec 0.01 0.00 2.00 0.01 Sets minimum time from receiving the
command to returning an answer.
C505 Digital 0 0 1 1 Selects digital operation panel
Operation Panel communication loss fault. If enabled, unit
(DOP) will generate fault if it does not receive
Communication any response from the operation panel
Loss Selection within 100 msec.
=0: Disable =1: Enable

Amtech
6-36
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C506 Profibus 0 0 1 1 Selects Profibus communication.
Communication =0: Disable =1: Enable
Selection
C507 Wi-Fi 0 0 1 1 Selects Wi-Fi communication.
Communication =0: Disable =1: Enable
Selection
C508 Read Serial ID1 40002 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M102 Motor speed.
C509 Read Serial ID2 40004 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M104 Output Current.
C510 Read Serial ID3 40001 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M101 Output Frequency.
C511 Read Serial ID4 40005 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M111 Set Frequency.
C512 Read Serial ID5 40081 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
6
included in the group. Default selection is
status_code1.
C513 Read Serial ID6 40007 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M114 Set Torque.
C514 Read Serial ID7 40044 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M109 Torque Current.
C515 Read Serial ID8 40052 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M211 Encoder Count.
C516 Read Serial ID9 40003 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M104 Output Current.
C517 Read Serial ID10 40040 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M304 Output Power.
C518 Read Serial ID11 40038 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M302 Output Voltage.
C519 Read Serial ID12 40039 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M303 DC Bus Voltage.
C520 Read Serial ID13 40082 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
status_code2.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-37
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C521 Read Serial ID14 40079 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
fault_code1.
C522 Read Serial ID15 40080 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
fault_code2.
C523 Read Serial ID16 40027 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M212 DI1 Status.
C524 Read Serial ID17 40028 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of read parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
M213 DO1 Status.
C525 Read Serial ID18 40502 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A101 Serial Set Frequency.
C526 Read Serial ID19 40509 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A112 Serial Torque Setting.
6 C527 Read Serial ID20 40534 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A201 Acceleration Time-1.
C528 Read Serial ID21 40535 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A202 Deceleration Time-1.
C529 Read Serial ID22 40536 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A203 Acceleration Time-2.
C530 Read Serial ID23 40537 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A204 Deceleration Time-2.
C531 Read Serial ID24 40771 40001 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
B301 Stall Current Limit.
C532 Write Serial ID1 40497 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
serial start/stop command.
C533 Write Serial ID2 40502 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A101 Serial Set Frequency.
C534 Write Serial ID3 40771 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
B301 Stall Current Limit.
C535 Write Serial ID4 40509 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A107 Serial Torque Setting.

Amtech
6-38
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C536 Write Serial ID5 40534 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A201 Acceleration Time1.
C537 Write Serial ID6 40535 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A202 Deceleration Time1.
C538 Write Serial ID7 40536 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A203 Acceleration Time2.
C539 Write Serial ID8 40537 40501 41625 1 Set Modbus ID of write parameter to be
included in the group. Default selection is
A204 Deceleration Time2.
GROUP-6: AUTO RESTART & SPEED SEARCH FUNCTION
C601 Emergency Stop 1 1 3 1 Sets stopping method for the emergency
Mode stop (E-Stop).
=1: Coast to stop without fault output
=2: Coast to stop with fault output
=3: Ramp down to stop
C602 Speed Search 0 0 1 1 Selects speed search operation.
6
Selection =0: Disable =1: Enable
C603 Speed Search % 70 30 200 1 Sets speed search operation current limit
Current Limit as a percentage, taking the motor rated
current as 100%. Not usually necessary to
set. When restarting is not possible with
the default settings, reduce the value.
C604 Speed Search Sec 5.00 0.01 30.00 0.01 Sets frequency deceleration / ramp down
Frequency time from max frequency during speed
Deceleration search operation.
Time
C605 Speed Search Sec 2.0 0.1 10.0 0.1 Sets output voltage acceleration / ramp up
Voltage time from zero to base voltage during
Acceleration speed search operation.
Time
C606 Speed Search Sec 2.0 0.0 20.0 0.1 Sets wait time after the output is cut off to
Wait Time when the speed search operation is
started. Set the time to when the motor
residual voltage is abated for this
parameter. The search operation is
delayed by the time set here.
C607 PLCT Time Sec 2.0 0.0 5.0 0.1 Sets time interval to perform PLCT. When
programmed to 0, the PLCT function will
be disabled.
C608 Speed Search % 100 30 200 1 Sets speed search match current limit. It
Match Current limits current when speed matches with
Limit actual motor speed. Usually not required
to set. When restarting is not possible with
the factory settings, change this value.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-39
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C609 Speed Search 4.0 0.0 20.0 0.1 Sets gain to Increase frequency after speed
Match freq. gain is detected for speed search function.
C610 No. Of Restart 0 0 10 1 Sets number of restart for ten faults.
C611 Restart Wait Sec 5 1 30 1 Sets wait time before auto restart.
Time
C612 OC Fault Restart 1 0 1 1 Selects OC (overcurrent) fault auto restart.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
C613 OL Fault Restart 1 0 1 1 Selects OL (overload) fault auto restart.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
C614 OV Fault Restart 1 0 1 1 Selects OV (overvoltage) fault auto restart.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
C615 UV Fault Restart 1 0 1 1 Selects UV (dc bus undervoltage) fault
auto restart.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
C616 Adjustable OC 1 0 1 1 Selects adjustable OC fault auto restart.
Fault Restart =0: Disable =1: Enable
C617 Earth Fault 1 0 1 1 Selects earth fault auto restart.
6 Restart =0: Disable =1: Enable
C618 Temperature 1 0 1 1 Selects temperature fault auto restart.
Fault Restart =0: Disable =1: Enable
C619 Undercurrent 1 0 1 1 Enable undercurrent fault auto restart.
Fault Restart =0: Disable =1: Enable
C620 External Fault 1 0 1 1 Selects external fault1 and 2 auto restart.
Restart =0: Disable =1: Enable
C621 Phase Loss Fault 1 0 1 1 Selects phase loss fault auto restart.
Restart =0: Disable =1: Enable
GROUP-7: PID CONTROL SELECTION
C701 PID Control 0 0 1 1 Selects PID control action.
Selection =0: Disable =1: Enable
C702 PID Polarity 1 0 1 1 Sets polarity of PID output.
=0: Negative =1: Positive
C703 PID Reference 1 1 13 1 Selects reference input for PID.
Input Selection =1: Local =2: AI1
=3: AI2 =4: AI3
=5: Serial =6: PLC AO1
=7: PLC AO2 =8: PLC AO3
=9: PLC AO4 =10: AI11
=11: AI12 =12: AI13
=13: AI14

Amtech
6-40
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C704 PID Feedback 2 1 11 1 Selects feedback input for PID.
Input Selection =1: AI1 =2: AI2
=3: AI3 =4: PLC AO1
=5: PLC AO2 =6: PLC AO3
=7: PLC AO4 =8: AI11
=9: AI12 =10: AI13
=11: AI14
C705 Proportional 1.0 0.1 10.0 0.1 Sets proportional gain for PID controller.
Gain
C706 Integral Time Sec 1.0 0.1 100.0 0.1 Sets integral time for PID controller.
C707 Derivative Gain 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.01 Sets derivative gain for PID controller.
C708 PID deviation % 100.0 50.0 100.0 0.1 Sets PID deviation upper limit.
Upper Limit
C709 PID deviation % 0.0 0.0 50.0 0.1 Sets PID deviation lower limit.
Lower Limit
C710 PID Offset % 0.0 -100.0 100.0 0.1 Sets offset for output after PID control.
Adjustment
C711 PID Reference % 50.0 1.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets reference value, if operational panel 6
Setting option is selected in parameter C703. The
unit will be as per the selection in C714.
C712 PID Display Scale 100.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets maximum scale for PID signal. This is
- Max used only for the display purpose and will
not have any effect on operation. Unit
display as per C714.
C713 PID Display Scale 0.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets minimum scale for PID signal. This is
- Min used only for the display purpose and will
not have any effect on operation. Unit
display as per C714.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-41
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C714 PID Display Unit 1 0 69 1 Selects unit for the PID signal.
Selection =0: No Unit =1: % =2: PSI
=3: kg/cm2

o
o

in
U_
n
II

II
=6: CFM =7: m3/h =8: LPM
=9: Amp =10: kW =11: V
=12: Hz =13: s =14: h
=15: rpm =16: kh =17: lb ft
=18: mA =19: mV =20: W
=21: kWh =22: hp =23: MWh
=24: m/s =25: dm3/s =26: bar
=27: kPa =28: GPM =29: ft
=30: MGD =31: inHg =32: FPM
=33: kb/s =34: kHz =35: ohm
=36: ppm =37: pps =38: l/s
=39: Km3/h =40: l/h =41: m3/s
=42: m3/min = 4 3 :kg/s =44: kg/m
=45: kg/h =46: mbar =47: Pa
=48: GPS =49: gal/s =50: gal/m
=51: gal/h =52: ft3/s =53: ft3/m
=54: ft3/h =55: lb/s =56: lb/m
=57: lb/h =58: FPS =59: ft/s
=60: inH2 O =61: in wg =62: ft wg
=63: lbsi =64: ms =65: Mrev
=66: d =67: inWC =68: m/min
=69: Nm
C715 Sleep Mode 0 0 1 1 Selects sleep mode. The unit output is
Selection switched OFF, if the frequency reference
(or PID output) remains below the sleep
mode enter frequency for the set time
period. Sleep mode can be used with or
without PID control.
=0: Disable =1: Enable
C716 Sleep Mode Hz 0.10 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency to activate sleep mode and
Enter Frequency turn off the unit.
C717 Sleep Mode Sec 0 0 999 1 Sets delay time for the sleep mode. The
Active Delay inverter output will be turned off if the
frequency reference (or PID output)
remains below sleep mode enter
frequency for set time.
C718 Sleep Mode % 5.0 0.0 100.0 0.1 Sets wake up band with respect to the max
Wake Up Band frequency and is used as hysteresis when
leaving sleep mode. The unit will be turned
ON when frequency reference (or PID
output) exceeds the sleep mode enter
frequency + wake up band.
C719 Sleep Mode 1 1 2 1 Selects condition to leave sleep mode.
Leave Condition =1: Freq Ref > C716 Sleep Mode Enter
Frequency
=2: Freq Ref > A106 Minimum Frequency

Amtech
6-42
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
GROUP-8: DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT SELECTION (OPTION CARD)
C801 DI11 1 1 41 1 Selects function for Digital Input
DI11~18.The different options are as per
C101~C108.
C802 DI12 1 1 41 1
C803 DI13 1 1 41 1
C804 DI14 1 1 41 1
C805 DI15 1 1 41 1
C806 DI16 1 1 41 1
C807 DI17 1 1 41 1
C808 DI18 1 1 41 1
C809 DI1-8765 4321 0 255 1 Sets logic for digital input DI11~18.
Logic =0: Normally Open =1: Normally Close
C810 DI18 Terminal 1 1 2 1 Selects DI18 terminal usage.
Selection =1: DI =2: Pulse I/P2
C811 Pulse I/P2 F1 Hz 10 1 1000 1 Sets pulse input2 F1 frequency for DI18.
(DI18) 6
C812 Pulse I/P2 F2 Hz 1000 1 32000 1 Sets pulse input2 F2 frequency for DI18.
(DI18)
C813 Pulse I/P2 Time mS 100 0 2000 1 Sets filter time constant for pulse input2 at
Constant (DI18) DI8.
C814 Pulse I/P2 Sec 1.00 0.01 20.00 0.01 Sets judgment time for the pulse input2 at
Judgment Time DI8
(DI18)
C815 DO11 1 1 53 1 Selects function for Digital Output
DO11~18.
C816 DO12 1 1 53 1 The different options are as per
C112~C118.
C817 DO13 1 1 53 1
C818 DO14 1 1 53 1
C819 DO15 1 1 53 1
C820 DO16 1 1 53 1
C821 DO17 1 1 53 1
C822 DO18 1 1 53 1
C823 DO1-8765 4321 0 2047 1 Selects logic for digital output DO11~18.
Logic Selection =0: Normally Open =1: Normally Close
C824 D018 Terminal 1 1 2 1 Selects D018 terminal usage.
Selection =1: D0 =2: Pulse I/P2
C825 Pulse O/P2 1 1 19 1 Selects function for pulse output2 at DO18
Selection (DO18) terminal. Refer C302 for options.
C826 Pulse O/P2 Scale 10000 1 32000 1 Sets pulse output2 frequency scale.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-43
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
GROUP-9: ANALOG INPUT/OUTPUT SELECTION (OPTION CARD)
C901 AI11 V/I 1 1 2 1 Selects AI11 terminal as voltage input or
Selection current input in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP12 on option card.
=1: Voltage Input =2: Current Input
C902 AI11 Volt Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AI11 when selected as voltage
input.
C903 AI11 Volt Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI11 when selected as voltage
input.
C904 AI11 Current 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AI11 when selected as current
Bias input.
C905 AI11 Current 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI11 when selected as current
Gain input.
C906 AI11 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AI11 that
level corresponds to AI11 minimum reference
level C908. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.

6 C907 AI11 Maximum

level
V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AI11 that
corresponds to AI11 maximum reference
level C909. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.
C908 AI11 Minimum Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AI11 minimum level C906.
C909 AI11 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 60.00 corresponds to AI11 maximum level C907.
C910 AI11 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog input
Constant AI11.
C911 AI12 V/I 1 1 2 1 Selects AI12 terminal as voltage input or
Selection current input in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP13 on option card.
=1: Voltage Input =2: Current Input
C912 AI12 Volt Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AI12 when selected as voltage
input.
C913 AI12 Volt Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI12 when selected as voltage
input.
C914 AI12 Current 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AI12 when selected as current
Bias input.
C915 AI12 Current 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI12 when selected as current
Gain input.
C916 AI12 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AI12 that
level corresponds to AI12 minimum reference
level C918. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.

Amtech
6-44
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C917 AI12 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AI12 that
level corresponds to AI12 maximum reference
level C919. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.
C918 AI12 Minimum Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AI12 minimum level C916.
C919 AI12 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 60.00 corresponds to AI12 maximum level C917.
C920 AI12 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog input
Constant AI12.
C921 AI13 V/I 1 1 2 1 Selects AI13 terminal as voltage input or
Selection current input in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP14 on option card.
=1: Voltage Input =2: Current Input
C922 AI13 Volt Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AI13 when selected as voltage
input.
C923 AI13 Volt Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI13 when selected as voltage
input.
6
C924 AI13 Current 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AI13 when selected as current
Bias input.
C925 AI13 Current 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI13 when selected as current
Gain input.
C926 AI13 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AI13 that
level corresponds to AI13 minimum reference
level C928. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.
C927 AI13 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AI13 that
level corresponds to AI13 maximum reference
level C929. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.
C928 AI13 Minimum Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AI13 minimum level C926.
C929 AI13 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 60.00 corresponds to AI13 maximum level C927.
C930 AI13 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog input
Constant AI13.
C931 AI14 Volt Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AI14 when selected as voltage
input.
C932 AI14 Volt Gain 1.000 0.100 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for AI14 when selected as voltage
input.
C933 AI14 Minimum V/mA -10.00 -20.00 20.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AI14 that
level corresponds to AI14 minimum reference
level C935. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-45
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C934 AI14 Maximum V/mA 10.00 -20.00 20.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AI14 that
level corresponds to AI14 maximum reference
level C936. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent to the unit.
C935 AI14 Minimum Hz 0.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AI14 minimum level C933.
C936 AI14 Maximum Hz 50.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 60.00 corresponds to AI14 maximum level C934.
C937 AI14 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog input
Constant AI14.
C938 RTD1 Bias 0 0 1000 1 Sets bias for RTD1 analog input.
C939 RTD1 Gain 1.250 0.500 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for RTD1 analog input.
C940 RTD2 Bias 0 0 1000 1 Sets bias for RTD2 analog input.
C941 RTD2 Gain 1.250 0.500 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for RTD2 analog input.
C942 RTD3 Bias 0 0 1000 1 Sets bias for RTD3 analog input.
C943 RTD3 Gain 1.250 0.500 1.500 0.001 Sets gain for RTD3 analog input.
6 C944 RTD1 Trip Level °C 180 100 180 1 Sets trip level for RTD1 analog input.
C945 RTD2 Trip Level °C 180 100 180 1 Sets trip level for RTD2 analog input.
C946 RTD3 Trip Level °C 180 100 180 1 Sets trip level for RTD3 analog input.
C947 AO11 1 1 19 1 Selects function for AO11 (see C301 for
options).
C948 AO12 2 1 19 1 Selects function for AO12 (see C301 for
options).
C949 AO13 3 1 19 1 Selects function for AO13 (see C301 for
options).
C950 AO11 V/I 1 1 2 1 Selects AO11 terminal as voltage output or
Selection current output in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP15 on option card.
=1: Voltage O/p =2: Current O/p
C951 AO11 Volt Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AO11 when selected as
voltage output.
C952 AO11 Volt Gain 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO11 when selected as
voltage output.
C953 AO11 Current 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AO11 when selected as
Bias current output.
C954 AO11 Current 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO11 when selected as
Gain current output.
C955 AO11 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AO11 that
level corresponds to AO11 minimum reference
level C950. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent out to user.

Amtech
6-46
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C956 AO11 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AO11 that
level corresponds to AO11 minimum reference
level C951. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent out to user.
C957 AO11 Minimum 0.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AO11 minimum level C952.
C958 AO11 Maximum 1000. 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 0 corresponds to AO11 maximum level
C953.
C959 AO11 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog output
Constant AO11.
C960 AO12 V/I 1 1 2 1 Selects AO12 terminal as voltage output or
Selection current output in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP16 on option card.
=1: Voltage O/p =2: Current O/p
C961 AO12 Volt Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AO12 when selected as
voltage output.
C962 AO12 Volt Gain 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO12 when selected as
voltage output.
6
C963 AO12 Current 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AO12 when selected as
Bias current output.
C964 AO12 Current 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO12 when selected as
Gain current output.
C965 AO12 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AO12 that
level corresponds to AO11 minimum reference
level C964. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent out to user.
C966 AO12 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AO12 that
level corresponds to AO12 minimum reference
level C965. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent out to user.
C967 AO12 Minimum 0.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AO12 minimum level C962.
C968 AO12 Maximum 1000. 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets maximum reference value that
Reference level 0 corresponds to AO12 maximum level
C963.
C969 AO12 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog output
Constant AO12.
C970 AO13 V/I 1 1 2 1 Selects AO13 terminal as voltage output or
Selection current output in accordance with the
hardware jumper JP17 on option card.
=1: Voltage O/p =2: Current O/p
C971 AO13 Volt Bias 100 0 1000 1 Sets bias for AO13 when selected as
voltage output.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-47
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
C972 AO13 Volt Gain 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO13 when selected as
voltage output.
C973 AO13 Current 1000 0 1500 1 Sets bias for AO13 when selected as
Bias current output.
C974 AO13 Current 1.000 0.100 2.500 0.001 Sets gain for AO13 when selected as
Gain current output.
C975 AO13 Minimum V/mA 0.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets minimum level for AO13 that
level corresponds to AO13 minimum reference
level C974. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent out to user.
C976 AO13 Maximum V/mA 10.00 0.00 25.00 0.01 Sets maximum level for AO13 that
level corresponds to AO13 minimum reference
level C975. Set in accordance to the value
actually sent out to user.
C977 AO13 Minimum 0.0 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets minimum reference value that
Reference level corresponds to AO13 minimum level C972.
C978 AO13 Maximum 1000. 0.0 6553.5 0.1 Sets maximum reference value that
6 Reference level 0 corresponds to AO13 maximum level
C973.
C979 AO13 Time mS 100 0 10000 1 Sets filter time constant for analog output
Constant AO13.

Amtech
6-48
 MODE-D: Auxiliary Drive Parameters
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
GROUP-1: MOTOR PARAMETERS
D101 Auxiliary Motor Vac 230 180 250 1 Sets motor voltage for auxiliary motor. Set \ /
Voltage as per motor nameplate.
415 380 440
460 380 480
575 500 600
690 600 690
D102 Auxiliary Motor Amp M404 0.3* M404 0.1 Sets motor current. Set as per motor
Current M404 nameplate. It can be set to 30% of the
M404 Rated VFD Current.
D103 Auxiliary Motor Hz 50.0 10.0 599.0 0.1 Sets motor frequency. Set as per motor
Frequency 60.0 nameplate.
D104 Auxiliary Motor rpm 1500 1 36000 1 Sets motor RPM. Set as per motor
Speed 1800 nameplate.
D105 Auxiliary Motor kW M304 0.1 1500.0 0.1 Sets motor output at base speed. Set as
Output Rating per motor nameplate.
GROUP-2: FREQUENCY SETTING
D201 Auxiliary Local Hz 10.00 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency from Digital Operation
Set Frequency Panel (LCD Keypad Module) for auxiliary
motor.
D202 Auxiliary Min Hz 0.10 0.00 599.00 0.01 Sets minimum frequency for auxiliary
Frequency motor.
D203 Auxiliary Max Hz 50.00 0.10 599.00 0.01 Sets maximum frequency for auxiliary
Frequency 60.00 motor.
D204 Auxiliary 1 1 17 1 Selects frequency reference input source
Frequency for auxiliary motor.
Reference Input =1: Local =2: AI1
=3: AI2 =4: AI3
=5: Static pot =6: Serial
=7: PID Output =8: PLC AO1
=9: PLC AO2 =10: PLC AO3
=11: PLC AO4 =12: AI11
=13: AI12 =14: AI13
=15: AI14 =16: Pulse Input1
=17: Pulse Input2
D205 Auxiliary Line rpm 1500 0 3000 1 Sets line speed setting for RPM display.
Speed Setting The set value will be displayed as motor
speed in M102 at 50 Hz in open loop v/f
mode.
D206 Auxiliary Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time to change output frequency
Acceleration from zero to maximum for auxiliary motor.
Time-1

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-49
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res Description WP
D207 Auxiliary Sec 20.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time to change output frequency
Deceleration from maximum to zero for auxiliary motor.
Time-1
GROUP-3: TORQUE BOOST
D301 Auxiliary Manual % 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.1 Sets boost voltage at 0 Hz as a percentage
Torque Boost in respect to the rated output voltage.
Setting When programmed to zero, it will be
disabled. This is automatically adjusted by
the automatic tuning.
D302 Auxiliary Slip Hz 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.1 Sets motor's rated slip.
Compensation This value applicable for V/F Closed loop
control mode only.
D303 Auxiliary DC Hz 1.50 0.00 50.00 0.01 Sets frequency at which DC braking is
Brake Start initiated during stop.
Frequency
D304 Auxiliary DC % 50 15 150 1 Sets current for DC braking when DC
Brake Current braking is used during stop.

6 D305 Auxiliary DC
Brake Time
Sec 0.0 0.0 25.0 0.1 Sets time for which DC braking will be
applied when stop command is issued. To
disable DC Braking operation, set this
parameter to zero.
GROUP-4: LIMITING PARAMETER
D401 Auxiliary Stall % 125.0 0.0 300.0 0.1 Sets current limit as a percentage of motor
Current Limit rated current for normal running
condition. The default value is 125% for
normal duty and 155% for heavy duty
mode.
D402 Auxiliary % 300 50 300 1 Sets upper current level as a percentage of
Adjustable motor rated current. When set to 300%,
Overcurrent this feature is disabled.
Level
D403 Auxiliary % 150 50 300 1 Sets upper current limit for acceleration /
Acceleration ramp up as a percentage of motor rated
Current Limit current.
D404 Auxiliary % 0 0 90 1 Sets lower current level as a percentage of
Undercurrent motor rated current for running condition.
Level

Amtech
6-50
 MODE-E: Ring Spinning Frame (RSF) Function Parameters
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
GROUP-1: RSF / PATTERN RUN PARAMETER SELECTION
E101 RSF/ Pattern Run 1 1 3 1 Selects RSF / Pattern run function. \/
Selection =1: Disable =2: RSF Function
=3: Pattern Run Function
E102 Table-1 Step 15 1 15 1 Selects number of steps for table-1 for \/
Selection RSF.
E103 Table-2 Step 15 1 15 1 Selects number of steps for table-2 for \/
Selection RSF.
E104 Table-3 Step 15 1 15 1 Selects number of steps for table-3 for \/
Selection RSF.
E105 Doff End Alarm Sec 1.0 0.1 3000 0.1 Sets doff end alarm time. Outputs an
Time alarm signal for set time from completion
of final step until directly before stoppage.
E106 Hank Count Gain 1.000 0.001 30.000 0.001 Sets hank count gain. It is used to display
the hank count.
E107 Hank Gain 2 1 3 1 Selects the hank count gain multiplier.
Multiplier =1: X0.1 =2: X1.0 6
=3: X10
E108 Table Selection 1 1 3 1 Selects required table for RSF / Pattern \/
Run function.
GROUP-2: RSF FREQUENCY FOR TABLE-1
E201 Freq T1-STP1 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step1.
E202 Freq T1-STP2 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step2.
E203 Freq T1-STP3 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step3.
E204 Freq T1-STP4 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step4.
E205 Freq T1-STP5 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step5.
E206 Freq T1-STP6 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step6.
E207 Freq T1-STP7 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step7.
E208 Freq T1-STP8 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step8.
E209 Freq T1-STP9 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step9.
E210 Freq T1-STP10 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step10.
E211 Freq T1-STP11 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step11.
E212 Freq T1-STP12 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step12.
E213 Freq T1-STP13 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step13.
E214 Freq T1-STP14 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step14.
E215 Freq T1-STP15 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table1, Step15.
GROUP-3: RSF TIME FOR TABLE-1
E301 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step1 for RSF
STP1 function.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-51
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
E302 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step2 for RSF
STP2 function.
E303 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step3 for RSF
STP3 function.
E304 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step4 for RSF
STP4 function.
E305 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step5 for RSF
STP5 function.
E306 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step6 for RSF
STP6 function.
E307 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step7 for RSF
STP7 function.
E308 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step8 for RSF
STP8 function.
E309 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step9 for RSF
STP9 function.
E310 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step10 for RSF
6 STP10 function.
E311 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step11 for RSF
STP11 function.
E312 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step12 for RSF
STP12 function.
E313 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step13 for RSF
STP13 function.
E314 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step14 for RSF
STP14 function.
E315 RSF Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step15 for RSF
STP15 function.
GROUP-4: RSF FREQUENCY FOR TABLE-2
E401 Freq T2-STP1 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step1.
E402 Freq T2-STP2 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step2.
E403 Freq T2-STP3 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step3.
E404 Freq T2-STP4 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step4.
E405 Freq T2-STP5 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step5.
E406 Freq T2-STP6 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step6.
E407 Freq T2-STP7 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step7.
E408 Freq T2-STP8 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step8.
E409 Freq T2-STP9 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step9.
E410 Freq T2-STP10 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step10.
E411 Freq T2-STP11 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step11.
E412 Freq T2-STP12 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step12.

Amtech
6-52
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
E413 Freq T2-STP13 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step13.
E414 Freq T2-STP14 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step14.
E415 Freq T2-STP15 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table2, Step15.
GROUP-5: RSF TIME FOR TABLE-2
E501 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step1 for RSF
STP1 function.
E502 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step2 for RSF
STP2 function.
E503 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step3 for RSF
STP3 function.
E504 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step4 for RSF
STP4 function.
E505 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step5 for RSF
STP5 function.
E506 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step6 for RSF
STP6 function.
E507 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step7 for RSF 6
STP7 function.
E508 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step8 for RSF
STP8 function.
E509 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step9 for RSF
STP9 function.
E510 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step10 for RSF
STP10 function.
E511 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step11 for RSF
STP11 function.
E512 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step12 for RSF
STP12 function.
E513 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step13 for RSF
STP13 function.
E514 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step14 for RSF
STP14 function.
E515 RSF Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step15 for RSF
STP15 function.
GROUP-6: RSF FREQUENCY FOR TABLE-3
E601 Freq T3-STP1 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step1.
E602 Freq T3-STP2 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step2.
E603 Freq T3-STP3 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step3.
E604 Freq T3-STP4 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step4.
E605 Freq T3-STP5 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step5.
E606 Freq T3-STP6 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step6.
E607 Freq T3-STP7 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step7.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-53
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
E608 Freq T3-STP8 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step8.
E609 Freq T3-STP9 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step9.
E610 Freq T3-STP10 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step10.
E611 Freq T3-STP11 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step11.
E612 Freq T3-STP12 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step12.
E613 Freq T3-STP13 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step13.
E614 Freq T3-STP14 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step14.
E615 Freq T3-STP15 Hz 5.00 0.01 599.00 0.01 Sets frequency for Table3, Step15.
GROUP-7: RSF TIME FOR TABLE-3
E701 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step1 for RSF
STP1 function.
E702 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step2 for RSF
STP2 function.
E703 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step3 for RSF
STP3 function.

6 E704 RSF Time T3-

STP4
Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step4 for RSF
function.
E705 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step5 for RSF
STP5 function.
E706 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step6 for RSF
STP6 function.
E707 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step7 for RSF
STP7 function.
E708 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step8 for RSF
STP8 function.
E709 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step9 for RSF
STP9 function.
E710 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step10 for RSF
STP10 function.
E711 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step11 for RSF
STP11 function.
E712 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step12 for RSF
STP12 function.
E713 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step13 for RSF
STP13 function.
E714 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table3, Step14 for RSF
STP14 function.
E715 RSF Time T3- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Set time for Table3, Step15 for RSF
STP15 function.

Amtech
6-54
 MODE-G: Pattern Run Function Parameters
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
GROUP-1: MODE SELECTION FOR PATTERN RUN TABLE-1
G101 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1 Select required mode for pattern run
STP1 function for each step of Table1
G101 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1 =1: STOP =2: FORWARD
STP1 =3: REVERSE

G102 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1

STP2
G103 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP3
G104 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP4
G105 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP5
G106 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP6
G107 PR Mode T1-
STP7
1 1 3 1 6
G108 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP8
G109 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP9
G110 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP10
G111 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP11
G112 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP12
G113 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP13
G114 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP14
G115 PR Mode T1- 1 1 3 1
STP15
GROUP-2: MODE SELECTION FOR PATTERN RUN TABLE-2
G201 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1 Select required mode for pattern run
STP1 function for each step of Table2
G202 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1 =1: STOP =2: FORWARD
STP2 =3: REVERSE

G203 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1

STP3
G204 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP4

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-55
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
G205 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP5
G206 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP6
G207 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP7
G208 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP8
G209 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP9
G210 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP10
G211 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP11
G212 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP12
G213 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
6 STP13
G214 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP14
G215 PR Mode T2- 1 1 3 1
STP15
GROUP-3: PATTERN TIME FOR TABLE-1
G301 PR Time T1-STP1 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step1 for Pattern
Run.
G302 PR Time T1-STP2 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step2 for Pattern
Run.
G303 PR Time T1-STP3 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step3 for Pattern
Run.
G304 PR Time T1-STP4 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step4 for Pattern
Run.
G305 PR Time T1-STP5 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step5 for Pattern
Run.
G306 PR Time T1-STP6 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step6 for Pattern
Run.
G307 PR Time T1-STP7 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step7 for Pattern
Run.
G308 PR Time T1-STP8 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step8 for Pattern
Run.
G309 PR Time T1-STP9 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step9 for Pattern
Run.
G310 PR Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step10 for Pattern
STP10 Run.

Amtech
6-56
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
G311 PR Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step11 for Pattern
STP11 Run.
G312 PR Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step12 for Pattern
STP12 Run.
G313 PR Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step13 for Pattern
STP13 Run.
G314 PR Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step14 for Pattern
STP14 Run.
G315 PR Time T1- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table1, Step15 for Pattern
STP15 Run.
GROUP-4: PATTERN TIME FOR TABLE-2
G401 PR Time T2-STP1 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step1 for Pattern
Run.
G402 PR Time T2-STP2 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step2 for Pattern
Run.
G403 PR Time T2-STP3 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step3 for Pattern
Run.
G404 PR Time T2-STP4 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step4 for Pattern
6
Run.
G405 PR Time T2-STP5 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step5 for Pattern
Run.
G406 PR Time T2-STP6 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step6 for Pattern
Run.
G407 PR Time T2-STP7 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step7 for Pattern
Run.
G408 PR Time T2-STP8 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step8 for Pattern
Run.
G409 PR Time T2-STP9 Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step9 for Pattern
Run.
G410 PR Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step10 for Pattern
STP10 Run.
G411 PR Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step11 for Pattern
STP11 Run.
G412 PR Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step12 for Pattern
STP12 Run.
G413 PR Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step13 for Pattern
STP13 Run.
G414 PR Time T2- PR Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step14 for Pattern
STP14 Run.
G415 PR Time T2- Sec 10.0 0.1 6000.0 0.1 Sets time for Table2, Step15 for Pattern
STP15 Run.
GROUP-5: RETURN STEP FOR TABLE-1

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-57
 No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
G501 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step1.
STP1
G502 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step-2.
STP2
G503 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step3.
STP3
G504 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step4.
STP4
G505 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step5.
STP5
G506 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step6.
STP6
G507 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step7.
STP7
G508 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step8.
STP8
G509 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step9.
6 STP9
G510 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step10.
STP10
G511 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step11.
STP11
G512 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step12.
STP12
G513 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step13.
STP13
G514 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step14.
STP14
G515 Return Step T1- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table1, Step15.
STP15
GROUP-6: RETURN STEP FOR TABLE-2
G601 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step1.
STP1
G602 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step2.
STP2
G603 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step3.
STP3
G604 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step4.
STP4
G605 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step5.
STP5
G606 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step6.
STP6

Amtech
6-58
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
G607 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step7.
STP7
G608 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step8.
STP8
G609 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step9.
STP9
G610 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step10.
STP10
G611 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step11.
STP11
G612 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step12.
STP12
G613 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step13.
STP13
G614 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step14.
STP14
G615 Return Step T2- 1 1 14 1 Sets return step for Table2, Step15.
STP15 6

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-59
 MODE-H: APPLICATION SPECIFIC FUNCTIONS
No. Parameter Unit Def Min Max Res. Description WP
GROUP-1: MULTI-PUMP FUNCTION PARAMETERS
H101 No Of Pump 0 0 4 1 Selects number of pumps to be controlled.
Selection
H102 Pump Start Hold Sec 60.0 0.1 3600.0 0.1 If the PID output reaches to upper limit
Time and remains there for more than the set
time, the next pump will be switched ON.
H103 Pump Stop Hold Sec 60.0 0.1 3600.0 0.1 If the PID output reaches to lower limit
Time and remains there for more than the set
time, the next pump will be switched OFF.
H104 Pump Hrs 8 2 168 1 If pump's ON/OFF control is not carried
Continuous ON out for more than the set time, the pump
Time Limit will change to the longest operating pump
to the shortest operating pump.
H105 Pump Sec 3 1 120 1 Sets time for changing from the pump that
Changeover has been operating longest to the pump
Time operating shortest.
6

Amtech
6-60
FUNCTION EXPLANATIONS
MODE - A
GROUP-1
M101: Output Frequency (Hz)
It displays output frequency of the unit in Hz. When the unit is stop, it displays zero. When
auxiliary drive is selected, it displays output frequency of the auxiliary motor.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "Hz".
M102: Motor Speed (rpm)
It displays motor / shaft speed in rpm. When the unit is stop, it displays zero.
If A401 Motor Control Mode = 1, 3: It displays calculated motor speed in rpm using M101 Output
Frequency and B107 Motor Poles.
If A401 Motor Control Mode = 2, 4: It displays actual speed of motor shaft using encoder.
When auxiliary drive is selected, this parameter displays the auxiliary motor speed in rpm.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "rpm".
M103: Motor Speed (%)
It displays motor / shaft speed in % of motor speed. When the unit is stop, it displays zero.
If A401 Motor Control Mode A401 = 1, 3: It displays calculated motor speed in % rpm using M101
Output Frequency and B107 Motor Poles..
If A401 Motor Control Mode = 2, 4: It displays actual speed of motor shaft using encoder.
When auxiliary drive is selected, this parameter displays the auxiliary motor speed in %.
M104: Output Current (A)
It displays actual output current in Ampere. When the unit is stop, it displays zero. When auxiliary
drive is selected, it displays output current of auxiliary motor.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with
"Amp".
M105: Output Current (%)
It displays actual output current as a percentage of B103 Rated Motor Current. When auxiliary
drive is selected, it displays actual output current of the auxiliary motor as a percentage of D102
Rated Motor Current.
Output current (%) = M104 Output Current X 100 / B103 (or D102) Rated Motor Current
When the unit is stop, it displays zero. When selected for the normal parameter display in
A601~A608, the value is displayed with "%L".
M106: Output Current U (A)
It displays actual output current of U-phase.
When the unit is stop, it displays zero. When selected for the normal parameter display in
A601~A608, the value is displayed with "U-A".
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-61
M107: Output Current V (A)
It displays actual output current of V-phase.
When the unit is stop, it displays zero. When selected for the normal parameter display in
A601~A608, the value is displayed with "V-A".
M108: Output Current W (A)
It displays actual output current of W-phase.
When the unit is stop, it displays zero. When selected for the normal parameter display in
A601~A608, the value is displayed with "W-A".
M109: Torque Current (%)
It displays torque current using B103 Rated Motor Current as 100%. When the unit is stop, it
displays zero.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "%Tq".
M110: Excitation Current (%)
It displays excitation current using B103 Rated Motor Current as 100%. When the unit is stop, it
displays zero.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "%Ex".
M111: Set Frequency (Hz*)
It displays set frequency value in Hz. When local (Digital Operation Panel) option is selected in
A102 Frequency Reference Input, it displays value of A101 Local Set Frequency or D201 Auxiliary
Local Set Frequency (for auxiliary drive).
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "Hz*".
M112: Frequency Reference Input
It displays currently selected frequency reference input source.
M113: Set Speed (Rp*)
It displays set speed value in rpm. When local (Digital Operation Panel) option is selected in A102
Frequency Reference Input, it displays synchronous speed value corresponding to frequency in
A101 Local Set Frequency or D201 Auxiliary Local Set Frequency (for auxiliary drive).
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "Rp*".
M114: Set Torque (%)
It displays set torque value in %, when A401 Motor Control Mode = 3, 4. If local (Digital Operation
Panel) option is selected in A113 Torque Reference Input, it displays the value of A112 Local Set
Torque.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "Tq*".
M115: Torque Reference Input
It displays currently selected torque reference input in A113 Torque Reference Input, when A401
Motor Control Mode = 3, 4.
M116: PID Reference

Amtech
6-62
It displays value of PID reference in unit selected in C714 PID Display Unit Selection. When local
(Digital Operation Panel) option is selected in C703 PID Reference Input Source, it displays the
value of C711 PID Reference Setting.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "PR".
M117: PID Feedback
It displays value of PID feedback in unit selected in C714 PID Display Unit Selection.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "PF".
M118: PID Output
It displays value of the PID output.
M119: Line Speed (rpm)
It displays line shaft speed in rpm. When the unit is stop, it displays zero.
It displays calculated line shaft speed using A111 Line Speed Setting or D205 Auxiliary Line Speed
setting (for auxiliary drive) and M101 Output Frequency in rpm.
When auxiliary drive is selected, this parameter displays the line shaft speed associated with
auxiliary motor in rpm.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "LSR".
GROUP-2
M201: DI-8765 4321 Status
It displays status of digital inputs DI1 to DI8 .

Mode-M GrouP-2

As shown above, line-2 shows the digital input and line-3 shows the status of respective input. The
zero value indicates that the digital input is off and 1 indicates on. In the above screen, only DI2 is
on and the others are off.
M202: R-321 DO-4321 Status
It displays status of relay 1, 2, 3 and digital outputs DO1 to DO4.
As shown below, line-2 shows the digital output and line-3 shows the status of respective output.
The zero value indicates that the digital output is off and 1 indicates on. In the above screen, Relay
2 is on and the others are off.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-63
 Mode-M GrouP-2

Fwd, Lcl. Acceleration

M203: AI1 Input Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog input signal at AI1 terminal in V/mA. The unit depends on the type of
signal selected in C201 AI1 V/I Selection.
M204: AI2 Input Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog input signal at AI2 terminal in V/mA. The unit depends on the type of
signal selected in C211 AI2 V/I Selection.
M205: AI3 Input Value (V)
It displays value of analog input voltage signal at AI3 terminal.
6 M206: AO1 Output Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog output signal at AO1 terminal in V/mA. The unit depends on the type of
signal selected in C304 AO1 V/I Selection.
M207: AO2 Output Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog output signal at AO2 terminal in V/mA. The unit depends on the type of
signal selected in C314 AO1 V/I Selection.
M208: AO3 Output Value (V)
It displays value of analog output voltage signal at AO3 terminal in V.
M209: Motor PTC Resistance (Ohm)
It displays value of motor PTC resistance in Ohm when AO2 terminal is used for the motor PTC
function.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with
"Ohm".
M210: Pulse Input1 (Hz)
It displays value of pulse input1 at DI8 terminal.
M211: Encoder Count
It displays encoder count as per below formula,
Encoder Count = (B112 Encoder Pulses x M102 Motor Speed x 4 x B501 Speed Loop Sample) / (60
x 10 0 0 )
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "Cnt".
M212: DI1-8765 4321 Status
It displays status of digital inputs DI11 to DI18 of option board.
Amtech
6-64
 Mode-M GrouP-2

As shown above, line-2 shows the digital input and line-3 shows the status of respective input. The
zero value indicates that the digital input is off and 1 indicates on. In the above screen, only DI12
is on and the others are off.
M213: DO1-8765 4321 Status
It displays status of digital outputs DO11 to DO18 of option board.

Mode-M GrouP-2

Fwd, Lcl. Normal Run

As shown above, line-2 shows the digital output and line-3 shows the status of respective output.
The zero value indicates that the digital output is off and 1 indicates on. In the above screen,
DO12, DO15 and DO18 are on and the others are off.
M214: AI11 Input Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog input signal at AI11 terminal of option board in V/mA. The unit depends
on the type of signal selected in C901 AI11 V/I Selection.
M215: AI12 Input Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog input signal at AI12 terminal of option board in V/mA. The unit depends
on the type of signal selected in C911 AI12 V/I Selection.
M216: AI13 Input Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog input signal at AI13 terminal of option board in V/mA. The unit depends
on the type of signal selected in C921 AI13 V/I Selection.
M217: AI14 Input Value (V)
It displays value of analog input voltage signal at AI14 terminal of option board in V.
M218: AO11 Output Value (V/mA)
It displays value of analog output signal at AO11 terminal of option board in V/mA. The unit
depends on the type of signal selected in C950 AO11 V/I Selection.
M219: AO12 Output Value (V/mA)

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-65
It displays value of analog output signal at AO12 terminal of option board in V/mA. The unit
depends on the type of signal selected in C960 AO12 V/I Selection.
M220: AO13 Output Value (V)
It displays value of analog output voltage signal at AO13 terminal of option board in V.
M221: RTD1 Temperature (°C)
It displays value RTD1 temperature in °C of option board.
M222: RTD2 Temperature (°C)
It displays value RTD2 temperature in °C of option board.
M223: RTD3 Temperature (°C)
It displays value RTD3 temperature in °C of option board.
M224: Pulse Input2 (Hz)
It displays value of pulse input2 at DI18 of option board.
GROUP-3
M301: Input Voltage Vin (Vac)
It displays input line-to-line voltage at input. This is calculated based on the DC bus voltage and
output power. This may differ from the actual input voltage. If this voltage differs from the actual
voltage then adjust parameter B319 Input Voltage Gain.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "Vin".
M302: Output Voltage (Vac)
It displays output line-to-line voltage. This is calculated based on the voltage command. This may
differ from the actual output voltage. The actual output voltage depends on input supply voltage.
When the unit is stop, it displays zero. When auxiliary drive is selected, it displays the output
voltage for the auxiliary drive.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "Vo".
M303: DC Bus Voltage (Vdc)
It displays dc bus voltage.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed as with
"Vdc".
M304: Output Power (kW)
It displays output power of the unit in kW. This may differ from the actual output power. When
the unit is stop, it displays zero. When the auxiliary drive is selected, the output power of auxiliary
drive is displayed.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "kW".
M305: Output Power (%)
It displays output power of the unit in %. This may differ from the actual output power. When the
unit is stop, it displays zero. When the auxiliary drive is selected, the output power of auxiliary
drive is displayed.

Amtech
6-66
M306: Energy Meter (kWH)
It displays output power consumption per hour basis in kWH. This may differ from the actually
consumed output energy. This is stored in the non-volatile memory. When it reaches to 1000
kWH, it reset to zero and M307 Energy Meter (MWH) is incremented by 1.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with
"kWH".
M307: Energy Meter (MWH)
It displays output power consumption per hour basis in MWH. This is stored in the non-volatile
memory.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with
"MWH".
M308: Energy Saved in kWH
It displays total power saved per hour basis using VFD in kWH. This may differ from the actually
saved energy. To get the nearest value, enter the kW consumption without VFD in B118 kW
Without VFD at the time of installation. The energy saved is stored in the non-volatile memory. It
derives the saving based on the difference between present consumption and value entered in
B118 kW Without VFD. When the counter reaches to 1000 kWH, it reset to zero and M309 Energy
Saved in MWH is incremented by 1.
M309: Energy Saved in MWH
It displays total power saved per hour basis using VFD in MWH. The energy saved is stored in the
non-volatile memory.
M310: Money Saved with VFDx1
It displays money saved using VFD. This may differ from the actually saved money. To get the
nearest value, enter the kW consumption without VFD in B118 kW Without VFD at the time of
installation. Also, enter the energy cost in B120 Energy Cost and select your currency in B119
Currency Selection. When the counter reaches to 1000, it reset to zero and M311 Money Saved
with VFDx1K is incremented by 1.
M311: Money Saved with VFDx1K
It shows the money saved in x1000.
M312: Hank Count
It displays current hank count. The max possible value is 6553.5. It is cleared to zero when power
is turned off.
M313: ASR O/P Monitor
It displays ASR output value as a percentage of motor rated torque. The polarity is positive during
forward run motoring, negative during forward run regenerating, negative during reverse run
motoring and positive during reverse run regenerating.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "ASR".
M314: ACR O/P Monitor

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-67
It displays ACR output. The polarity is positive during forward run motoring, negative during
forward run regenerating, negative during reverse run motoring and positive during reverse run
regenerating.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "ACR".
M315: Drive Overload (%)
It displays drive overload counter. If the output current exceeds unit's rated current, the display
value counts up from 0%. When this display value reaches 100%, "Drive Overload" fault occurs.
Note: Unit rated current differs for no overload, normal-duty mode and heavy-duty mode.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with
"%DO".
M316: Motor Overload (%)
It displays motor overload counter. If the output current exceeds the motor overload setting, the
display counts up from 0%. When this display value reaches 100%, "Motor Overload" fault occurs.
Note: The motor overload characteristic is decided by the selection in B109 Motor Overload
Selection.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with
"%MO".
M317: IGBT / Heatsink Temperature U-Phase (°C/F)
It displays actual IGBT / Heatsink temperature of U-phase depending on unit rating. The unit
depends on the selection in A123 Temperature Unit Selection. This parameter shows zero value in
below models.
AMT-0115A-4 and below rating,
AMT-0615A-4, AMT-0660A-4
AMT-1480A-4 and above
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "U°C"
or "U°F".
M318: IGBT / Heatsink Temperature V-Phase (°C/F)
It displays actual IGBT or heatsink temperature of V-phase depending up on unit rating. The unit
depends on the selection in A123 Temperature Unit Selection. This parameter shows zero value in
below models.
AMT-0115A-4 and below rating,
AMT-0615A-4, AMT-0660A-4
AMT-1480A-4 and above
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed with "V°C"
or "V°F".
M319: IGBT / Heatsink Temperature W-Phase (°C/F)
It displays actual IGBT or heatsink temperature of W-phase depending up on unit rating. The unit
depends on the selection in A123 Temperature Unit Selection.

Amtech
6-68
For AMT-0048A-4 and below rating, AMT-0155A-4 to AMT-0510A-4, AMT-0785A-4 to AMT-0925A-
4, it shows the internal IGBT temperature. In rest of the models, it shows heatsink temperature.
When selected for the normal parameter display in A601~A608, the value is displayed as below.
For AMT-0048A-4 and below rating, "I°C" or "I°F"
AMT-0155A-4 to AMT-0510A-4, AMT-0785A-4 to AMT-1265A-4 "W°C" or "W°F"
In rest of the models of -4 series shows "H°C" or "H°F"
M320: Motor Slip
It displays motor slip.
GROUP-4
M401: CPU1 Control Version
It displays ROM version of CPU1 of DSP Control Board (PCA-2052A) of unit.
M402: CPU2 Control Version
It displays ROM version of CPU2 of DSP Control Board (PCA-2052A) of unit.
M403: Display Version
It displays ROM version of Display Board (PCA-2044A) of Digital Operation Panel.
M404: Rated VFD Current (A)
It displays rated VFD current capacity as per the selected control mode.
M405: Inverter Type (kW)
It displays rated kW capacity of the unit.
M406: Ship Year
It displays year of unit shipment.
M407: Ship Month
It displays month of unit shipment.
M408: Unit Serial Number
It displays serial number of the unit.
M409: Power On Time (Hrs)
It displays total (cumulative) power on time in hours after product shipment.
M410: Power On Time (Days)
It displays total (cumulative) power on time in days after product shipment.
M411: Run Time (Hrs)
It displays total (cumulative) run time in hours after product shipment.
M412: Run Time (Days)
It displays total (cumulative) run time in days after product shipment.
M413: Automatic Tuning display

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-69
It displays progress of auto tuning process, when auto-tuning function is executed. It starts with
0% and reach to 100% when auto-tuning is over. It shows zero otherwise.
M414: Automatic Tuning Status
It displays the status of the auto tuning. Once the auto tuning is successful, it shows the option
selected for the auto tuning. If the auto tuning is not successful, it shows auto tuning not done.
That was this parameter gives information whether the auto tuning is done or not and if done
which option is used.
M415: No of Power On
It displays how many times the unit powered on and off after shipment.
M416: No of OT Fault
It displays how many times the unit tripped in overtemperature fault after shipment.
M417: No of OV Fault
It displays how many times the unit tripped in overvoltage fault after shipment.
M418: No of OC Fault
It displays how many times the unit tripped in overcurrent fault after shipment.
M419: No of Earth Fault
It displays how many times the unit tripped in earth fault after shipment.
M420: No of OL Fault
It displays how many times the unit tripped in overload fault after shipment.
M421: No of Auto Restart
It displays how many times the unit automatically restarted in fault conditions after shipment.
M422: On Time1 Warning
It displays elapsed time for C423 On Time1 Warning time.
M423: On Time2 Warning
It displays elapsed time for C425 On Time2 Warning time.
M424: On Time3 Warning
It displays elapsed time for C427 On Time3 Warning time.
M425 ~ M434: PLC Display 1 to 10
For In-built PLC programming, there are 115 numbers of 16-bit registers out of this, 10 registers
can be displayed in parameter M425 to M434.The values of these registers will be saved in
EEPROM on power off.
M435: PLC Flag Status 0-7
For In-built PLC programming, there are 100 numbers of 1-bit flags, 8 of these flag status can be
display in parameter M435.
M436: Load Analyzer1 (0-10%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
A nalyzerl value is <10%. Parameter A126 gives choice to the user to select parameter for Load
Amtech
6-70
Analyzerl. User can select one of the parameters from Output Current, DC Voltage, Motor Speed,
Output Power, Output Torque, Output Frequency or Heatsink/IGBT Temperature.
Output Current (M105), Motor Speed (M103), Output Power (M305), Output Torque (M109),
Output Frequency (M101) are displayed as below.

Parameter Output Motor Speed Output Output Output

Current Power Torque Frequency
M436: Load Analyzer1 (0­ 0 - 10 % 0 - 10 % 0 - 10 % 0 - 10 % 0 - 10 %
10 %)
M437: Load Analyzer1 (10­ > 1 0 - 20 % > 1 0 - 20 % > 1 0 - 20 % > 10 - 20 % > 1 0 - 20 %
20 %)
M438: Load Analyzer1 (20­ >20-30% >20-30% >20-30% >20-30% >20-30%
30%)
M439: Load Analyzer1 (30­ >30-40% >30-40% >30-40% >30-40% >30-40%
40%)
M440: Load Analyzer1 (40­ >40-50% >40-50% >40-50% >40-50% >40-50%
50%)
M441: Load Analyzer1 (50­ >50-60% >50-60% >50-60% >50-60% >50-60%
60%) 6
M442: Load Analyzer1 (60­ >60-70% >60-70% >60-70% >60-70% >60-70%
70%)
M443: Load Analyzer1 (70­ >70-80% >70-80% >70-80% >70-80% >70-80%
80%)
M444: Load Analyzer1 (80­ >80-90% >80-90% >80-90% >80-90% >80-90%
90%)
M445: Load Analyzer1 >90% >90% >90% >90% >90%
(>90%)

In case of Heatsink/IGBT Temperature and DC Bus Voltage, the distribution pattern is as below.

Parameter Heatsink IGBT DC Bus Voltage

Temperature Temperature
°C °F °C °F 200V 400V 500V-600
M436: Load Analyzer1 (0­ 0-25 32-77 0-25 32-77 215-234 390-431 510-579
10 %)
M437: Load Analyzer1 (10­ >25-50 >77- >25-50 >77- >234-252 >431-472 >579-648
20 %) 12 2 12 2
M438: Load Analyzer1 (20­ >50-55 > 12 2 - >50-70 >12 2 - >252-271 >472-513 >648-717
30%) 131 158
M439: Load Analyzer1 (30­ >55-60 >131- >70-80 >158- >271-289 >513-554 >717-786
40%) 140 176
M440: Load Analyzer1 (40­ >60-65 >140- >80-90 >176- >289-308 >554-595 >786-855
50%) 149 194
M441: Load Analyzer1 (50- >65-70 >149- >90- >194- >308-326 >595-636 >855-924

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-71
60%) 158 100 2 12
M442: Load Analyzer1 (60­ >70-75 >158- > 10 0 - >2 12 - >326-345 >636-677 >924-993
70%) 167 110 230
M443: Load Analyzer1 (70­ >75-80 >167- >1 1 0 - >230- >345-363 >677-718 >993-1062
80%) 176 115 239
M444: Load Analyzer1 (80­ >80-85 >176- >115- >239- >363-382 >718-759 >1062-
90%) 185 120 248 1131
M445: Load Analyzer1 >85 >185 >120 >248 >382-400 >759-800 >1131-
(>90%) 1200

M437: Load Analyzerl (10-20%)

It displays time in % of Load Analyzerl Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzerl value is >10% and <20%.
M438: Load Analyzer1 (20-30%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzerl value is >20% and <30%.
M439: Load Analyzer1 (30-40%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzerl value is >30% and <40%.
M440: Load Analyzer1 (40-50%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzerl value is >40% and <50%.
M441: Load Analyzer1 (50-60%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzerl value is >50% and <60%.
M442: Load Analyzer1 (60-70%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzerl value is >60% and <70%.
M443: Load Analyzer1 (70-80%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzerl value is >70% and <80%.
M444: Load Analyzer1 (80-90%)

Amtech
6-72
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
A nalyzerl value is >80% and <90%.
M445: Load Analyzer1 (>90%)
It displays time in % of Load Analyzer1 Time (M446 Hour & M447 Minute) for which the Load
Analyzer1 value is >90%.
M446: Load Analyzer1 Time Hours
It displays time of Load Analyzer1 in hour for which the Load Analyzer1 value is recorded.
M447: Load Analyzer1 Time Minutes
It displays time of Load Analyzer1 in minutes for which the Load Analyzer1 value is recorded.
M448: Load Analyzer2 (0-10%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is <10%. For Load Analyzer2, the parameter is load current.
M449: Load Analyzer2 (10-20%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >10% and <20%.
M450: Load Analyzer2 (20-30%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >20% and <30%.
M451: Load Analyzer2 (30-40%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >30% and <40%.
M452: Load Analyzer2 (40-50%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >40% and <50%.
M453: Load Analyzer2 (50-60%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >50% and <60%.
M454: Load Analyzer2 (60-70%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >60% and <70%.
M455: Load Analyzer2 (70-80%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >70% and <80%.
M456: Load Analyzer2 (80-90%)
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >80% and <90%.
M457: Load Analyzer2 (>90%)

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-73
It displays time in % of Cumulative Power On Time (M409 Hours & M410 Days) for which the Load
Analyzer2 value is >90%.
M458: Peak Logger (PL)
It displays peak value of the parameter selected in A128 Peak Logger Parameter Selection.
M459: PL (Peak Logger) Current
It displays the load current value at the time when Peak Logger recorded peak value of selected
parameter.
M460: PL (Peak Logger) DC Voltage
It displays the DC voltage value at the time when Peak Logger recorded peak value of selected
parameter.
M461: PL (Peak Logger) Speed
It displays the output speed value at the time when Peak Logger recorded peak value of selected
parameter.
M462: PL (Peak Logger) Time
It displays the time when Peak Logger recorded peak value of selected parameter.
M463: PL (Peak Logger) Date
It displays the date when Peak Logger recorded peak value of selected parameter.
GROUP-4: FAULT HISTORY
FLT-1 ~ FLT20: Fault1 ~ 20
Parameter FLT-1 displays the latest fault with date and time. It also displays the M303 DC Bus
Voltage (Vdc), M104 Output Current (Amp), M101 Output Frequency (Hz), and M317
IGBT/Heatsink Temperature (°C), M301 Input Voltage (Vin), M409 Power On Time (Hours), M307
Energy Meter (MWH) and M306 Energy Meter (kWH) at the time of fault occurrence.

As shown above, line-2 shows the fault code; line-3 shows time and date of the fault occurrence;
line-4 shows the DC Bus Voltage & Output Current; line-5 shows the Output Frequency & Heatsink
Temperature; line-6 shows the Input Voltage (Vin) & Power On Time (Hr); line-7 shows the Energy
Meter (MWH & kWH). If no fault is detected since shipment, line-2 displays "No previous fault"
and the value of different parameters read as zero.
Same way FLT-2 ~ FLT20 shows the previous fault codes and parameters at the time of fault
occurrence.

Amtech
6-74
GROUP-7
M701 ~ M724: Output Current of U, V, W phase and Inverter Unit Current
These parameters display the Output current of U, V and W-phase of Inverter Unit1 to 6, whereas,
parameters M701, M705, M709, M713, M717, M620 and M721 display output current of Inverter
Unit1 to 6 .
GROUP-8
M801: Control Version PI
It displays ROM version of Interface board for parallel inverter.
M802~M806: Temperature IU2 - IU6 (°C/F)
It displays actual heat sink temperature of Inverter Unit2 to 6 . The value is displayed with "°C/F"
unit.
M807~M808: Temperature DU1 - DU2 (°C/F)
It displays actual heat sink temperature of Diode Unit1 and 2. The value is displayed with "°C"
unit.
M809: Temperature Panel1 (°C/F)
It displays actual temperature of Panel1. The value is displayed with "°C/F" unit.
M810: Driver Status IU1-2-3-4-5-6
It displays driver fault status of respective IU unit. 1 indicates driver fault from respective phase of
respective IU. In the below screen, only V-phase of IU1 has detected driver fault. The sequence of
driver fault status bit is shown in below figure. This parameter is applicable when parallel
interface board is used in the unit.

Mode-M GrouP-8

Fwd, Lcl, Drive Slop

M811: OC Status IU1-3
It displays overcurrent fault from U-phase, V-phase and W-phase current sensor of inverter units
(IU) 1, 2 or 3 respectively.
The below screen indicates overcurrent fault from inverter unit 1, W-phase current sensor.
M812: OC Status IU4-6
It displays overcurrent fault from U-phase, V-phase and W-phase current sensor of inverter units
(IU) 4, 5 or 6 respectively.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-75
 Mode-M GrouP-BlM ode-M G ro u P -8
M811 OC Status IiJ1
.■
■
■
■■
3 1=1012 OC Status IU4-6
001000000 001000000
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU 6

Fwd, Lcl. D riv e Stop |Fwd, Lcl. D riv e Stop

The above screen indicates overcurrent fault from inverter unit 4, W-phase current sensor.
This parameter is applicable only when parallel interface board is used in the unit. This value
shows last fault condition and will be updated with latest fault. Set 555 in A125 to clear OC status.
M813: OT Status IU/DU
It displays overtemperature fault status from thermostat of inverter unit (IU) 1 to 6 and diode unit
(DU) 1 and 2. This is applicable only when parallel interface board is used. The value shows last
fault condition and is updated with latest fault. Set 555 in A125 to clear OT status. Below screen
indicates overtemperature fault from diode unit 2 .

Mode-M GrouP-8
6

Fwd, Lcl, Drive Slop

GROUP-9
M901~M932: Serial Parameter Value1~32
These parameters display the value of the Modbus ID parameters selected in C508 to C539. Note
that the resolution of the value is 1 for all the parameters.
GROUP-A
Default Differ Parameter (Change Parameter List)

Mode-M DiFfer-l

Fwd, Lcl,
50.00 Acceleration
This group provides the list of parameters which differs from default value. User can change
parameter value from this group. Use UP or DOWN key to see next changed parameter.

Amtech
6-76
MODE - A
GROUP - 1: FREQUENCY SETTING
A101: Local Set Frequency (Hz)
It sets frequency when the frequency reference input source is Local (A102=1). The output will
ramp to this frequency, when start command is given.
The minimum limit for this parameter is decided by minimum frequency A106. If A106 is set
higher then A101, the value of A106 is automatically assigned to A101.
The maximum value of this parameter is decided by Maximum frequency A107. The value of A101
cannot be set higher than A107.
A102: Frequency Reference Input
It selects frequency reference input source. The frequency reference can be independently
selected from the given options even if the unit is controlled from any of three sources, i.e. Local
(Digital Operation Panel), Terminal or Serial. The different frequency reference inputs are
explained as under.
1. Local
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to local set frequency A101. Use Digital Operation
Panel (keypad) to change the set value. The monitor set frequency M111 shows the value of local
set frequency A101 and monitor frequency reference input M112 shows local (keypad) as
frequency reference input. The local set frequency A101 does not have any effect in other
options.
2. AI1
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to analog input AI1. See Mode-C, Group-2 for more
configuration of AI1. The output frequency will correspond to the values set in parameters AI1
Minimum Level, AI1 Maximum Level, AI1 Minimum Reference Level and AI1 Maximum Reference
Level.
Configure AI1 as voltage input or current input with the help of C201 AI1 V/I Selection.
Below figure shows the scaling of the AI1 signal.

When this option is selected, the monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to 0/4-20 mA current
signal.
3. AI2

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-77
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to analog input AI2. See Mode-C, Group-2 for more
configuration of AI2. The output frequency corresponds to the values set in parameters AI2
Minimum Level, AI2 Maximum Level, AI2 Minimum Reference Level and AI2 Maximum Reference
Level.
Configure AI2 as voltage input or current input with the help of AI2 V/I Selection C211.
4. AI3
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to analog input AI3. See Mode-C, Group-2 for more
configuration of AI3. The output frequency corresponds to the values set in parameters AI3
Minimum Level, AI3 Maximum Level, AI3 Minimum Reference Level and AI3 Maximum Reference
Level.
AI3 is bidirectional voltage input (-10 to +10 V) only and cannot be used as current input.
5. Static potentiometer
The monitor set frequency M111 is set by digital inputs. Assign 'Freq Increase' and 'Freq Decrease'
functions to two digital inputs respectively. When 'Freq Increase' is applied, the set frequency
increases and when 'Freq Decrease' is applied, the set frequency decreases. If both the signals are
applied simultaneously, it has no effect. The rate of frequency increase / decrease is 0.1 Hz at
every 100 msec.
6 . Serial
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to the set value from serial link.
7. PID Output
The PID output is the set point. When selecting this input, enable the PID Control C701. The
monitor set frequency M111 displays the corresponding set frequency value, even if the unit is
stop.
For more information on PID control, refer Mode-C, Group-7 parameters.
8 . PLC AO1
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to PLC AO1. This parameter option value can be set
directly from In-built PLC function. The output frequency is minimum at 0d and maximum at
1000 d.
9. PLC AO2
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to PLC AO2. This Parameter option value can be set
directly from In-built PLC function. The output frequency is minimum at 0d and maximum at
1000 d.
10. PLC AO3
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to PLC AO3. This Parameter option value can be set
directly from In-built PLC function. The output frequency is minimum at 0d and maximum at
1000 d.
11. PLC AO4
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to PLC AO4. This Parameter option value can be set
directly from In-built PLC function. The output frequency is minimum at 0d and maximum at
1000 d.

Amtech
6-78
For In-built PLC function and related parameters detail, refer Mode-P.
12. AI11 (only applicable with option board)
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to analog input AI11. See Mode-C, Group-9 for
more configuration of AI11. The output frequency will correspond to the values set in parameters
AI11 Minimum Level, AI11 Maximum Level, AI11 Minimum Reference Level and AI11 Maximum
Reference Level.
Configure AI11 as voltage input or current input with the help of AI11 V/I Selection C901.
13. AI12 (only applicable with option board)
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to analog input AI12. See Mode-C, Group-9 for
more configuration of AI12. The output frequency will correspond to the values set in parameters
AI12 Minimum Level, AI12 Maximum Level, AI12 Minimum Reference Level and AI12 Maximum
Reference Level.
Configure AI12 as voltage input or current input with the help of AI12 V/I Selection C911.
14. AI13 (only applicable with option board)
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to analog input AI13. See Mode-C, Group-9 for
more configuration of AI13. The output frequency will correspond to the values set in parameters
AI13 Minimum Level, AI13 Maximum Level, AI13 Minimum Reference Level and AI13 Maximum
Reference Level.
Configure AI12 as voltage input or current input with the help of AI13 V/I Selection C921.
15. AI14 (only applicable with option board)
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to analog input AI14. See Mode-C, Group-9 for
more configuration of AI14. The output frequency will correspond to the values set in parameters
AI14 Minimum Level, AI14 Maximum Level, AI14 Minimum Reference Level and AI14 Maximum
Reference Level.
AI14 is bidirectional voltage input (-10 to +10 V) only and cannot be used as current input.
16. Pulse Input1
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to pulse input1 at DI8 . See Mode-C, Group-1 for
more configuration of pulse input 1 .
16. Pulse Input2 (only applicable with option board)
The monitor set frequency M111 corresponds to pulse input2 at DI18 on option board. See Mode-
C, Group -8 for more configuration of pulse input2.
A103: Frequency Reference Select 1
A104: Frequency Reference Select 2
A105: Frequency Reference Select 3
These parameters give flexibility to user to change the frequency reference input using digital
inputs. Assign functions 'Reference Select0' and 'Reference Selectl' to the digital inputs. The
combination of digital inputs will decide the frequency reference input as per A103, A04 and
A105. See the description of Mode-C, Group-1 for more details.
A106: Minimum Frequency (Hz)

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-79
It sets minimum output frequency of the unit.
This should always be lower than the maximum frequency A107. This is applicable to all frequency
references including jog select input, preset inputs and static pot inputs.
A107: Maximum Frequency (Hz)
It sets maximum output frequency of the unit.
This should always be higher than the minimum frequency A106. This is applicable to all frequency
references including jog select input, preset inputs and static pot inputs.
A108: Jog Frequency (Hz)
It sets frequency for the jog input with the digital input command 'Jog Select'. The selected
acceleration time (A201 or A203) / deceleration time (A202 or A204) and stop mode A304 are
applicable.
If auxiliary drive is selected, the acceleration time D206/ deceleration time D207 and stop are
applicable.
The minimum frequency limit is A106 and maximum frequency limit is A107.
Speed search function is carried out, when executing jogging run command, if it is enabled. 'Jog
Select' is valid in all conditions of A301. However, 'Run' command has higher priority than 'Jog
Select', if both the signals are present together.
A109: Start Frequency (Hz)
It sets start frequency for the unit and the operation starts at this frequency when run command
is given.
A110: Stop Frequency (Hz)
It sets stop frequency for the unit and the DC breaking is applied when the output frequency is
less than this value.
A111: Line Speed Setting
It sets the speed to display as monitor line speed in M119 at 50 Hz.
This parameter displays the final speed of the driven load. Derive the set value with following
formula:
Parameter Value = 50 x Desired rpm / Set output frequency
For example, to display line speed of 273 rpm at output frequency of 90 Hz,
Parameter A111 value = 50 x 273 / 90 = 151.667 = 152
Now, at 90 Hz the line speed M119 shows (152 X 90 / 50) i.e. 274 rpm.
A112: Local Set Torque
It sets the torque reference for vector control mode (A401 = 3, 4, 7, 8 ) when the torque reference
input is Local (A113 = 1).
A113: Torque Reference Input
It selects the torque reference input source. The torque reference can be independently selected
from the given options even if the unit is controlled from local (Digital Operation Panel), terminal
or serial. The different torque reference inputs are explained as under.

Amtech
6-80
1. Local
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to local set torque A113. Use Digital Operation Panel (keypad)
to change the set value. The M114 Set Torque shows the value of local set torque A113 and M115
Torque Reference Input shows local (keypad) as torque reference input. The local set torque A112
does not have any effect in other options.
2. AI1
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to analog input AI1. See Mode-C, Group-2 for more
configuration of AI1. The output torque corresponds to the values set in parameters AI1 Minimum
Level, AI1 Maximum Level, AI1 Minimum Reference Level and AI1 Maximum Reference Level.
Configure AI1 as voltage input or current input with the help of AI1 V/I Selection C201.
Below figure shows the scaling of the AI1signal.

3. AI2
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to analog input AI2. See Mode-C, Group-2 for more
configuration of AI2. The output torque corresponds to the values set in parameters AI2 Minimum
Level, AI2 Maximum Level, AI2 Minimum Reference Level and AI2 Maximum Reference Level.
Configure AI2 as voltage input or current input with the help of AI2 V/I Selection C211.
4. AI3
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to analog input AI3. See Mode-C, Group-2 for more
configuration of AI3. The output torque corresponds to the values set in parameters AI3 Minimum
Level, AI3 Maximum Level, AI3 Minimum Reference Level and AI3 Maximum Reference Level.
AI3 is bidirectional voltage input (-10 to +10 V) only and cannot be used as current input.
5. Static potentiometer
The M114 Set Torque is set by digital inputs. Assign 'Freq Increase' and 'Freq Decrease' functions
to two digital inputs respectively. When 'Freq Increase' is applied, the set torque increases and
when 'Freq Decrease' is applied, the set torque decreases. If both the signals are applied
simultaneously, it has no effect.
6 . Serial
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to the set value from serial link.
7. PID Output

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-81
 The PID output is the set point. When selecting this input, enable the PID Control C701. The M114
Set Torque displays the corresponding set torque value, even if the unit is stop.
8 . PLC AO1
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to PLC AO1. This Parameter option value can be set directly
from In-built PLC function. The output torque is zero at 0d and maximum at 1000d.
9. PLC AO2
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to PLC AO2. This Parameter option value can be set directly
from In-built PLC function. The output torque is zero at 0d and maximum at 1000d.
10. PLC AO3
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to PLC AO3. This Parameter option value can be set directly
from In-built PLC function. The output torque is zero at 0d and maximum at 1000d.
11. PLC AO4
The M114 Set Torque corresponds to PLC AO4. This Parameter option value can be set directly
from In-built PLC function. The output torque is zero at 0d and maximum at 1000d.
A114: Commissioning Mode

6 It selects the commissioning mode. When enabled, it guides the user step by step to set below
parameters as per use and application.
B101 Rated Input Voltage, B102 Rated Motor Voltage, B103 Rated Motor Current, B104 Rated
Motor Frequency, B105 Rated Motor Speed, B106 Rated Motor Output, B107 Motor poles, B112
Encoder pulses,
A401 Control mode, A106 Minimum frequency, A107 Maximum frequency, A101 Set frequency,
A301 Start control, A304 Stop mode, A305 Motor direction, A102 Frequency reference input,
A201 Acceleration time1 and A202 Deceleration tiem1
A115: Application Macro
It selects the application macro. Certain parameters are automatically set. Refer detail
description. Here is the list of parameters automatically set when the application macro is
selected.
Fan: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, A404 V/F selection, B312 Overvoltage
Control, B322 Reverse Direction Lock, C602 SSF Selection, C604 SSF Deceleration Time
Pump: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, A106 Minimum Frequency, B322
Reverse Direction Lock
Conveyor: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, A402 HD/ND Selection, A304 Stop
Mode, A404 V/F Selection, A407 VF1 Frequency, A408 VF2 Frequency, A409 VF3 Frequency, A410
VF1 Voltage, A411 VF2 Voltage, A412 VF3 Voltage
Compressor: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, A106 Minimum Frequency,
A304 Stop Mode, B322 Reverse Direction Lock
Pump Jack: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, Motor control mode, A402
HD/ND Selection, Overvoltage control, B322 Reverse Direction Lock, B520 ASR Regenerative
Torque Limit1
Fermentor: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, A402 HD/ND Selection
Amtech
6-82
Centrifuge: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, A402 HD/ND Selection, B401
Preset Speed1, B402 Preset Speed2, B403 Preset Speed3, B404 Preset Speed4
Hoist: A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1, A402 HD/ND Selection, A404 V/F
Selection, A407 VF1 Frequency, A408 VF2 Frequency, A409 VF3 Frequency, A410 VF1 Voltage,
A411 VF2 Voltage, A412 VF3 Voltage, B401 Preset Speed1, B402 Preset Speed2, B403 Preset
Speed3, B404 Preset Speed4
A116: Function Macro
It selects the function macro. Certain function related parameters are automatically set. Refer
detail description. Here is the list of parameters automatically set when the function macro is
selected.
Static Pot
A102 Frequency Reference Input = 5: Static Pot, C106 DI6 = 7: Frequency Increase, C107 DI7 = 8 :
Frequency Decrease, C103 DI3 = 15: Ref Select0
Speed Pot
A102 Frequency Reference Input = 2: AI1, C201 AI1 V/I Selection = 1: Voltage input
Multi Step
A102 Frequency Reference Input = 1: Local, C103 DI3 = 6 : Preset I/P2, C106 DI6 =4: Preset I/P0,
C107 DI7 =5: Preset I/P1
PID Control
A102 Frequency Reference Input =7: PID Output
C701 PID Control Selection =1: Enable
A117: Extended Parameter Selection
It selects the parameter display modes. By default standard mode is selected. When extended
mode is selected, the Mode - D, E, G, H, P are visible on screen.
In Easy mode, only basic parameters are displayed as listed below.

Mode-Eas^i

50.00
Fwd, Lcl, Normal Run
A101 Set Frequency, A106 Minimum Frequency, A107 Maximum Frequency, A102 Frequency
Reference Input, A122 Extended Parameter,
A201 Acceleration Time1, A202 Deceleration Time1,
A301 Start Control, A304 Stop Mode, A305 Motor Direction,
A401 Control Mode, A404 V/F Selection, A413 Manual Torque Boost Setting,

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-83
B101 Rated Input Voltage, B102 Rated Motor Voltage, B103 Rated Motor Current, B104 Rated
Motor Frequency, B105 Rated Motor Speed, B106 Rated Motor Output, B107 Motor Poles, B112
Encoder Pulses,
B201 Automatic Tuning Selection, B301 Stall Current Limit, B312 Overvoltage Control,
C101 DI1, C102 DI2, C103 DI3, C104 DI4, C105 DI5, C106 DI6, C107 DI7, C108 DI8, C116 Relay1,
C117 Relay2, C118 Relay3,
C301 AO1, C302 AO2, C303 AO3
A118: Set Password
It sets the 4-digit user password for parameter locking. It prevents unintentional parameter
change from the digital operation panel. When programmed, it does not allow the user to change
any parameter from digital operation panel or serial link except A101 (or D201) Local Set
Frequency, A112 Local Set Torque, C711 PID Reference Setting and terminal functions.
The unit is shipped without any password protection.

To lock the parameters, enter your selected 4-digit password in A118 Set Password. The
parameters are now locked and cannot be changed. To open the password, use A119 Parameter
Unlock.
A119: Parameter Unlock
It opens parameter lock. If the password is set in A118 Set Password, enter this 4-digit password
here to open the parameter lock. The correct password gives you the access of all parameters.
Now you can change the parameters and even the password. User can again lock the parameter
by entering the password in A118 Set Password or the parameters are automatically locked if no
key is pressed for 10 minutes.

Parameter Locked
Plea s e E n t e r P a s s w o r d
P r e s s E n te r to Exit

A120: Default value Load

Custom Parameter Save
When set to 111, current parameters are saved to the non-volatile memory for the future use.
This feature is extremely useful for the custom default.
Custom Parameter Default
When set to 222, all the parameters are set to Custom Saved Parameters saved using 111.
Default Load as per 460 V / 60 Hz (US standard)
When set to 333, all the parameters are set as per the US standard. However, this does not
change the factory setting parameters, user password, C201-C235, B202-B211, B602, B701-B716
and PLC parameters. Following parameters will be different than the general default.

Amtech
6-84
A101 Local Set Frequency, A107 Maximum Frequency, B104 Rated Motor Frequency, D103
Auxiliary Motor Frequency, D201 Auxiliary Local Set Frequency, D203 Auxiliary Motor Frequency =
60.00 Hz
B101 Rated Input Voltage, B102 Rated Motor Voltage, D101 Auxiliary Motor Voltage = 460 V
B105 Rated Motor Speed, D104 Auxiliary Motor Speed= 1800 rpm
General Default Load 415 V / 50 Hz
When set to 444, all the parameters are set to the default value. However, this does not change
the factory setting parameters, user password, C201-C235, B202-B211, B602 and PLC related
parameters.
Fault History Clear
When set to 555, it clears the fault history buffer. No previous fault codes and related parameters
are available further.
Full Default Load
When set to 666, all the parameters are set to default condition including C201-C235, B202-B211,
B602 as per 50 Hz/415 V. However, this does not change the factory setting parameters, user
password and PLC related parameters.
PLC Default Load
When set to 777, all the PLC parameters are set to default.
Note that the value entered in this parameter is memorized. If correct value is entered,
appropriate action is taken and "00" is displayed. If incorrect value is entered, no action will be
taken and " 00" is displayed.
A121: Copy Parameter Set
It copies all parameters to the EEPROM of Digital Operation Panel from the control card. User can
copy 3 sets of all parameters.
Note that copy paste operation is only possible between compatible versions of both control and
display. If control version does not match during paste operation, above screen appears.

A122: Paste Parameter Set

It pastes all parameters from the EEPROM of Digital Operation Panel to the control card. User can
paste 3 sets of all parameters.
A123: Temperature Unit Selection

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-85
It selects the temperature unit either °C or °F. All the temperature values then will be displayed as
per this.
A124: Diagnosis Mode Selection
It selects the option for fault diagnosis.
A125: Panel Test Mode Selection
It selects the panel test mode. In this mode user can test the control logic without actually
rotating the motor. If the motor is connected, no need to disconnect it to check the logic. The
IGBT firing pulses will not generate during this mode, but all the other functions will work as it is.
A126: LA1 (Load Analyzer1) Parameter Selection
It selects the parameter for Load Analyzer1.
A127: LA1 (Load Analyzer1) Parameter Scale
It sets the scale for parameter selected in Load Analyzer1.
A128: PL (Peak Logger) Parameter Selection
It selects the parameter for Peak Logger (PL).
A129: PL (Peak Logger) LPF
It sets the filter time constant for the parameter selected in Peak Logger (PL).
GROUP - 2: ACCELERATION / DECELERATION
A201: Acceleration Time1 (Sec)
It sets acceleration / ramp up time for the unit. It is the time for the output frequency to ramp up
/ accelerate from zero frequency to maximum frequency.
F

Short acceleration time can result in excessive output current and if it exceeds the acceleration
current limit B303, the acceleration ceases until the current reduces below the B303 value. In such
case, the actual acceleration time differs from programmed value. The unit may trip in over
current fault if the condition persists for long time. Increase acceleration time in such cases.
A202: Deceleration Time1 (Sec)
It sets the deceleration / ramp down time for the unit. It is the time for the output frequency to
decelerate / ramp down from maximum frequency to zero frequency.

Amtech
6-86
 Ramp ON

Short deceleration time can result in excessive output current and if it exceeds the stall current
limit B301, the deceleration ceases until the current reduces below the B301 value. In such case,
the actual deceleration time differs from programmed value. The unit may trip in over current / dc
bus over voltage fault if the condition persists for long time. Increase deceleration time in such
cases.
A203: Acceleration Time2 (Sec)
A204: Deceleration Time2 (Sec)
It sets the time for Acceleration Time2 and Deceleration Time2. Use can select these times in
place of Acceleration Time-1 and Deceleration Time1. This is valid only if 'Ramp Select' input is
ON.
Acceleration Time2 is the time for the output frequency to accelerate / ramp up from zero
frequency to maximum frequency.
Deceleration Time2 is the time for the output frequency to decelerate / ramp down from
maximum frequency to zero frequency.
A205: S-Curve Selection
A206: S-Curve Time-1 (Sec)
A207: S-Curve Time-2 (Sec)
This parameters set acceleration/deceleration time with the S-shape pattern. The higher the S-
curve time period, the more pronounced is the S-shape.
The total acceleration / deceleration do not change.
When this parameter is set, all acceleration and deceleration are as shown in below fig.
Note: Set so that the relation of the A206 / A207 setting and acceleration / deceleration time is as shown below.
A206 / A207 Setting value * 2 < acceleration / deceleration time

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-87
 F

► t

Acceleration Deceleration
time1 (A201) time1 (A202)

A208: Current Limit Acceleration Time (Sec)

A209: Current Limit Deceleration Time (Sec)
These are the acceleration / deceleration time for the stall current limit function. When the unit is
operating at set frequency and output current exceeds the stall current limit B301 value, the
output frequency and voltage are reduced. The deceleration time is decided by current limit
deceleration time A209. The dc bus voltage may rise in this process. If DC bus voltage control
(B312= 2 or 3) is enabled, it stops the deceleration when the dc bus voltage exceeds 740 Vdc level
for 400 V series. This level is factory settable. The deceleration resumes when dc link voltage
reaches to 710 V (hysteresis of 30 V) and the output current is still higher than the stall current
limit. The output frequency and output voltage ramps up with current limit acceleration time
A208 to set frequency value when the output current falls below the stall current limit. The dc bus
regulation level for 500 V series is 875 Vdc and 1050 Vdc for 600 V series.

► t

A210: Acceleration Deceleration Multiplier

This parameter sets multiplier for all the acceleration/ deceleration time related parameters.
Parameters A201 ~ A207, A211 and D206 ~ D207 are multiplied by this multiplier and the effective
values of these parameters are the result of this multiplication.
For example, if A201=10 second and A210=10, then the effective value of A201=100 second.
A211: EMS Deceleration Time (Sec)
Amtech
6-88
It sets the deceleration / ramp down time for emergency stop condition with ramp down
selection. It is the time for the output frequency to decelerate / ramp down from maximum
frequency to zero frequency.
GROUP - 3: START/STOP SELECTION & DC BRAKING
A301: Start Control
It selects the location for the start command. The unit can be started from Local (Digital Operation
Panel), Terminal or Serial irrespective of the frequency reference input. However, the direction is
decided as per the start control selection only. When the start control is Local, the direction can
only be changed through Digital Operation Panel. The same applies to other selections also.
If in running condition, start control is changed from Local to Terminal, the operation continues as
per the status of the new selection. For example, present selection is Local. Now if in running
condition, the selection is changed to Terminal. If RUN signal is present in terminal mode, the unit
continues running. If RUN signal is absent, the unit stops. When the selection is changed from
Terminal to any other mode (Local or Serial), the unit continues its operation as per the status of
Terminal and not as per the new selection (Local or Serial).
If A301=2 (Terminal) is set, the unit accepts the stop from Terminal only. It does not stop from
Local (Digital Operation Panel) or Serial.
If A301=1 (Local) or 3 (Serial) is set, the unit accepts the stop from local (Digital Operation Panel)
or Serial. In this case, the drive does not stop from Terminal.
When stop key is pressed fo r 2.5 seconds or longer during operation, the drive will coast to stop regardless of Local
or Terminal start control.

A302: 2/3 Wire Control

It gives choice to use 2-wire (maintained) or 3-wire (momentary) logic for start / stop, when using
Terminal as start control (A301=2).
If A302=0: The start / stop control is 2-wire (maintained) type as described in below figure.

DI1 (RUN)

DGND

If A302=1: The start / stop control is 3-wire (momentary) type as described in below figure.
O u tp u t fre q u e n c y

-o i c M DI1 (RUN)

_L DI2 (STOP)

DGND

A303: Start Delay Time (Sec)

It sets the time between run command to the actual start of the unit. This is used for
synchronization with peripheral machines such as mechanical brakes. The motor is delayed start
from the run command by the set time. The start command can be from Digital Operation Panel
(keypad), Terminal or Serial.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-89
The start delay time is also applicable to Jog Select input.

A304: Stop Mode

It selects the stop mode of the unit. If A304=0 selected, the output ramps down to stop with
deceleration time after the stop command and then applying the dc brake (if programmed) to
stop. If A304=1 selected, the output turns off simultaneously with the stop command. The dc
braking is not applicable in this mode. The motor comes to stand still depending on its inertia.
To restart after coast to stop, confirm that the motor has stopped. The unit may trip if attempted
when the motor is running if the speed search function is disabled. Enable the speed search
function in such applications.
A305: Motor Direction
It sets the motor direction, when Start control selection is local (Digital Operation Panel) A301=1.
Set A305=0, to rotate the motor in forward direction and A305=1 to rotate the motor in reverse
direction in Local mode.
When A301=2: Terminal, the direction of rotation is determined by the status of digital input.
Set B322 Reverse Direction Lock to prevent unintentional reverse direction operation. It will
prevent the unit to start in reverse direction, when enabled. This parameter cannot be changed
during running condition.
Note: If reverse direction is locked and run command is given with reverse direction selection, the unit doesn't start
in reverse direction.

A306: DC Brake Start Frequency (Hz)

It sets the frequency at which the dc brake is applied. To enable this feature, the stop mode
should be ramp down and the dc braking time should not be zero. Set to zero to disable this
function.
A307: DC Brake Current (%)
It sets the dc brake current. Set as % of motor rated current.
A308: DC Brake Time (Sec)
It sets the length of time for which dc braking is applied.
The output ramps down with deceleration time in case of ramp down stop, when stop command
is given. When the output reaches to dc braking start frequency, the dc voltage is injected to the
motor. DC Brake Current A307 and DC Brake Time A308 decide the amount of voltage and time
for which it is applied.
The dc braking is utilized to stop high inertia load forcefully. During dc braking mechanical energy
trapped in rotor due to system inertia dissipates as heat in the motor. Hence for safety dc
breaking is utilized at lower frequency.
A309: Stall Current Limit Selection
It selects the source for the stall current limit either from Local or Terminal.
B301 Stall Current Limit is effective in case of Local.
The signal at AI2 decides the current limit in case of Terminal. Use AI2 (in voltage input mode 0-10
V) for stall current limit. The range 0-10 V corresponds to 0-200% current limit.
A310: Auto Start / Line Start
Amtech
6-90
It selects the start mode with power up.
A310 = 1: OFF
The unit doesn't start with power up even if the start / run command is already present. A fresh
start / run command is required to start the unit after power up.
A310 = 2: ON without Speed Search
The unit starts / runs without speed search function after power up if start / run command is
already present. Speed search is not executed with this setting, so if the motor is rotating when
the power is turned ON, the inverter may trip.
A310 = 3: ON with Speed Search
The unit starts / runs with speed search function after power up if start / run command is already
present. Speed search is executed with this setting.
Under voltage fault is not detected if auto start (A310 = 2, 3) is used.
This function is not applicable, if start control is local or serial.
GROUP - 4: V / F CHARACTERISTICS
A401: Control Mode
It selects the required motor control mode. The default setting action does not change this
parameter.
The four control modes are V/F Open loop, V/F Close-loop, Sensor-less / open-loop Vector Control
or Close-loop Vector Control.
A402: HD/ND Selection
Select unit overload duty as per the application requirement.
The three options are No Overload (NO), Normal Duty (ND) and Heavy Duty (HD).
A403: PWM Switching Selection
It selects the PWM Switching technique for the control. SVPWM is used as default switching
technique.
A404: V/F Selection
It selects the v/f curve for the unit. The unit can be operated in linear curve mode, Square curve or
custom setting mode.
In a linear curve mode, the v/f curve is linear throughout the range from minimum frequency to
Base frequency.
In square curve, the v/f curve is square as shown in the figure. Fan and pump application require
additional energy conservation on variable torque/ horsepower loads due to reduced output v/f
at lower frequencies. So that Fan and pump loads can be programmed with X=Y 2 law.
The custom mode setting allows the user to set different v/f points on characteristic curve using
parameters A407 ~ A412.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-91
 Vout

A405: Base Frequency (%

This is output frequency up to which the v/f is maintained constant. The unit operates in constant
torque mode up to this point and thereafter changes to constant horsepower mode. The
maximum output voltage at this point is set with base voltage A406. This is percentage of B104
Rated Motor Frequency.
A406: Base Voltage (%
This parameter sets the maximum output voltage when the output frequency reaches to base
frequency as set in parameter A405 Base Frequency. The voltage set is percentage of B102 Rated
Motor Voltage.
A407 ~ A409: V/F1 ~ 3 Frequency (%)
A410 ~ A412: V/F1 ~ 3 Voltage (%)
It sets the custom three-point v/f characteristics as shown in the below figure for the motors
having special v/f characteristics. Choose custom v/f curve in A402.
Vout

Set so that F1 (A407) < F2 (A408) < F3 (A409) and V1 (A410) < V2 (A411) < V3 (A412).
A407~A409 are percentage of A405 Base and A410~A412 are percentage of A406 Base Voltage.
A413: Manual Torque Boost setting (%

A414: Torque Boost End Frequency (Hz)

A413 sets the boost voltage at 0 Hz as a percentage in respect to the B102 Rated Motor Voltage,
when setting manually and A414 sets the boost end frequency. After that the normal V/F ration is
maintained. Set to zero to disable the function.

Amtech
6-92
The setting is not valid when automatic torque boost is selected. Automatic tuning operation
adjusts this parameter automatically.

Base voltage
A406 Output voltage
with manual
torque boost

Manual
Output voltage
Torque Boost with no torque
A413 boost
Fout
Torque Boost End Base frequency
Freq A414 A405

A415: Automatic Torque Boost selection

It selects the automatic torque boost. It carries out voltage boosting using the current detection
value. This allows the torque to be improved when starting and at low speed regions.
The manual torque boost setting is automatically adjusted by the automatic tuning.
A416: Slip Compensation (Hz) 6
It sets motor's rated slip. Set the slip frequency for the motor rated load in respect to the base
frequency, when setting manually. The output frequency changes according to the motor rated
torque. The output frequency responds with a time constant of approximately 500 msec in
respect to the change in the load torque.

It sets the time to reduce the output voltage from the V/f setting value to 0 V after the output
frequency reaches the set frequency. It is used for the economizer or high efficiency operation.
Normally, the default value (10.0) is set. When using for loads with sudden torque fluctuations,
and the output frequency drops remarkably with the stall current limit function, set an
appropriately low value. If the rotation becomes unstable during the voltage reduction or
recovery operations causing a trip, set an appropriately high value.
Do not use this function with sudden change type load.
A418: Voltage Lower Limit Setting Value
It sets the lower limit value for the economizer or high efficiency operation. Set a value between
50 and 99. Set to 100 when not using the high-efficiency operation function.
This setting value is the lower limit of the output voltage reduction when the high-efficiency
operation function is selected, and uses the V/f setting voltage (output voltage when not using
high-efficiency operation) as the reference. When using for loads with sudden torque fluctuations,
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-93
and the output frequency drops remarkably with the stall current limit function, set an
appropriately high value.
Note) Slipping will increase during high-efficiency operation, so it is recommended to execute
automatic tuning before operation and set the manual torque boost selection to valid (A413).
Normally for the V/f constant operation, the no-load loss is large with a light load, and the motor
efficiency drops remarkably. Thus, according to the load, the output voltage is reduced using the
B417 setting value as the lower limit in respect to the voltage set with V/f, and the motor
efficiency is improved.
Output voltage

Time

A419: Local Set Voltage (%

It sets the output voltage in % of B102 Rated Motor Voltage.
A420: Output Voltage Reference Selection
It selects the output voltage reference input.
When Local is selected, the output voltage is set using A418 Local Set Voltage.
Note: Parameters A419 and A420 are not applicable to standard VFD and applicable only when the the unit is
configured to use as variable voltage fix frequency power supply in factory parameters.

GROUP - 5: FREQUENCY REFERENCE MATH OPERATIONS

A501: Multipler-A102
It sets the multiplier to the frequency reference value of the source selected in A102.
A502: Math Reference Input2
It selects the second reference for the math operation from the various options.
The various options are AI1, AI2, AI3, PLC AO1, PLC AO2, PLC AO3, PLC AO4, AI11, AI12, AI13 and AI14.
A503: Multipler-A502
It sets the multiplier to A502 Math Reference Input2.
A504: Math Operator
It selects the mathematical operator for the operation to be carried out between A102 Frequency
Reference selected in and A502 Math Reference Input2 after multiplier from the following
options.
The operators are +Add, x Multiply and / Divide

Amtech
6-94
A505: Fix Bias (Hz)
It sets the fix bias and adds to the output of the math operation.
A506: Variable Bias
It selects the source for the variable bias to add in to the output of the math operation. Select the
variable bias source from the below options.
The various options are AI1, AI2, AI3, PLC AO1, PLC AO2, PLC AO3, PLC AO3, PLC AO4, AI11, AI12,
AI13, AI14 and Static Pot
A501: Multiplier
A505: Fix Bias
A102: Freq Ref Input ( X

Internal Freq
Command

A502: Math Ref Input X

A506: Variable Bias
A504: Math
Operator
GROUP - 6: DISPLAY PARAMETER SELECTION
A601 ~ A608: Norm1 Para1~ Norm1 Para8
A601: It selects parameter which user wishes to display in Norm1 Para1 position out of given
selection. The selectable parameters are M101 Hz, M102 rpm, M104 Amp, M105 %L, M106 U-A,
M107 V-A, M108 W-A, M109 %Tq, M110 %Ex, M111 Hz*, M114 Tq*, M116 PR, M117 PF, M209
Ohm, M211 Cnt, M301 Vin, M302 Vo, M303 Vdc, M304 kW, M306 kWH, M307 MWH, M313 ASR,
M314 ACR, M315 %DO, M316 %MO, M317 U°C, M318 V°C and M319 W°C.
Similarly A602~A608 selects parameters for Norm1 Para2 to Norm1 Para8 positions respectively.

Norml 17=08 03-Mar

Norm1 Para1 Norm1 Para5
Norm1 Para2 Norm1 Para 6
Norm1 Para3 Norm1 Para7
Norm1 Para4 Norm1 Para8

Fwd, Lcl, Acceleration

A609 ~ A616: Norm2 Para1~ Norm2 Para8
Norm2 screen also displays eight parameters. Select appropriate option in A609 to A616 to display
the desired parameters at positions Norm2 Para1 to Norm2 Para8 respectively. Below screen
shows the parameter selection for Norm2 screen.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-95
 Norm2 17=08 03-Mar
Norm1 Para1 <------ Norm1 Para5
Norm1 Para2 <------ Norm1 Para 6
Norm1 Para3 *------ Norm1 Para7
Norm1 Para4 •4------ Norm1 Para8

Fwd, Lcl, Acceleration

A617: Norm3 Para1
A618: Norm3 Para2
Norm3 screen displays only 2 parameters. Select appropriate option in A617 and A618 to display
the desired parameters at positions Norm3 Para1 and Norm3 Para2 respectively. Below screen
shows the parameter selection for Norm3 screen.

Norm3 17=08 03-Mar

Norm3 Para1

Norm3 Para2

Fwd, Lcl, Acceleration

A619: Norm4 Para1
Norm4 screen displays only 1 parameter. Select appropriate option in A619 to display the desired
parameter at Norm4 Para1 position. Below screen shows the parameter selection for Norm4
screen.

Norm4 17=08 03-Mar

Norm4 Para1

47.97
Fwd, Lcl, Current Lmt
A620: Extended Normal Screen Selection
Enables Normal3 and Normal4 screens display when Norm key is repeatedly pressed. The
Normal3 and Normal4 screens are shown in the above figures.
A621: Normal Screen Rotation Time
Sets time for automatic rotation of normal screens on Digital Operation Panel (display).
A622: Graph Resolution
Selects graph screens and resolution of the graph.

Amtech
6-96
A623: Graph1 Function Selection
A624: Graph2 Function Selection
Selects function for graph1 and 2. The options available are output frequency, output current (5),
motor speed (rpm), output power (kW), output voltage and dc bus voltage.
A625: Set Date - Time
Sets date and time of Real Time Clock. Set time in 24 hour format as shown in the screen in
Chapter-3.
GROUP - 7: PLC PANEL PARAMETER
A701: In- built PLC Selection
It enables the In-built PLC function.
A702~A703: PLC Panel Parameter1 to 2
PLC panel parameter1 & 2 are used in In-built PLC for Timer1 application. Related memory
location of this parameter is from 1 0 1 to 10 2 .
A704~A705: PLC Panel Parameter3 to 4
PLC panel parameter3 & 4 are used in In-built PLC for Timer2 application. Related memory
location from of this parameter is 103 to 104.
A706~A707: PLC Panel Parameter5 to 6
PLC panel parameter5 & 6 are used in In-built PLC for Timer3 application. Related memory
location from of this parameter is 105 to 106.
A708~A709: PLC Panel Parameter7 to 8
PLC panel parameter7 & 8 are used in In-built PLC for Timer4 application. Related memory
location from of this parameter is 107 to 108.
A710~A715: PLC Panel Parameter9 to 14
PLC panel parameter9 to 14 can be input and used in-built PLC application. Related memory
location of this parameter is from 109 to 114.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-97
MODE - B
GROUP - 1: MOTOR PARAMETER
B101: Rated Input Voltage (Vac)
It selects suitable rated input voltage for the unit. Select as per the unit nameplate. When the
rated input voltage is changed, the motor voltage may change accordingly.
B102: Rated Motor Voltage (Vac)
It sets the rated motor voltage. Set as per the motor nameplate. This is used as reference voltage
for many parameters. This is the motor terminal voltage during full load at the base frequency.
B103: Rated Motor Current (Amp)
It sets the rated motor current. Set from the motor nameplate. This is full load motor current at
base frequency. The motor overload and other current related protections are based on this
value. This value cannot be set higher than unit M404 Rated VFD Current.
B104: Rated Motor Frequency (Hz)
It sets the rated motor base frequency. Set from the motor nameplate. A405 Base Frequency
should be set in accordance to this parameter.
B105: Rated Motor Speed (rpm)
It sets the rated motor base speed. Set from the motor nameplate. When motor operating speed
is higher than this speed, the flux control during vector control will be weakened.
B106: Rated Motor Output (kW)
It sets rated motor output capacity. Set from the motor nameplate.
B107: Motor Poles
It sets motor poles. Set from the motor nameplate.
B108: Rated Motor Power Factor
It sets rated motor power factor. Set from the motor nameplate.
B109: Motor Overload Selection
It sets motor overload capability. Set from the motor nameplate or datasheet.
B110: No Load output Voltage (Vac)
It sets motor no-load voltages at the base speed. It is automatically set if auto-tuning function is
executed.
B111: No Load output Current (Amp)
It sets motor no-load current at the base speed. If the no-load motor current is not available,
enter the current drawn by the no-load motor when it runs on mains.
B112: Encoder Pulses (P/R)
It sets the encoder pulses. Set from the encoder specification. This is used when the close-loop
control mode A401=2, 4 is selected.
B113: Encoder Polarity
It sets the encoder polarity. This is used when the close-loop control mode A401=2, 4 is selected.
Amtech
6-98
B114: Gear Numerator

B115: Gear Denominator

It sets gear numerator and denominator. These are used to calculate the actual machine speed
when gear box is used in between the motor and machine.
B116: Carrier Frequency (kHz)
It sets the carrier frequency of the PWM. Set in accordance to the rated capacity of the unit. If set
higher than the specified carrier frequency, derate the output current accordingly.
B117: DTC Gain
It sets the gain for the dead time compensation. Adjust incase of motor hunting.
B118: kW without VFD (kW)
Set the power consumption in kW by the previous system before the use of variable frequency
drive. This is used to calculate the energy saving with VFD.
B119: Currency Selection
Select the currency of the energy cost. The money saved using VFD is displayed in this currency.
B120: Energy Cost
Set the energy cost here. This is used to calculate the money saved using VFD.
GROUP - 2: MOTOR CONSTANT
B201: Automatic Tuning selection
It selects the automatic tuning process. Select appropriate option for the automatic tuning that
matches the working conditions.
The basic parameter such as A413 Manual Torque Boost is adjusted apart from motor parameters
such as B202 ~ B211 Primary (stator) Resistance, Secondary (rotor) Resistance, Leakage
Inductance and Excitation (magnetizing) Inductance are adjusted.
Refer 4-3 Automatic Tuning & Adjustment for further detail.
= 1: Automatic tuning processes disable.
= 2: Stationary (Belt ON) (for V/F and V/F close loop)
The automatic tuning process is executed without rotating the motor. Select this option when it is
difficult to decouple the load from motor or the load is less than 10 % or less.
= 3: Rotational (Belt OFF) (for Vector open and close loop)
The automatic tuning process is executed with rotating the motor. Select this option when it is
possible to decouple the load from motor. In this mode, motor rotate up to the half of base
speed.
=4: Extended Rotational (Belt OFF) (for Vector open and close loop)
The automatic tuning process is executed with rotating the motor with different speed. Select this
option when it is possible to decouple the load from motor. In this mode, motor rotate up to base
speed or higher depends on maximum frequency.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-99
=5: Reserved for future use.
B202 & B203: Primary Resistance R1 (mfi)
It sets the primary (stator) resistance of induction motor circuit. This value is decided by mantissa
section B202 and exponent section B203 as below. R1 = Value of B202 x (10A value of B203) [mfi].
For example, if B202= 0.200 and B203= 2, the value of R1= 0.200 x 10A2 = 0.200 x 100 = 20 mfi
B204 & B205: Secondary Resistance R2' (mO)
It sets the secondary (rotor) resistance of induction motor circuit.
B206 & B207: Leakage Inductance L (mH)
It sets the leakage inductance of the induction motor circuit.
B208 & B209: Excitation Inductance M' (mH)
It sets the excitation inductance of the induction motor circuit.
B210 & B211: Iron Loss resistance Rm (mO)
These parameters (B202 ~ B211) are related to motor's internal distributed parameters. They are
useful for auto torque boost application (B202 ~ B203). During auto tuning mode these
parameters are automatically calculated.
GROUP - 3: PROTECTION PARAMETER
B301: Stall Current Limit (%)
It sets the limit for the motor current as a percentage of motor rated current. When the output
current crosses the stall current limit, the output ramps down with current limit deceleration time
A209. This is effective only when the unit is operating at set speed. This function is not active
when the unit is accelerating or decelerating. When the current decreases below the set value,
the unit again starts accelerating to the set speed with current limit acceleration time A208. This
feature helps in maintaining relatively constant output torque characteristics.

When local is selected in A309 Stall Current Limit Selection, B301 will be effective. When terminal
is selected, stall current limit is set by the 0-10V analog signal at AI2. Its range is from 0 to 200%
according to 0-10V at AI2.
B302: Adjustable Over Current Level (%)
Amtech
6-100
It sets the upper current limit as a percentage of motor rated current. The unit trips in adjustable
overcurrent fault if the output current exceeds the set value. Always set higher side to prevent the
unnecessary tripping during normal operation. This gives the user flexibility to program the
current level below the standard inverse time curve. This may be used in cases where excessive
torque shocks can lead to a harmful effect on the machinery.
Set to 300% to disable this function. The standard inverse time trip remains in effect.
B303: Acceleration Current Limit (%)
It sets the acceleration current limit and effective only during normal acceleration. It stops the
acceleration during acceleration, if the motor current exceeds the set value. When the current
reduces below the set value, the unit again resumes accelerating to the set speed. This feature
helps in preventing overcurrent tripping of high inertia load during fast acceleration.

B304: Overload Setting (%)

It sets the reference for the inverse time overload characteristics. Changing this parameter
changes the inverse time overload characteristics in cold and hot start, adjusted as per the heat
sink temperature. The cold start means the heat sink temperature is less than 50 °C.
The setting uses motor rated current as 100%.
Over load for hot start is 150% for 60 seconds inverse time characteristics. Note that if 155% of
the rated current is exceeded, a trip occurs at 160% for 10 seconds and at 170% for 4 seconds.
Overload curve for cold start is adjusted as per the heat sink temperature. In case of ND, in cold
start 120% overload is available for 90 seconds instead of 60 seconds. In case of HD, in cold start
150% overload is available for 90 seconds instead of 60 seconds.
No overload is available for No-Overload Duty.
B305: 0Hz Overload Setting (%)
B306: 0.7*BF Overload Setting (%)
For the self-cooling type motor, when operating at low speed, set these parameters to meet the
motor characteristics. The default value is 100% for Normal Duty and 105% for Heavy Duty
overload.
B305 is valid from 0.10Hz to 1.00Hz.
B306 is valid from >1.00Hz to 0.7*Base Frequency
B304 is valid from >0.7*Base Frequency

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-101
Note that B305<=B306<=B304
B307: Undercurrent Level (%)
It sets the undercurrent level for the unit. The unit trips in undercurrent when the current falls
below the set value for more than 1 second after the speed reaches its set speed. This function is
not active when the unit is accelerating or decelerating. Set 0 to disable this function.
Note: In pump applications, if the flow decreases below a minimum speed there will be
cavitations. This feature becomes useful to turn off the pump in such case.
B308: Output Current Unbalance Level (%)
Set the unbalance current level for the output. The unit trips when the current unbalance exceeds
the set level. Set to 0% to disable the function.
B309: Earth (Ground) Fault1 Detection Level (%)
It sets the earth (ground) fault1 detection level. The unit trips in earth (ground) fault1, when the
vector sum of all the 3-phase current is more than the set level. Set to zero to disable this
protection.
Note: The earth (ground) fault1 protection function is to protect the unit against earth (ground)
faults in the motor and the motor cable. This is not a personal safety or a fire protection feature.
B310: Earth (Ground) Fault2 Selection (%)
It selects the earth (ground) fault detection from hardware. The unit trips in earth (ground) fault2,
when the vector sum of all the 3-phase current is more than the hardware set level. Select disable
to disable the earth (ground) fault 2 fault.
B311: Overvoltage1 Selection
It selects the overvoltage fault detection from software. The overvoltage1 fault occurs when the
dc link voltage exceeds 800 Vdc for 400 V series and 1200 Vdc for 600 V series for more than 1
second. This is software generated fault and can be disabled by this parameter.
B312: DC Bus Overvoltage Control
It selects the response of the unit in case of the rise of the dc bus voltage. It prevents the
overvoltage during running condition when enabled. Refer below figure for the functioning of dc
bus overvoltage control. The deceleration ceases, if dc bus voltage is >740 V. It resumes only after
the dc bus voltage reduces to 710 V (30 V hysteresis). In this case actual deceleration time is more
than the programmed deceleration time. The dc bus regulation level for 500 V series is 875 Vdc
and 1050 Vdc for 600 V series. Use B313 gain parameter to adjust the DC bus voltage control
response.

Amtech
6-102
 Vdc

B313: DC Bus Overvoltage Control Gain

It sets the gain setting during DC bus overvoltage control function (B312 = 2: Frequency Increase).
Increase the gain for fast response.
B314: KEB Selection
It selects KEB (Kinetic Energy Braking) function. This function is helpful in case of momentary
power supply fluctuation. See the below fig for more information.
B315: KEB Threshold Level
It selects the threshold level for the KEB function.
B316: KEB Kp
It sets the proportional gain of KEB PID controller.
B317: KEB Ti
It sets the integral time constant of KEB PID controller.
B318: KEB Td
This parameter is used to set the derivative time constant of KEB PID controller.

Example: 400 Volt series drive

VDC level = 415 VAC x 1.35 = 560 VDC

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-103
Presetting KEB Threshold level (B315) = 80%
KEB ON level = VDC level x B315 x 0.01 = 560 x 80 x 0.01 = 448 VDC
KEB OFF level = VDC level x (B315 +5) x 0.01 = 560 x 85 x 0.01 = 476 VDC
B319: Input Voltage Gain
It sets the gain for the input voltage display. Note that the displayed input voltages are derived
from the dc bus voltage.
B320: Input Phase Loss Selection
It selects the input phase loss protection. The unit trips if the output current >55% and the dc bus
voltage ripple exceeds 15% when the function is enabled.
B321: Output Phase Loss Selection
It selects the output phase loss protection. The unit trips in the following condition, when the
function is enabled. If the output current of any one phase is <5% and the other two-phase
current is >70% (factory set) of motor rated current for five cycles. This fault will not occur during
speed search operation. Note that this fault does not occur if the output terminals are open
circuit.
B322: Reverse Direction Lock
It sets the lock for the reverse direction. Set to prevent unintentional reverse direction operation.
It prevents the unit to start in reverse direction when enabled. This parameter cannot be changed
during running condition.
Note: If reverse direction is locked and run command is given with reverse direction selection, the unit does not
start in reverse direction.

B323: DBR Overload Setting (%)

Sets %ED of DB operation. When built in DB transistor is used, set the parameter within the
specification.
Set 0.0 to disable the protection function or using external DB unit.
B324: Temperature Control selection
It selects the automatic change of the carrier frequency in case of temperature rise in M319
IGBT/HS Temperature U-phase above 85°C level. When enabled, the carrier frequency is
automatically reduced to control the heat sink temperature. Once the frequency is reduced, it
increases only if the heat sink temperature reduces below 70°C.
B325: Panel Temperature Level
It sets the level for panel temperature fault. The unit trips, when the panel inside temperature
crosses this set level. The fault resets if panel inside temperature < B325 - 5 °C. This fault is
applicable for IU/DU system.
GROUP - 4: PRESET SPEED & SKIP FREQUENCY
B401 ~ B407: Preset Speed 1 ~ 7 (Hz)
It sets the frequency for different preset speeds. The drive supports eight different speeds that
can be set by three programmable digital inputs usingparameters C101 ~C108. The following
preset speed can be selected with the sequence input commands 'Preset I/P0','Preset I/P1' and

Amtech
6-104
'Preset I/P2'. Set desired frequencies in B401 ~ B407. When no digital input is present, the set
frequency is decided by the Frequency reference input A102.
Preset I/P2 Preset I/P1 Preset I/P0 Speed Selected
OFF OFF OFF Normal Speed Reference (A102)
OFF OFF ON Preset Speed1(B401)
OFF ON OFF Preset Speed2(B402)
OFF ON ON Preset Speed3(B403)
ON OFF OFF Preset Speed4 (B404)
ON OFF ON Preset Speed5(B405)
ON ON OFF Preset Speed6(B406)
ON ON ON Preset Speed7(B407)
The Start Contro A301 determines the direction of rotation. If Local (Digital Operation Panel) is
selected as start control, the direction is set by A305. When Terminal is selected as start control,
the status of digital input terminal decides the direction.
The preset speed can be set higher than max frequency A106 up to 599 Hz. However, the output
frequency does not go higher than maximum frequency A106.
B501: Skip Frequencyl (Hz)
B502: Skip Frequency2 (Hz)
B503: Skip Frequency3 (Hz)
B504: Skip Band (Hz)
It sets the skip frequency and skip band. If the driven equipment has problems due to mechanical
resonance at some frequencies, the same can be jumped over by programming them in
parameters B408 ~ B410. The unit output settles to top or the bottom of the skip band, the one
being closest to the desired speed. This is only applicable during normal operation of the unit. It
has no effect during acceleration or deceleration.
Operation
frequency

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-105
GROUP - 5: VECTOR CONTROL CONSTANTS-1
B501: Speed Loop Sample
It sets the speed loop sample size. This parameter adjusts the speed control loop bandwidth.
Default value changes for vector control open or close loop mode.
B502: ASR P-Action Control (%)
It sets the proportional gain for the automatic speed response. If the speed setting value or motor
speed changes suddenly, this prevents sudden change in the output of proportional control of
ASR.
B503: ASR Dead Band (%)
It sets the non-sensitive range of ASR's input. If the speed error is less than this value than it is
considered as zero error. This is in percentage of maximum frequency.

B504: Speed LPF Time Constant1 (mS)

It is time constant of low pass filter for high speed feedback (above B510) to the ASR. These
parameters are applicable for sensor less vector control only.
B605: ASR Kp1
It is proportional gain for ASR for the frequency above B510. If we ignore the Integral action than
at any time the ASR's output will be Kp times the error at that time. To increase the speed
response, set a large value. Note that if the value is too high the actual speed will hunt.
B506: ASR Ti1 (Sec)
It is Integral time constant for ASR for the frequency above B510. If Kp =1 and Error =100% than
ASR's output will be 100% within this time. The Integral constant Ki is given by,
Ki = Kp/Ti
To increase the speed response, set a small value. Note that if the value is too low then the actual
speed will hunt.

Amtech
6-106
 ASR Kp / Ti

ASR Gain Change ASR Gain Change

Lower Frequency Higher Frequency

B507: Speed Estimation Kp1

It sets proportional gain for the adaptive speed estimation for the frequency above B510. To
increase the speed estimation response, set large value. Note that if the value is too high the
speed estimation value will hunt. These parameters are applicable for sensor less vector control
only.
B508: Speed Estimation Ti1 (Sec)
It sets an Integral time constant for the adaptive speed estimation for the frequency above B510.
To increase the speed estimation response, set low value. Note that if the value is too low the
speed estimation value will hunt. These parameters are applicable for sensor less vector control
only.
B509: ASR Gain Change Lower Frequency (Hz)
It sets the ASR gain change lower frequency. Below this frequency the Speed LPF Time Constant2,
ASR Kp2, ASR Ti2, Speed Estimation Kp2, and Speed Estimation Ti2 are applicable for ASR.
B510: ASR Gain Change Higher Frequency (Hz)
It sets the ASR gain change higher frequency. Above this frequency the Speed LPF Time Constant1,
ASR Kp1, ASR Ti1, Speed Estimation Kp1, and Speed Estimation Ti 1 are applicable for ASR.
B511: Speed LPF Time Constant2 (mS)
It is time constant of low pass filter for speed feedback to the ASR for the frequency below B509.
These parameters are applicable for sensor less vector control only.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-107
 Time Constant

A SR Gain C han ge A SR Gain Change

L o w e r Frequ ency H ig h e r Frequ ency

B512: ASR Kp2

It is proportional gain for ASR for the frequency below B509. If we ignore the Integral action than
at any time the ASR's output will be Kp times the error at that time. To increase the speed
response, set a large value. Note that if the value is too high the actual speed will hunt.
B513: ASR Ti2 (Sec)
It is Integral time constant for ASR for the frequency below B509. If Kp=1 and Error=100% than
ASR's output will be 100% within this time. The Integral constant Ki is given by,
Ki = Kp/Ti
To increase the speed response, set a small value. Note that if the value is too low then the actual
speed will hunt.
B514: Speed Estimation Kp2
It sets proportional gain for the adaptive speed estimation for the frequency below B509. To
increase the speed estimation response, set large value. Note that if the value is too high the
speed estimation value will hunt. These parameters are applicable for sensor less vector control
only.
B515: Speed Estimation Ti2 (Sec)
It sets an Integral time constant for the adaptive speed estimation for the frequency below B509.
To increase the speed estimation response, set low value. Note that if the value is too low the
speed estimation value will hunt. These parameters are applicable for sensor less vector control
only.

Amtech
6-108
 Speed Estimation
Time Constant

ASR Gain Change ASR Gain Change

Lower Frequency Higher Frequency

B516: Machine Time Constant (mS)

It sets the time to accelerate the motor and load's torque inertia to the base speed at the rated
torque.

T , . _ 10.97 x J [kgnr] x (Nbase[min~1])2 Tm : Machine time constant

I m Lmsecj - pQwer ^ ■ J : Total inertia (=1/4 X GD2[kgfm2])
N base: Base speed
Power: Motor rated output

B517: Acceleration Machine Bias (%)

This adds fixed bias in speed PID output during acceleration.
B518: Deceleration Machine Bias (%)
This adds fixed bias in speed PID output during deceleration.
B519: ASR Motoring Torque Limit (%)
In motoring mode, it limits the torque current component in vector control mode.
B520: ASR Regenerative Torque Limit 1 (%)
B521: ASR Regenerative Torque Limit 2 (%)
B522: ASR Regenerative Torque Limit 3 (%)
In regenerative mode, it limits the torque current component.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-109
 B509 ASR B510 ASR

Torque

B523: Overspeed Protection Level (%)

It sets the level for the overspeed protection as a percentage of maximum frequency. The unit
trips in over speed fault when the detection speed is equal to or higher than the set level for 1000
msec.
B524: Speed Deviation Level (%)
It sets the speed deviation level as a percentage of maximum frequency. A speed deviation fault
occurs when the speed command and speed detection difference is higher than the set speed
deviation level B523 for the speed deviation fault judgment time B525.
B525: Speed Deviation Fault Judgment Time (Sec)
It sets the speed deviation judgment time in second.
B526: Field Weakening Gain
It sets gain for field weakening. Decrease the gain, if hunting occurs in speed in field weakening
region.
B527: Field Weakening Filter
It sets low pass filter time for field weakening.
B528: Drooping Rate
It sets the drooping rate.
B529: Drooping Rate Filter
It sets low pass filter time for drooping rate.
GROUP - 7: VECTOR CONTROL CONSTANTS-2
B601: Torque Mode Selection
It selects the torque control mode. When this mode is active, the prime control parameter is
torque instead of speed. This is applicable to vector control mode only.
B602: Excitation Current Reference (%)
It sets the excitation current reference. It is almost equal to no load motor current.
B603: Torque LPF Time constant (mS)

Amtech
6-110
It sets the time constant of the filter for the torque current feedback to the ACR.
B604: ACR Kp
It sets the proportional constant for ACR. If we ignore the Integral action than at any time the
ACR's output will be Kp times the error at that time. To increase the current response, set large
value. Note that if the value is too low or too high then the current will hunt.
B605: ACR Ti (mS)
It sets the Integral time for ACR. If Kp=1 and Error =100%, ACR output is 100% within this time.
The Integral constant Ki is given by,
Ki = Kp/Ti
To increase the speed response, set small value. Note that if the value is too low or too high then
the current will hunt.
B606: ACR Q Upper Limit (%)
It sets the ACR Q-Controller output upper limit.
B607: ACR Q Lower Limit (%)
It sets the ACR Q-Controller output lower limit.
B608: ACR D Upper Limit (%)
It sets the ACR D-Controller output upper limit.
B609: ACR D Lower Limit (%)
It set the ACR D-controller output lower limit.
B610: Torque Reference Polarity (%)
It selects the torque reference polarity. The torque reference can be unipolar or bipolar
B611: Voltage Saturation Compensation Selection
It selects voltage saturation compensation. If the output voltage in control is larger than the
voltage that can be output by the inverter, select this control to limit the exciting current to
prevent the current or torque from hunting.
Select this when raising the output voltage to near the input voltage, or when the input voltage
changes.
B612: ACR Feed Forward Selection
It selects the feed forward function. The voltage fluctuation caused by the leakage inductance is
feed forward controlled. The current regulator (ACR) response speed is increased.
GROUP - 7: M FLUCTUATION COMPENSATION TABLE
B701 ~ B708: Lm Reference Speed 1 ~ 8
It sets the reference speed for the voltage saturation compensation. This is the reference speed
for changing the compensation amount according to the operation speed.
These parameters value is automatically set with Maximum Frequency.
B809 ~ B816: Lm Fluctuation Compensation Coefficient 1 ~ 8

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-111
 It sets the compensation co-efficient for the exciting inductance fluctuation according to the B801
~ B808 reference speed. Set the compensation table so that the output voltage is constant during
no-load operation through the entire operation range. This is automatically adjusted with
extended rotational auto tuning.

Amtech
6-112
MODE - C
GROUP - 1: PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL INPUT / OUTPUT SELECTION
C101 ~ C108: DI1 ~ DI8
It assigns the function to respective digital input DI1-DI8. The status of the Digital Input is
monitored in M201 DI-8765 4321 Status. The various functions are explained as under.
OPTION FUNCTION NAME FUNCTION
1 Not Used Indicates that no function is selected on the DI.
2 Jog Select Selects jog function. If this signal is active when Run is OFF, operation
conforms to the jog frequency A108. The stop mode is as per the A304.
3 Ramp select Selects Acceleration / Deceleration Time2, if this signal is active.
Acceleration / Deceleration Time1 are selected when this is OFF.
4 Preset I/P0 Selects Preset Speed0~7 as per the binary combination of the Preset I/P0
5 Preset I/P1 ~ 2.
6 Preset I/P2
7 Freq Increase Selects the frequency up and down function for static pot. 'Freq Increase'
increases the currently selected frequency setting and 'Freq Decrease'
8 Freq Decrease decreases the currently selected frequency setting, when they are ON.
The frequency is incremented /decremented with 0.1 Hz at every 100 6
msec. This is valid only if static potentiometer is selected as frequency
reference source in A102. When both the signals are ON simultaneously,
it has no effect.
9 Aux Drive Selects the auxiliary drive setting. The selection is valid only when the unit
is stopped.
10 E-Stop Selects emergency stop. When the digital input (connected to COM in
case of sink logic or to +24V in case of source logic) is active, Emergency
stop occurs as per the selection in C503.
11 Fault Reset Selects the input as fault reset. If Run input is present at the time of fault
reset, the unit does not start after fault reset. Issue fresh RUN command
to start the AC Drive after fault reset.
12 Ext Fault1 Selects the input as external fault1 function. When the digital input
(connected to COM in case of sink logic and to +24V in case of source
logic) is active, external fault1 occurs.
13 Reverse Selects the reverse direction of rotation (for terminal mode). Note that
this has no effect when RSF and PR function are selected E101.
14 Terminal Selects the terminal mode of operation. When this input is selected, the
operation control will be switched over to terminal.
15 Ref Select 0 Selects the frequency Ref Select 1 Ref Select 0 Freq reference
reference as shown in 0 0 A102
the side table.
16 Ref Select 1 0 1 A103
1 0 A104
1 1 A105
17 PR Step Skip Selects the PR Step Skip function. It skips the present step during Pattern
Run operation. Only applicable to Pattern Run function.
18 PR Step Hold Selects the PR Step Hold function. It holds the present step during Pattern
Run operation. Only applicable to Pattern Run function.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-113
 OPTION FUNCTION NAME FUNCTION
19 PR/RSF Reset Selects the PR/RSF Reset function. It resets the present Pattern Run
operation or Ring Spinning Frame Operation. Only applicable to Pattern
Run & Ring Spinning Frame functions.
20 PID Bypass Selects the PID Bypass function. It bypasses the PID operation and the PID
reference input is the PID output and there is no effect of PID controller
on the signal.
21 PID Disable Selects the PID Disable function. It disables the PID controller. The PID
output remains to the last value and has no effect of PID Reference or PID
Feedback on the PID output.
22 MBRK Answer Selects the MBRK Answer function. This is a feedback signal from external
brake in response to the external brake command.
23 Ext Fault2 Selects the input as external fault2 function. When the digital input
(connected to COM in case of sink logic and to +24V in case of source
logic) is active, external fault2 occurs.
24 Run Selects the Run command from terminal.
25 Stop Selects the Stop command from terminal.
26 Drive Enable Selects the Enable function. It allows drive output when Run command is
given. When "Enable" input is not present, there is no output even though
6 Run command is present. When link (connected to COM in case of sink
logic and to +24V in case of source logic) is active, "Enable" function
activates.
27 Reserve Reserved for future use.
28 PLC I/P1 Options 28 ~ 35 selects PLC Input1 to PCL Input8 to read DI status of the
29 PLC I/P2 unit to In-built PLC.
30 PLC I/P3
31 PLC I/P4
32 PLC I/P5
33 PLC I/P6
34 PLC I/P7
35 PLC I/P8
36 Torque Mode Selects the Torque Mode function. The unit works in torque control
mode. This is applicable only in vector control mode.
37 Ready1F/B Selects Relay1 F/B function. This input is feedback of Ready1 DO to check
whether Ready1 DO is ON or OFF. If this input is not selected then Ready1
DO will not work. If this input is selected and feedback is not given then
Ready1 DO is continues ON and OFF at every 3 sec.
38 Forward Run Selects Forward Run function. It gives Forward Run command from
terminal. No need to use extra digital input for direction selection. (Note:
If 'Run' or 'Reverse' option is selected in any DI, then 'Forward Run'
option is not available for selection and vice versa).
39 Reverse Run Selects the Reverse Run function. It gives Reverse Run command from
terminal. No need to use extra digital input for direction selection. (Note:
If 'Run' or 'Reverse' option is selected in any DI, then 'Reverse Run' option
is not available for selection and vice versa).

Amtech
6-114
OPTION FUNCTION NAME FUNCTION
40 Forward Jog Selects Forward Jog function. No need to use extra digital input for
direction selection. (Note: If 'Jog Select' or 'Reverse' is selected in any DI,
then 'Forward Jog' option is not available for selection and vice versa).
41 Reverse Jog Selects Reverse Jog function. No need to use extra digital input for
direction selection. (Note: If 'Jog Select' or 'Reverse' is selected in any DI,
then 'Reverse Jog' option is not available for selection and vice versa).
The default selection is as und er.
TERMINAL OPTION NAME
DI1 24 Run
DI2 25 Stop
DI3 2 Jog Select
DI4 10 E-Stop
DI5 11 Fault Reset
DI6 4 Preset I/P0
DI7 5 Preset I/P1
DI8 1 Not Used

6
C109: DI-8765 4321 Logic
It selects the normal status of the digital input DI1 to DI8 . Assign the normally open or normally
close status to each digital input.

C109 DI-8765 4321 Digital Input Not Active Digital Input Active Function
Logic
= 0: Normally Open Switch is open Switch is close All the options except
i I
STOP
•-------- O — DI 0 O DI

-£ )— DGND -£ )— DGND

SINK LOGIC SINK LOGIC

I
•-------- O — +24VD - Q — +24VD

< ^ DI < ^ DI

SOURCE LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC

Switch is close Switch is open STOP
I I

* O DI • O DI

-£ )— DGND -£ )— DGND

SINK LOGIC SINK LOGIC

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-115
C109 DI-8765 4321 Digital Input Not Active Digital Input Active Function
Logic

- O — +24VD - Q — +24VD

< ^ DI < ^ DI

SOURCE LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC

=1: Normally Close Switch is close Switch is open All the options except
I I
STOP
* O DI • O DI

-£ )— DGND -£ )— DGND

SINK LOGIC SINK LOGIC

I I
•-------- O — +24VD •-------- O — +24VD

< ^ DI < ^ DI

SOURCE LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC

Switch is open Switch is close STOP
I
• O DI “O DI

-£ )— DGND -£ )— DGND

SINK LOGIC SINK LOGIC

I
O — +24VD - O — +24VD
II
I
I
— C) — DI < ^ DI

SOURCE LOGIC SOURCE LOGIC

C110: DI Scan Time

It selects the scan time for all the digital inputs DI1 to DI18.
C111: DI8 Terminal Selection
The DI8 is a dual purpose input. It selects the function of the DI8 terminal as simple digital input or
pulse input1.
C112 ~ C115: DO1 ~DO4
C116 ~ C118: Relay1 ~ Relay3
It selects the function for Digital Output1~4 and Relay1~3. Using parameter C112 ~ C118, assign
desirable function to the four programmable digital outputs. The status of the Programmable

Amtech
6-116
Digital Output is available in M202 R-321 DO-4321 Status. The various options are explained as
under.
OPTION NAME FUNCTION
1 Not Used Selects no function.
2 Run Turns ON during running, jogging or DC braking.
3 Local Turns ON when the operation mode is local (operation from the digital
operation panel is selected).
4 Reverse Run Turns ON when the motor is reverse running.
5 I-Detection1 Turns ON when the output current reaches the programmed I-Detection1
Level C402 or higher.
6 Freq Attain Turns ON when the output frequency (speed) reaches the set frequency
(speed). The detection reach width is set with frequency attainment
detection width C401.
7 Speed Detect1 Turns ON when the output frequency (speed) value reaches a speed higher
than the speed set with the detection level -1.
8 Speed Detect2 Turns ON when the motor speed reaches a speed higher than that set in the
detection level-2.
9 Acceleration Turns ON during acceleration.
10 Deceleration Turns ON during deceleration. 6
11 Aux Drive Turns ON when the auxiliary drive parameter setting is validated by the
sequence input AUXDV.
12 Timer Output Turns ON during running, jogging, pre-excitation and DC braking. A
programmable off delay is provided in C411, so even if the above operations
turned OFF, this control will not turn OFF for programmed time. This is used
for external peripheral control like auxiliary motor.
13 Zero Speed Turns ON when the output frequency (speed) value is below the level set
with zero speed level.
14 Fault Alarm Turns ON when minor fault alarm is detected.
15 PID Up Limit Turns ON when the PID output reaches to the programmed upper limit
value.
16 PID Lo Limit Turns ON when the PID output reaches to the programmed lower limit value.
17 Temp Alarm Turns ON when the heat sink temperature exceeds the set Temperature
Alarm Level in C411
18 Ready Turns ON when the unit is ready to start. The soft charge contactor is
energized and no fault condition persists.
19 Pump-1 This is applicable to Multi-pump function only. The output turns ON, when
20 Pump-2 the respective pump is ON.
21 Pump-3
22 Pump-4
23 Doff-End Alarm Turns ON only at the point going back the set time (E105) from the moment
auto stop occurs after completion of the final step when performing spinning
frame operation.
24 Sleep Mode Turns ON when the unit is in sleep mode.
25 Fault Turns ON when fault occurs.
26 PLC O/P1 Options 26~32 selects PLC Output1 to 7 of In-built PLC to write DO status of

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-117
OP NAME FUNCTION
27 PLC O/P2 the unit. Refer In-built PLC Function explanation for more detail.
28 PLC O/P3
29 PLC O/P4
30 PLC O/P5
31 PLC O/P6
32 PLC O/P7
33 PID F/B ULmt Turns ON when the PID feedback reaches to the programmed upper limit
value.
34 PID F/B LLmt Turns ON when the PID feedback reaches to the programmed lower limit
value.
35 External Fan C415=1: Auto (On Temperature)
Control Turns on when the IGBT / Heat sink temperature in M317, M318 or M319
exceeds the set temperature level in C417 External Fan On Temperature
Level.
It turns off when the IGBT / Heatsink temperature goes below the set level in
C417 minus the set hysteresis level in C418.
C415=2: On with Run
Turns on with Run command and turns off with unit stop.
C415=3: Continuous On
Turns on / off with power on / off.
Once the output turns on, it remains on for the time set in C416 External Fan
Minimum On Time even if the turn off condition is satisfied.
36 Ready1 This option is for common dc application. Ready1 is on 3 seconds after
completion of soft charge operation. This makes sure that the dc bus
capacitors are charged to the fullest level. The 'Ready1' feedback at digital
input is required in this case. It turns off and turns on the Ready1 DO at
every 3 seconds, if the feedback is not available.
37 Forward Run Turns ON when the motor is forward running.
38 MBRK Turns ON an external brake command.
39 KEB ON Turns ON when the KEB function is active.
40 OL Fault Turns ON in case of overload fault.
41 OC Fault Turns ON in case of overcurrent fault.
42 Earth Fault Turns ON in case of earth fault.
43 OT Fault Turns ON in case of overtemperature fault.
44 OV Fault Turns ON in case of overvoltage fault.
45 I-Detection2 Turns ON when the output current reaches the programmed I-Detection2
Level C404 or higher.
46 Forward Turns ON when the unit is running in forward direction.
47 Reverse Turns ON when the unit is running in reverse direction.
48 STO1 Turns ON when STO1 is active.
49 STO2 Turns ON when STO2 is active.
50 STO1 & STO2 Turns ON when STO1 and STO2 both are active.
51 On Time1 Turns ON when the On Time1 timer is elapsed.
52 On Time2 Turns ON when the On Time2 timer is elapsed.

An
6-1
OPTION NAME FUNCTION
53 On Time3 Turns ON when the On Time3 timer is elapsed.
The default setting of the digital outputs are as under.
TERMINAL OPTION NAME
DO1 2 Run
DO2 6 Freq Attain
DO3 1 Not Used
DO4 1 Not Used
Relay1 2 Run
Relay2 1 Not Used
Relay3 25 Fault

C119: R-123 DO-1234 Logic

It selects the normal status of the respective Relayl to Relay3 and digital output DI1 to DI8 . Assign
the normally open or normally close status to each relay and digital output.
C120: DO4 Terminal Selection
The DO4 is a dual purpose output. This parameter selects the function of DO 8 terminal as simple
digital output or pulse output 1 .
GROUP - 2: ANALOG INPUT SELECTION
C201: AI1 V/I Selection
It selects AI1 as voltage input or current input.
C202: AI1 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AI1 voltage input.
C203: AI1 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AI1 voltage input.
C204: AI1 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AI1 current input.
C205: AI1 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AI1 current input.
C206: AI1 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AI1 input.
C207: AI1 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AI1 input.
C208: AI1 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AI1 input.
C209: AI1 Maximum Reference level

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-119
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AI1 input.
C210: AI1 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AI1 input.
C211: AI2 V/I Selection
It selects AI2 as voltage input or current input.
C212: AI2 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AI2 voltage input.
C213: AI2 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AI2 voltage input.
C214: AI2 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AI2 current input.
C215: AI2 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AI2 current input.
C216: AI2 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AI2 input.
C217: AI2 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AI2 input.
C218: AI2 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AI2 input.
C219: AI2 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AI2 input.
C220: AI2 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AI2 input.
C221: AI3 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AI3 voltage input.
C222: AI3 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AI3 voltage input.
C223: AI3 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AI3 input.
C224: AI3 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AI3 input.
C225: AI3 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AI3 input.
C226: AI3 Maximum Reference level

Amtech
6-120
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AI3 input.
C227: AI3 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AI3 input.
C228: Pulse I/P1 F1
It sets the pulse input1 F1 frequency.
C229: Pulse I/P1 F2
It sets the pulse input1 F2 frequency.
C230: Pulse I/P1 Time Constant
It sets the filter time constant for pulse input1.
C231: Pulse I/P1 Judgment Time
It sets the judgment time for pulse input1.
C232: Motor PTC Trip Level
It sets the trip level for the motor PTC.
C233: Motor PTC Bias
It sets the bias for the motor PTC input.
C234: Motor PTC Gain
It sets the gain for the motor PTC input.
C235: Motor PTC Response Time (mS)
It sets the response time for motor PTC input.
GROUP - 3: ANALOG OUTPUT SELECTION
C301: AO1
C302: AO2
C303: AO3
It assigns the function for AO1, AO2 and AO3 from the below available options.
OPTION NAME FUNCTION & DEFAULT SCALLING
1 Output Freq The analog output corresponds to M101 Output Frequency (0-A107 Maximum
Frequency).
2 Motor Current The analog output corresponds to M104 Output Current (0-200% of B103 Rated
Motor Current).
3 Output Power The analog output corresponds to M304 Output Power (0-B106 Rated Motor
Output).
4 Output Volt The analog output corresponds to M302 Output Voltage (0-100%).
5 DC Bus Volt The analog output corresponds to M303 DC Bus Voltage (For -2: 0-400V, -4: 0­
800V, -5: 0-1000V, -6: 0-1200V).
6 PID Output The analog output corresponds to M118 PID Output (0-100%).
7 Heatsink The analog output corresponds to maximum value of M317 /M318 / M319
Temperature IGBT/HS Temperature (0-150 °C).

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-121
 OPTION NAME FUNCTION & DEFAULT SCALLING
8 PLC AO1 The analog output corresponds to PLC AO1 (0-100).
9 PLC AO2 The analog output corresponds to PLC AO2 (0-100).
10 PLC AO3 The analog output corresponds to PLC AO3 (0-100).
11 PLC AO4 The analog output corresponds to PLC AO4 (0-100).
12 Unipolar Torque The analog output corresponds to M109 Torque Current (0-200% of B103 Rated
Current Motor Current).
13 Excitation Current The analog output corresponds to M110 Excitation Current (0-200% of B103
Rated Motor Current).
14 Set Frequency The analog output corresponds to M111 Set Frequency (0-A107 Maximum
Frequency).
15 Bipolar Torque The analog output corresponds to M109 Torque Current (-200-+200% of B103
Current Rated Motor Current).
16 AO1: Reserved This option is reserve for AO1
AO2: Motor PTC For AO2 it is used for motor PTC measurement and it gives 1.6 mA fixed bias to
AO3: -/+ Output motor PTC.
Freq For AO3 it is used as -/+ output frequency and output corresponds to M101
Output Frequency (0-A107 Maximum Frequency).

6 17 Motor Overload The analog output corresponds to M316 Motor Overload Counter (0-200% of
B103 Rated Motor Current).
18 Drive Overload The analog output corresponds to M315 Drive Overload Counter (0-200% of
M404 Rated VFD Current).
19 Drive Current The analog output corresponds to M104 Output Current (0-200% of M404
Rated VFD Current).
The default setting of the programmable analog outputs are as under.
TERMINAL OPTION NAME
AO1 1 Output Freq
AO2 2 Motor Current
AO3 3 Output Power

C304: AO1 V/I Selection

It selects AO1 as voltage output or current output.
C305: AO1 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AO1 voltage output.
C306: AO1 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AO1 voltage output.
C307: AO1 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AO1 current output.
C308: AO1 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AO1 current output.
C309: AO1 Minimum level

Amtech
6-122
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AO1 output.
C310: AO1 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AO1 output.
C311: AO1 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AO1 output.
C312: AO1 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AO1 output.
C313: AO1 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AO1 output.
C314: AO2 V/I Selection
It selects AO2 as voltage output or current output.
C315: AO2 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AO2 voltage output.
C316: AO2 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AO2 voltage output.
C317: AO2 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AO2 current output.
C318: AO2 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AO2 current output.
C319: AO2 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AO2 output.
C320: AO2 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AO2 output.
C321: AO2 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AO2 output.
C322: AO2 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AO2 output.
C323: AO2 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AO2 output.
C324: AO3 Bias
It sets the bias for the AO3 voltage output.
C325: AO3 Gain+
It sets the gain for the positive range of AO3 voltage output.
C326: AO3 Gain-

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-123
It sets the gain for the negative range of AO3 voltage output.
C327: AO3 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AO3 output.
C328: AO3 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AO3 output.
C329: AO3 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AO3 output.
C330: AO3 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AO3 output.
C331: AO3 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AO3 output.
C332: Pulse O/P1 Selection
It selects the function for the pulse output1 terminal. The various options are as per the AO1.
C333: Pulse O/P1 Scale
It selects the scale for the function selected in pulse output1 terminal.
C334: RPM Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for RPM displayed on Digital Operation Panel / HMI.
C335: O/P Freq Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for output frequency displayed on Digital Operation Panel / HMI.
C336: O/P kW Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for output power (kW) displayed on Digital Operation Panel / HMI.
C337: O/P Torque Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for output torque displayed on Digital Operation Panel / HMI.
C338: DC Bus Voltage Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for DC Bus Voltage displayed on Digital Operation Panel / HMI.
GROUP - 4: STATUS OUTPUT DETECTION LEVEL
C401: Frequency Attainment detection Width (%)
It sets the frequency output attained operation width as % of maximum frequency A107. The
frequency attain output is available as an option in parameters C112 to C118. The output enables
when the output frequency attains the set frequency. The value set here decides the width of the
attainment detection as explained in below figure. The output remains high even if drive recent
frequency deviates above or below set frequency by Attainment width.

Amtech
6-124
C402: I-Detectionl (current detectionl) Level (%)
It sets the I-Detectionl (current detection) level as percentage of the B103 Rated Motor Current.
I-Detectionl output is available as an option in parameters C112 to C118.
C403: I-Detection1 Hysteresis Level
It sets the hysteresis level for I-Detection1 operation.
I-Detection1 output turns on when the output current attains the I-Detection1 level. When the
output current drops below the I-Detection1 Hysteresis Level, the I-Detection1 output turns off as
explained in below figure.
C404: I-Detection2 (current detection2) Level (%)
It sets the I-Detection2 (current detection) level as percentage of the B103 Rated Motor Current.
I-Detection2 output is available as an option in parameters C112 to C118.
C405: I-Detection2 Hysteresis Level
It sets the hysteresis level for I-Detection2 operation.
I-Detection2 output turns on when the output current attains the I-Detection2 level. When the
output current drops below the I-Detection2 Hysteresis Level, the I-Detection2 output turns off as
explained in below figure.

C406: Speed Detection Level - 1 (%)

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-125
 C407: Speed Detection Level - 2 (%
It sets the speed detection operation level as a percentage of maximum frequency A107. The
output frequency or the motor speed is the comparison target. When the output frequency
reaches the set level, the output turns ON. When the frequency reduces below the 1% hysteresis
level, the output turns OFF. Speed Detection1 and Speed Detection2 outputs are available as
options in parameters C 1 1 2 to C 1 1 8 .

C408: Zero Speed Detection Level (%

It sets the Zero speed detection operation level as a percentage of maximum frequency A107. The
output frequency or the motor speed is the comparison target. A 1% hysteresis occurs with zero
speed operation. The Zero Speed Detection operation is explained in below figure. Zero Speed
Detection output is available as an option in parameters C112 to C118.

C409: 4-20mA Reference Loss

It sets the unit's response to a failure or fault of the 4-20mA frequency reference input signal. The
various options are as under.
1: No action at fault detection
2: Minor fault alarm and run at Minimum Speed
Amtech
6-126
3: Minor faultalarm and run at Maximum Speed
4: Minor faultalarm and run at set speed
5: Minor faultalarm and run at preset speed-1
6 : Fault, rampdown to stop
7: Fault, coast to stop
C410: Timer Output Control Selection
It selects the start of the timer either with power ON or with run command. The Timer output is
available as an option in parameters C112 to C118.

Timer Output

C411: Timer Output Off Delay Time (Sec)

It sets the delay time in turning off the Timer output after the unit is stopped. Set the time in
seconds.
C412: Temperature Alarm Level (oC)
It sets the temperature alarm level. Whenever the IGBT internal temperature (default: 110 °C) /
heatsink temperature (default: 82 °C) exceeds the set level, the Temp Alarm output is set. It turns
off when the temperature falls below 2°C of the set temperature alarm level. The Temp Alarm
output is available as an option in parameters C112 to C118.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-127
 Temp

C413: Static Pot Options

C414: Static Pot Option during Stop
It selects the static pot speed at power up and during stop condition respectively. The options are,
=1: Last speed
=2: Min frequency
=3: Max frequency
=4: A101 Set frequency
=5: B401 Preset speed1
C415: External Fan Control Selection
It selects control for external cooling fan. The three mode are Auto (On Temperature), On with
Run and Continuous On.
C415=1: Auto (On Temperature)
External Fan Control digital output turns on when the IGBT / Heatsink temperature in M317,
M318 or M319 exceeds the set temperature level in C417 External Fan On Temperature Level.
It turns off when the IGBT / Heatsink temperature goes below the set level in C417 minus the set
hysteresis level in C418.
C415=2: On with Run
External Fan Control digital output turns on with Run command and turns off with unit stop.
C415=3: Continuous On
External Fan Control digital output turns on with power on and turns off with power off.

Once the digital output turns on, it remains on for the time set in C416 External Fan Minimum On
Time even if the above condition is satisfied.
C416: External Fan Minimum On Time
It sets the minimum on time for the external fan even if the turn off condition is satisfied.
C417: External Fan On Temperature Level

Amtech
6-128
It sets the temperature level to turn on the digital output External Fan Control. Whenever the
IGBT/Heatsink temperature in M317, M318 or M319 exceeds the set level, the External Fan
Control output is set. The External Fan Control output is available as an option in parameters C112
to C118. The output turns off as per the option selected in C415 External Fan Control Selection.
C418: External Fan Off Hysteresis Level
It sets the hysteresis level to turn off the External Fan Control output for auto mode.
C419: Internal Fan Control Selection
It selects the control for internal cooling fan. The three mode are Auto (On Temperature), On with
Run and Continuous On.
C419=1: Auto (On Temperature)
Internal Fan Control output turns on when the IGBT / Heatsink temperature in M317, M318 or
M319 exceeds the set temperature level in C421 Internal Fan On Temperature Level.
It turns off when the IGBT / Heatsink temperature goes below the set level in C421 minus the set
hysteresis level in C422.
C419=2: On with Run
Internal Fan Control output turns on with Run command and turns off with inverter output turns
off.
C419=3: Continuous On
Internal Fan Control output turns on with power on and turns off with power off.
Once the fan turns on, it remains on for the time set in C420 Internal Fan Minimum On Time even
if the above condition is satisfied.
C420: Internal Fan Minimum On Time
It sets the minimum time for the internal fan even if the turn off condition is satisfied.
C421: Internal Fan On Temperature Level
It sets the temperature level to turn on internal fan. Whenever the IGBT / Heatsink temperature
in M317, M318 or M319 exceeds the set level, the internal fan is turned on. It turns off as per the
option selected in C419 Internal Fan Control Selection.
C422: Internal Fan Off Hysteresis Level
It sets the hysteresis level to turn off the internal fan.
C423: On-time1 Warning Time
It sets the time for the On-time1 Warning Timer. M422 displays the elapsed time.
C424: On-time1 Function
It selects the function for the On-time1 Warning Timer. The warning message is displayed when
the set time elapses.
C425: On-time2 Warning Time
It sets the time for the On-time2 Warning Timer. M423 displays the elapsed time.
C426: On-time2 Function

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-129
It selects the function for the On-time2 Warning Timer. The warning message is displayed when
the set time elapses.
C427: On-time3 Warning Time
It sets the time for the On-time3 Warning Timer. M424 displays the elapsed time.
C428: On-time3 Function
It selects the function for the On-time3 Warning Timer. The warning message is displayed when
the set time elapses.
C429: External Brake Selection
It selects the external brake function. Parameters C429 ~ C434 are used for external brake
application.
C430: Brake Release Wait Time
It sets the waiting time from the Run command until the brake is released when using external
brake control function.
C431: Acceleration Start Wait Time
It sets the waiting time from the point the brake is released until acceleration is commenced.
When there is a brake answer (C434 Brake Answer Error Judgment Time ^ 0 .0 sec), set the
waiting time from after the brake answer, and if there is no brake answer (C434 Brake Answer
Error Judgment Time = 0), set the waiting time from the point the brake release command is
issued. In the case of the normal operation mode setting, changes are not made to the settings
during C430 Brake Release wait time, and the settings prior to C430 Brake Release wait time are
used.
C432: Brake Engage Wait Time
It sets the waiting time from the point zero speed detection turns ON until the brake is engaged.
C433: Run Error Judgment Time At Engaging Brake
It sets the run error judgment time at engaging brake. Set to 0.0 sec to turn the Run error
determination off.
The following error determination can be made in cases of External Brake Selection is Enable.
Run error determination when engaging brake.
In the case where Run does not turn off in the set time from the time the brake is engaged, a
breakdown stop occurs at the end controller due to an external brake Run error (Ext Brake Run
Error fault).
C434: Brake Answer Error Judgment Time
It sets the brake answer error judgment time. Set to 0.0 sec to turn the brake answer error
determination off.
In the case where (MBRK) brake command and (MBRK_ans) brake answer do not match above the
set time, an external brake answer error (Ext Brake Ans Error Fault) occurs as an external brake
breakdown, and a breakdown stop occurs.

Amtech
6-130
 Run

External Brake
Command (MBRK)

External Brake
Answer (MBRK_ANS)
C430 Brake Release Run Error
Wait Time Judgment C433
C434 Brake Answer Brake Release
C433 Run Error
Error Judgment —► < Wait Time C430
Judgment Time
Time
Output Frequency /
C408 r
Speed

Fig. External brake sequence example

GROUP - 5: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
C501: Baud Rate (bps)
The unit is facilitating with serial communication between drive unit and computer terminal. Use
serial link to control or monitor single/ multiple units from single computer terminal. It defines
Baud rate (number of signal transition per second, it can be number of bits per second). The
available options are as under. Option-4 is set as default baud rate.
1: 1200 bps 4: 9600 bps
2: 2400 bps 5: 19200 bps
3: 4800 bps 6: 38400 bps

C502: Station Number

It defines the address of the unit when connected to the serial network. This unit supports the
ModBus protocol. The station number can be assigned to 1 ~ 247. The default setting is 247.
Note: Put jumper JP7 to "LD" position to use terminating resistors.
C503: Parity
It sets the parity. Parity is error-checking code to prevent from erroneous data transformation
between drive unit and terminal.
C504: Response Time (Sec)
It sets the minimum time from receiving the command to returning an answer.
C505: Digital Operation Panel (DOP) Communication Loss selection
It selects the Digital Operation Panel (DOP) communication loss fault. If enabled, the unit
generates fault if it does not receive any response from the Digital Operation Panel within 100
msec. The default setting is fault disable.
C506: Profibus Communication Selection
It selects the Profibus-DP communication protocol.
C507: Wi-Fi Communication Selection
It selects the Wi-Fi communication protocol.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-131
C508 ~ C539: Serial ID1 ~ Serial ID32
Parameters C508 to C539 are used mainly for the drive automation application where
simultaneously 32 parameters can be read with a single command. Set the Modbus ID of the
required parameter in C507 to C538. Refer the parameter table for default parameter setting.
Group - 6: AUTO RESTART & SPEED SEARCH
C601: Emergency Stop mode
It sets the stopping method for the emergency stop from the following options.
1. Coast to stop without fault output
2. Coast to stop with fault output
3. Ramp down to stop
C602: Speed Search selection
It selects the Speed Search Function (SSF). The speed search function is useful to start the rotating
motor or unit changeover operation without tripping. The unit starts speed search from the
maximum frequency when selected.
C603: Speed Search Current Limit (%
It sets the Speed search current limit and is applicable only during the speed search operation.
C604: Speed Search Frequency Deceleration time (Sec)
It sets the deceleration time for the frequency during the Speed Search Function.
C605: Speed Search Voltage Acceleration time (Sec)
It sets the acceleration time for the output voltage during the Speed Search Function.
C606: Speed Search Wait Time (Sec)
It sets the wait time for the speed search operation. When SSF is selected and Run command is
given, the operation starts after the speed search wait time. The following figure explains the
sequence of operation.
C607: PLCT Time (Sec)
It sets the Power Loss Carry Through time. Set to 0 to disable the PLCT function.
The Power Loss Carry Through function allows the unit to run trip-less during the short-term /
momentary power outage / under voltage. When the momentary power outage / under voltage is
detected, the output is turned OFF. If the supply resumes before the PLCT time, the unit starts
with the speed search function and reaches to the set frequency. The fault relay is not enabled
during this process nor the undervoltage fault displayed on the operation panel. However, if the
power outage or under voltage condition persists for longer time than the PLCT time, the unit
trips in undervoltage fault.
Note: The time in C607 must be less than the time fo r which the control power supply remains
stable during the power outage or undervoltage condition.
C608: Speed Search Match Current Limit
It sets the current limit during the speed search operation when the speed matches with actual
motor speed. Usually, it is not required to set. When restarting is not possible with the default
setting, change the value.
Amtech
6-132
C609: Speed Search Match Frequency Gain
It sets the gain to increase the frequency after speed detection in speed search function.
Fout

-> t

-> t

-> t

C610: Number Of Restart

It selects the auto restart function and number of auto restart attempts. Restart is function to
reset the fault and restart the unit automatically to continue operation in case of fault condition.
Select to automatically restart the unit in fault condition to provide reliability and continuity of
process during fault conditions.
Set 0 to disable the restart function. Number of restarts defines the number of attempts to restart
during the fault condition.
C611: Restart wait Time (Sec)
It sets the wait time after the fault occurrence when auto restart function is active (i.e. number of
restarts is > 0 ).
When a fault is detected, the output is turned off for the restart wait time. The operation panel
displays the fault while the unit output is OFF.
When the restart wait time elapses, a fault is reset automatically and speed search operation is
performed.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-133
When the number of such attempts exceeds the number of restart C601, the faults are not reset
automatically and the unit output remains OFF. At this time a fault relay is activated and the fault
data is stored in fault history. The Run relay is also deactivated.
Fout

The number of restart times is cleared to 0 in the following cases.

1. A fault does not occur for more than 10 minutes.
2. A fault reset signal is applied from the operation panel or terminal.
3. The power supply is turned off and turned ON again.
This function is applicable to the following ten faults. However, auto restart of an individual fault
can be disabled using the parameters C612 to C621.
1. Instantaneous overcurrent fault (all the faults related to overcurrent).
2. Drive overload fault.
3. Overvoltage fault (all faults related to overvoltage).
4. Undervoltage fault.
5. Adjustable overcurrent fault.
6 . Earth fault (all faults related to earth fault).
7. Overtemperature fault (all faults related to overtemperature).
8 . Undercurrent fault.
9. External fault.
10. Phase loss fault.
C612: OC Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for all types of overcurrent faults.
C613: OL Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for overload fault.
C614: OV Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for all types of overvoltage faults.
Amtech
6-134
C615: DC Undervoltage Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for DC undervoltage fault.
C616: Adjustable OC Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for adjustable overcurrent fault.
C617: Earth Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for all types of earth faults.
C618: Temperature Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for all types of overtemperature faults.
C619: Undercurrent Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for undercurrent fault.
C620: External Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for all external faults.
C621: Phase Loss Fault Restart
It selects the auto restart function for all phase loss faults.
GROUP - 7: PID CONTROL SELECTION
C701: PID Control Selection
It selects the PID control function.
The unit has one inbuilt PID controller, which can be used to control the output frequency or
output torque or can be utilized as standalone PID controller. When PID is used to control the
speed, select 'PID Output' as frequency reference. User can select PID output for theanalog
output. This is useful when using this function as standalone PID controller.
C702: PID Polarity
It sets the polarity of the PID output. Use to invert the PID output as per the system requirement.
C703: PID Reference Input
It selects the reference input for the PID controller from various options. The various options are
Local, AI1, AI2, AI3, Serial, PLC AO1, PLC AO2, PLC AO3, PLC AO4, AI11, AI12, AI13 and AI14.
The option selected for the PID feedback input cannot be selected for the PID reference input.
The value of selected PID reference input is displayed in M116 PID Reference.
C704: PID Feedback Input Selection
It selects the feedback input for the PID controller from various options. The various optionsare
AI1, AI2, AI3, PLC AO1, PLC AO2, PLC AO3, PLC AO4, AI11, AI12, AI13 and AI14.
The option selected for the PID reference input cannot be selected for the PID feedback input.
The value of selected PID feedback input is displayed in M117 PID Feedback.
C705: Proportional Gain
It sets the proportional gain for the P-control. Setting to zero does not perform P-control action.
C706: Integral Time (Sec)
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
6-135
It sets the integral time for the I-control. Setting to maximum value does not perform I-control
action.
C707: Derivative Gain
It sets the derivative gain for the D-control. Setting to zero does not perform D-control action.
C708: PID Deviation Upper Limit (%)
It sets the upper limit for the PID output deviation. The 'PID Up Limit' digital output turns on,
when the PID output reaches to this level.
C709: PID deviation Lower Limit (%)
It sets the lower limit for the PID output deviation. The 'PID Lo Limit' digital output turns on, when
the PID output reaches to this level.
C710: PID Offset Adjustment (%)
It sets the offset for the output after PID control.
C711: PID Reference Setting (%)
It sets the reference for the PID controller using digital operation panel, when Local is selected as
PID reference. This parameter will not have any effect if other option is selected as reference.
C712: PID Display Scale - Max
It sets the scale for the PID signals in terms of process parameters. This is used only for the display
purpose and does not have any effect on the operation. The unit displays as per C714
Set this to the max value of the process parameter feedback sensor and corresponds to 10 V / 20
mA.
C713: PID Display Scale - Min
It sets the scale for the PID signals in terms of process parameters. This is used only for the display
purpose and does not have any effect on the operation. The unit displays as per C714.
Set this to the min value of the process parameter feedback sensor and will correspond to 0 V / 4
mA.
C714: PID Display Unit Selection
It selects unit for the process variable from the given options.
C715: Sleep Mode Selection
It selects the sleep mode. The inverter output is switched OFF, if the frequency reference (or PID
output) remains below the sleep mode enter frequency (C716) for the set sleep mode active delay
time (C717), when the sleep mode is selected. Sleep mode can be used with or without PID
control.
C716: Sleep Mode Enter Frequency (Hz)
It sets the sleep mode enter frequency. This is the frequency at which the drive will enter in sleep
mode and turn off the output.
C717: Sleep Mode Active Delay (Sec)

Amtech
6-136
It sets the delay time to enter into the sleep mode. The inverter output remains turn off if the
frequency reference (or PID output) remains below the sleep mode enter frequency (C716) for the
set sleep mode active delay time.
C718: Sleep Mode Wake Up Band (%)
It sets the wake up band for the sleep mode. This is to prevent from rapid on/off of the drive. This
is set with respect to the max frequency (A107) and used as hysteresis when leaving the sleep
mode. The inverter will be turned on when the frequency reference (or PID output) exceeds the
sleep mode enter frequency (C717) + wake up band (C718).
C719: Sleep Mode Leave Condition
It defines the sleep mode leave condition. There are two conditions to wake up from the sleep
mode as below.
1. Frequency Reference > C716 Sleep Mode Enter Frequency + Wake Up Band
2. Frequency Reference > A106 Minimum Frequency + Wake Up Band
Note: D202 if auxiliary driver is selected.

C703: PID PM115

Reference
Input

M117 I PID Output

► Frequency Ref

► AO1

C704: PID | M116 ► AO2

Feedback
Input >■ AO3
C701: PID Selection
>• AO11

► AO12

► AO13

GROUP - 8: PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL INPUT / OUTPUT SELECTION (OPTION BOARD)

C801 ~ C808: DI11 ~ DI18
It assigns the function to respective digital input DI11~DI18. The status of the digital input is
monitored in M212 DI1-8765 4321 Status. The various functions are explained in C101~C108.
The default selection is as under.
TERMINAL OPTION NAME
DI11 1 Not Used
DI12 1 Not Used
DI13 1 Not Used
DI14 1 Not Used
DI15 1 Not Used
DI16 1 Not Used
DI17 1 Not Used
DI18 1 Not Used

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-137
C809: DI1-8765 4321 Logic
It selects the normal status of the respective digital input DI11 to DI18. Assign the normally open
or normally close status to each digital input.
C810: DI18 Terminal Selection
The DI18 is a dual purpose input. It selects the function of the DI18 terminal as simple digital input
or pulse input 2 .
C811: Pulse I/P2 F1
It sets the pulse input2 F1 frequency.
C812: Pulse I/P2 F2
It sets the pulse input2 F2 frequency.
C813: Pulse I/P2 Time Constant
It sets the filter time constant for pulse input2.
C814: Pulse I/P2 Judgment Time
It sets the judgment time for pulse input2.
C815~C822: DO11~DO18
It selects the function for digital output DO11~DO18. Using parameter C815~C822, assign
desirable function to the eight programmable digital outputs. The status of the programmable
digital output is available in M213 DO1-8765 4321 Status. The various options are explained in
C112~C118.
The default setting of the digital outputs are as under.
TERMINAL OPTION NAME
DO11 1 Not Used
DO12 1 Not Used
DO13 1 Not Used
DO14 1 Not Used
DO15 1 Not Used
DO16 1 Not Used
DO17 1 Not Used
DO18 1 Not Used

C823: DO1-8765 4321 Logic

It selects the normal status of the respective digital output DI11 to DI18. Assign the normally open
or normally close status to each relay and digital output.
C824: DO18 Terminal Selection
The DO18 is a dual purpose output. It selects the function of the DO18 terminal as simple digital
output or pulse output2 .
C825: Pulse O/P2 Selection

Amtech
6-138
It selects the function for the pulse output2 terminal. The various options are as per the AO1.
C826: Pulse O/P2 Scale
It selects the scale for the function selected in pulse output2 terminal.
GROUP - 9: ANALOG INPUT / OUTPUT SELECTION (OPTION BOARD)
C901: AI11 V/I Selection
It selects AI11 as voltage input or current input.
C902: AI11 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AI11 voltage input.
C903: AI11 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AI11 voltage input.
C904: AI11 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AI11 current input.
C905: AI11 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AI11 current input.
C906: AI11 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AI11 input.
C907: AI11 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AI11 input.
C908: AI11 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AI11 input.
C909: AI11 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AI11 input.
C910: AI11 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AI11 input.
C911: AI12 V/I Selection
It selects AI12 as voltage input or current input.
C912: AI12 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AI12 voltage input.
C913: AI12 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AI12 voltage input.
C914: AI12 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AI12 current input.
C915: AI12 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AI12 current input.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-139
C916: AI12 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AI12 input.
C917: AI12 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AI12 input.
C918: AI12 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AI12 input.
C919: AI12 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AI12 input.
C920: AI12 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AI12 input.
C921: AI13 V/I Selection
It selects AI13 as voltage input or current input.
C922: AI13 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AI13 voltage input.
C923: AI13 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AI13 voltage input.
C924: AI13 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AI13 current input.
C925: AI13 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AI13 current input.
C926: AI13 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AI13 input.
C927: AI13 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AI13 input.
C928: AI13 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AI13 input.
C929: AI13 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AI13 input.
C930: AI13 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AI13 input.
C931: A I14 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AI14 voltage input.
C932: AI 14 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AI14 voltage input.

Amtech
6-140
C933: AI14 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AI14 input.
C934: AI14 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AI14 input.
C935: AI14 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AI14 input.
C936: AI14 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AI14 input.
C937: AI14 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AI14 input.
C938: RTD1 Bias
It sets the bias for the RTD1 input.
C939: RTD1 Gain
It sets the gain for the RTD1 input.
C940: RTD2 Bias
It sets the bias for the RTD2 input.
C941: RTD2 Gain
It sets the gain for the RTD2 input.
C942: RTD3 Bias
It sets the bias for the RTD3 input.
C943: RTD3 Gain
It sets the gain for the RTD3 input.
C944: RTD1 Trip Level
It sets the trip level for the RTD1 input.
C945: RTD2 Trip Level
It sets the trip level for the RTD2 input.
C946: RTD3 Trip Level
It sets the trip level for the RTD3 input.
C947: AO11
C948: AO12
C949: AO13
It assigns the function for AO11, AO12 and AO13 from the various available options. See C301 to
C303 for more detail.
C950: AO11 V/I Selection

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-141
It selects AO11 as voltage output or current output.
C951: AO11 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AO11 voltage output.
C952: AO11 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AO11 voltage output.
C953: AO11 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AO11 current output.
C954: AO11 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AO11 current output.
C955: AO11 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AO11 output.
C956: AO11 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AO11 output.
C957: AO11 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AO11 output.
C958: AO11 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AO11 output.
C959: AO11 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AO11 output.
C960: AO12 V/I Selection
It selects AO12 as voltage output or current output.
C961: AO12 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AO12 voltage output.
C962: AO12 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AO12 voltage output.
C963: AO12 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AO12 current output.
C964: AO12 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AO12 current output.
C965: AO12 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AO12 output.
C966: AO12 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AO12 output.
C967: AO12 Minimum Reference level

Amtech
6-142
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AO12 output.
C968: AO12 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AO12 output.
C969: AO12 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AO12 output.
C970: AO13 V/I Selection
It selects AO13 as voltage output or current output.
C971: AO13 Volt Bias
It sets the bias for the AO13 voltage output.
C972: AO13 Volt Gain
It sets the gain for the AO13 voltage output.
C973: AO13 Current Bias
It sets the bias for the AO13 current output.
C974: AO13 Current Gain
It sets the gain for the AO13 current output.
C975: AO13 Minimum level
It sets the minimum level of the signal at AO13 output.
C976: AO13 Maximum level
It sets the maximum level of the signal at AO13 output.
C977: AO13 Minimum Reference level
It sets the minimum reference level corresponding to the minimum signal level at AO13 output.
C978: AO13 Maximum Reference level
It sets the maximum reference level corresponding to the maximum signal level at AO13 output.
C979: AO13 Time Constant (mS)
It sets the filter time constant for AO13 output.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-143
MODE - D: AUXILIARY DRIVE PARAMETERS

DI Aux Drive

DO Aux Drive

GRO UP- 1: AUXILIARY MOTOR PARAMETERS

D101: Auxiliary Motor Voltage (Vac)
It sets the motor voltage for auxiliary drive. Set as per the auxiliary motor nameplate. This is used
as reference voltage for many parameters. This is the motor terminal voltage during full load at
the base frequency.
D102: Auxiliary Motor Current (Amp)
It sets the motor rated current for auxiliary drive. Set from the auxiliary motor nameplate. This is
full load motor current at base frequency. The motor overload and other current related
protections are based on this value. This value cannot be set higher than M404 Rated VFD
Current.
D103: Auxiliary Motor Frequency (Hz)
It sets the motor base frequency for auxiliary drive. Set from the auxiliary motor nameplate. Base
frequency A405 should be set in accordance to this parameter.
D104: Auxiliary Motor Speed (rpm)
It sets the motor base speed for auxiliary drive. Set from the auxiliary motor nameplate.
D105: Auxiliary Motor Output Rating (kW)
It sets motor capacity for auxiliary drive. Set from the auxiliary motor nameplate.
GROUP - 2: AUXILIARY MOTOR FREQUENCY SETTING
D201: Auxiliary Local Set Frequency (Hz)
It sets frequency when the auxiliary frequency reference input source is Local (D204=1) for
auxiliary drive. The output will ramp to this frequency, when start command is given.
The minimum limit for this parameter is decided by auxiliary minimum frequency D202. If auxiliary
minimum frequency D202 is set higher then auxiliary local set frequency D201, the value of
auxiliary minimum frequency D201 is automatically assigned to auxiliary local set frequency D201.
The maximum value of this parameter is decided by auxiliary maximum frequency D203. The value
of auxiliary local set frequency D201 cannot be set higher than auxiliary maximum frequency
D203.
D202: Auxiliary Minimum Frequency (Hz)
It sets minimum output frequency for auxiliary drive.

Amtech
6-144
This should always be lower than the auxiliary maximum frequency D203. This is applicable to all
frequency references including jog select input, preset inputs and static pot inputs.
D203: Auxiliary Maximum Frequency (Hz)
It sets maximum output frequency for auxiliary drive.
This should always be higher than the auxiliary minimum frequency D202. This is applicable to all
frequency references including jog select input, preset inputs and static pot inputs.
D204: Auxiliary Frequency Reference Input
It selects frequency reference input source for auxiliary drive. The frequency reference can be
independently selected from the given options even if the unit is controlled from any of three
sources, i.e. Local (Digital Operation Panel), Terminal or Serial. The different frequency reference
inputs are explained as under.
Refer frequency reference input A102 for the detail information on various options.
D205: Auxiliary Line Speed Setting (rpm)
It sets the speed to display as monitor motor speed in M102 at 50 Hz for auxiliary drive, if motor
control mode A401=1 (open loop v/f mode). It does not have any effect in other modes.
This parameter displays the final speed of the driven load. Derive the set value with following
formula:
Parameter Value = 50 x Desired rpm / Set output frequency
For example, to display line speed of 273 rpm at output frequency of 90 Hz,
Parameter A111 value = 50 x 273 / 90 = 151.667 = 152
Now, at 90 Hz the monitor motor speed M102 shows (152 X 90 / 50) i.e. 274 rpm.
D206: Auxiliary Acceleration Time-1 (Sec)
It sets acceleration / ramp up time for the auxiliary drive. It is the time for the output frequency to
ramp up / accelerate from zero frequency to auxiliary maximum frequency.
Short acceleration time can result in excessive output current and if it exceeds the auxiliary
acceleration current limit D403, the acceleration ceases until the current reduces below the
auxiliary acceleration current limit D403. In such case, the actual acceleration time differs from
programmed value. The unit may trip in over current fault if the condition persists for long time.
Increase acceleration time in such cases.
D207: Auxiliary Deceleration Time-1 (Sec)
It sets the deceleration / ramp down time for the auxiliary drive. It is the time for the output
frequency to decelerate / ramp down from auxiliary maximum frequency to zero frequency.
Short deceleration time can result in excessive output current and if it exceeds the auxiliary stall
current limit D401, the deceleration ceases until the current reduces below the auxiliary stall
current limit D401. In such case, the actual deceleration time differs from programmed value. The
unit may trip in over current / dc bus over voltage fault if the condition persists for long time.
Increase deceleration time in such cases.
GROUP - 3: AUXILIARY MOTOR TORQUE BOOST & DC BRAKING
D301: Auxiliary Manual Torque Boost setting (%)

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-145
It sets the boost voltage at 0 Hz as a percentage in respect to the auxiliary motor voltage D101,
when setting manually. Set to zero to disable the function.
The setting is not valid when automatic torque boost is selected. Automatic tuning operation
adjusts this parameter automatically.
D302: Auxiliary Slip Compensation (Hz)
It sets auxiliary motor's rated slip. Set the auxiliary slip frequency for the auxiliary motor rated
load in respect to the base frequency, when setting manually. The output frequency changes
according to the auxiliary motor rated torque. The output frequency responds with a time
constant of approximately 500 msec in respect to the change in the load torque.
D303: Auxiliary DC Brake Start Frequency (Hz)
It sets the frequency at which the dc brake is applied for auxiliary drive operation. To enable this
feature, the stop mode should be ramp down and the dc braking time should not be zero. Set to
zero to disable this function.
D304: Auxiliary DC brake Current (%)
It sets the dc brake current for auxiliary drive operation. Set as % of auxiliary motor rated current.
D305: Auxiliary DC Brake Time (Sec)
It sets the length of time for which dc braking is applied for auxiliary drive operation.
The output ramps down with auxiliary deceleration time in case of ramp down stop, when stop
command is given. When the output reaches to auxiliary dc braking start frequency, the dc
voltage is injected to the motor. Auxiliary DC brake current D304 and auxiliary DC brake time D305
decides the amount of voltage and time for which it is applied.
The dc braking is utilized to stop high inertia load forcefully. During dc braking mechanical energy
trapped in rotor due to system inertia dissipates as heat in the motor. Hence for safety dc
breaking is utilized at lower frequency.
GROUP - 4: AUXILIARY LIMITING PARAMETER
D401: Auxiliary Stall Current Limit (%)
It sets the limit for the auxiliary motor current as a percentage of auxiliary motor rated current.
When the output current crosses the auxiliary stall current limit, the output ramps down with
current limit deceleration time A209. This is effective only when the unit is operating at set speed.
This function is not active when the unit is accelerating or decelerating. When the current
decreases below the set value, the unit again starts accelerating to the set speed with current
limit acceleration time A208. This feature helps in maintaining relatively constant output torque
characteristics.
D402: Auxiliary Adjustable Over Current Level (%)
It sets the upper current limit as a percentage of auxiliary motor rated current. The unit trips in
adjustable overcurrent fault if the output current exceeds the set value. Always set higher side to
prevent the unnecessary tripping during normal operation. This gives the user flexibility to
program the current level below the standard inverse time curve. This may be used in cases where
excessive torque shocks can lead to a harmful effect on the machinery.
Set to 300% to disable this function. The standard inverse time trip remains in effect.
D403: Auxiliary Acceleration Current Limit (%)
Amtech
6-146
It sets the auxiliary acceleration current limit and effective only during normal acceleration for
auxiliary drive operation. It stops the acceleration during acceleration, if the auxiliary motor
current exceeds the set value. When the current reduces below the set value, the unit again
resumes accelerating to the set speed. This feature helps in preventing overcurrent tripping of
high inertia load during fast acceleration.
D404: Auxiliary Undercurrent Level (%)
It sets the auxiliary undercurrent level for auxiliary drive operation. The unit trips in undercurrent
when the current falls below the set value for more than 1 second after the speed reaches its set
speed. This function is not active when the unit is accelerating or decelerating. Set 0 to disable this
function.
Note: In pump applications, if the flow decreases below a minimum speed there will be
cavitations. This feature becomes useful to turn off the pump in such case.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-147
MODE - E: RING SPINNING FRAME (RSF) FUNCTION PARAMETERS
GROUP-1: RSF / PATTERN RUN PARAMETER SELECTION
Ring Spinning Frame function is used to perform spinning pattern operation. In RSF, acceleration /
deceleration is performed in a straight line till the set frequency for the next step is reached.
Up to three speed-time pattern (Tables) can be set up to a maximum of 15 steps. Each step is set
at the target frequency and time taken to reach that frequency from the previous step.
Select RSF function in E101 to perform this operation. Now, when RUN command is issued,
operation will commence from step -1 of the selected table.
After the pattern has been completed, the inverter will stop according to the selected stop mode
in A304.

If STOP command is issued during the ring spinning frame operation, inverter stops according to
the selected stop mode in A304. When restarting the operation, it accelerates the output
frequency as per the normal acceleration time to the frequency, where inverter was stopped and
then it resumes the normal RSF operation.
PR/RSF Reset: Assign 'PR/RSF Reset' function to any digital input terminal. A stop occurs when the
PR/RSF Reset is turned ON during RSF operation. Operation is commenced from STEP-1 when
restarting the operation.
Doff-End Alarm : By setting the Doff-End alarm time (E105), the Doff-End alarm is output from the
point after completion of the final step to the point going back the set time.
The Doff-End alarm remains ON even after the pattern is completed. The Doff-End alarm is
cleared by the PR/RSF Reset.
Select the digital output terminal for the Doff-End alarm with the digital output function selection
(C101 to C108).
To restart the operation after the Doff-End alarm is ON, reset the Doff-End alarm using PR/RSF
Reset; otherwise it will not allow the operation to start even if the RUN command is reissued.
Hank count display (M312)
M312 displays the current hank count. The hank count is obtained using below formula.
1
H C _ Fa v g x T run :Gain
840
Favg [Hz]: Average frequency

T run [sec]: Operation time

Amtech
6-148
840: 1 Hank = 840 yard
Favg [Hz]: Average frequency

Calculate the average frequency from the given equations considering the stop mode used.
1) Stop Mode (A304) =0: Ramp down to stop

S1 + S2 +... + Sn + S d
Average Frequency = -----------------------------------------------------
T 1(sec) +T 2(sec) +...+ T n(sec) + T D(sec)

Where,

[Fs(Hz) + F1(Hz )] x T 1(sec)

2

[Fn-1(Hz) + Fn(Hz)] x T n(sec)

Sn = ------------------------------------- , n: Step number
2

Fn(Hz) x T D(sec)
Sd = --------------------------------
2

2) Stop Mode (A304) =1: Coast-to-stop

S1 + S2 +... + Sn
Average Frequency = ------------------------------------
T 1(sec) +T 2(sec) +...+ T n(sec)

It is necessary to set the gain (E106 & E107) in order to display the Hank count correctly. The gain
is obtained using the following formula.
Gain = 2p x RS x (2/Pole) x (1/GR) x KC
RS: Spindle radius [yard]

Pole: Motor pole count

Gr: Gear ratio = ^2 (Nx: Motor gear count, N2: Spindle gear count)
Ni
Kc: Compensation coefficient (Compensate slippage etc.)

The hank count calculation is continued during operation, however, is reset to zero when the
power is turned OFF.
E101: RSF/ Pattern Run Selection

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-149
It selects the function from Ring Spinning Frame or Pattern Run function.
E102: Table1 Step Selection
It selects number of steps for table1 for RSF operation.
E103: Table2 Step Selection
It selects number of steps for table2 for RSF operation.
E104: Table3 Step Selection
It selects number of steps for table3 for RSF operation.
E105: Doff End Alarm Time (Sec)
It sets the Doff End Alarm time. By setting the Doff-End Alarm time, the Doff-End Alarm is output
at the point going back the set time (E105) from the moment auto stop occurs after completion of
the final step when performing spinning frame operation.
E106: Hank count gain
It sets the hank count gain, which is used in hank calculation.
E107: Hank Gain Multiplier
It sets the multiplier for the hank gain.
E108: Table selection
It selects the table for RSF and Pattern Run function.
GROUP-2: RSF FREQUENCY FOR TABLE1
E201- E215: Frequency T1 - STP1 ~ STP15 (Hz)
It sets the frequencies for table1.
GROUP-3: RSF TIME FOR TABLE1
E301- E315: RSF time T1 - STP1 ~ STP15 (Sec)
It sets the time to reach to the set frequency for each step for table1.
GROUP-4: RSF FREQUENCY FOR TABLE2
E401- E415: Frequency T2 - STP1 ~ STP15 (Hz)
It sets the frequencies for table2.
GROUP-5: RSF TIME FOR TABLE2
E501- E515: RSF time T2 - STP1 ~ STP15 (Sec)
It sets the time to reach to the set frequency for each step for table2.
GROUP-6: RSF FREQUENCY FOR TABLE3
E601- E615: Frequency T3 - STP1 ~ STP15 (Hz)
It sets the frequencies for table3.
GROUP-7: RSF TIME FOR TABLE3
E701- E715: RSF time T3 - STP1 ~ STP15 (Sec)
It sets the time to reach to the set frequency for each step for table3.
Amtech
6-150
MODE - G: PATTERN RUN FUNCTION PARAMETERS
First select the pattern run function in E101. With pattern run function, the frequency, run
direction and time can be changed automatically.
Maximum of 15-patterns can be set in one table and such two sets of tables are available. Select
the table using E108. Note that only two tables (table1 & table2) are available for the pattern run
function.
Set the desired frequency (speed) pattern in E201~E215 for table1. Use E401~E415 for table2.
Set the desired time in second to stay at the desired frequency (speed) for each step in
G301~G315 for table1. Use G401~G415 for table2.
Select the run mode for each step in G101~G115 for table1. Use G201~G215 for table2.

RUN

Effect of different sequence inputs

RUN: Pattern run starts with Run command. The inverter stops when Run is removed. Run
command can be given from Local, Terminal or Serial.
PR Step Skip: Proceeds to the next step at the edge from OFF to ON. By turning this signal ON/OFF
with PR Step Hold, the step can be proceeded in synchronization with the peripheral machine
regardless of the internal timer.
PR Step Hold: The internal timer operation stops when this command is ON. Use this topausethe
pattern run operation. The inverter continues to run at present frequency.
PR/RSF Reset: Assign 'PR/RSF Reset' function to any digital input terminal. During the Pattern run
operation, when this turns ON, the operation resets to step-0.
The PR Step Skip and PR Step Hold are valid only when RUN command is ON. PR/RSF Resetis valid
all the time.
GROUP-1: MODE SELECTION FOR PATTERN RUN TABLE1
G101- G115: PR Mode T1 - STP1 ~ STP15
It selects the required mode for pattern run function for each step of table1.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-151
=1: STOP
=2: FORWARD
=3: REVERSE
GROUP-2: MODE SELECTION FOR PATTERN RUN TABLE2
G201- G215: PR Mode T2 - STP1 ~ STP15
It selects the required mode for pattern run function for each step of table2.
=1: STOP
=2: FORWARD
=3: REVERSE
GROUP-3: PATTERN TIME FOR TABLE1
G301- G315: PR Time T1 - STP1 ~ STP15
It selects the required time for pattern run function for each step of table1.
GROUP-4: PATTERN TIME FOR TABLE2
G401- G415: PR Time T2 - STP1 ~ STP15
It selects the required time for pattern run function for each step of table2.
GROUP-5: RETURN STEP FOR TABLE1
G501- G515: Return Step T1 - STP1 ~ STP15
It selects the return step for pattern run function for each step of table1.
GROUP-6: RETURN STEP FOR TABLE2
G601- G615: Return Step T2 - STP1 ~ STP15
It selects the return step for pattern run function for each step of table2.

Amtech
6-152
MODE - H: SPECIAL APPLICATION FUNCTION PARAMETERS
GROUP-1: MULTI-PUMP FUNCTION PARAMETERS
Multi-pump control refers to a function which controls the flow passage pressure at a constant
level by running pumps in parallel using one Axpert-Eazy+ VFD and its internal relay output /
digital outputs.
The pressure step of the ON/OFF controlled pumps is interpolated by a pump that is variable-
speed controlled by the AC Drive, which has the PID control function. This maintains the
pressure's continuation.
The outputs which can be used for the pump's ON/OFF control are the relayl, relay2, relay3 and
digital outputs. Assign the pump number to the respective relay / digital output in parameters
C101~C108.
The system configuration is shown below.
AXPERT EAZY VFD

Multi-pump control operation

An example of actual operation for the multi-pump control is shown below.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-153
ON/OFF control pump changeover operation (when operating five pumps)
ULT: PID Deviation Upper Limit (C708).
LLT: PID Deviation Lower Limit (C709).
T 1: Pump start hold time (H102)
T 2: Pump stop hold time (H103)
T 3: Pump Continuous ON time limit (H104)
T4: Pump Changeover time (H105)
The ON/OFF control of multiple pumps is carried out so that the operation time of each pump is
equal.
When the PID output reaches ULT and T 1 is passed, the auxiliary Pump2 with the shortest
operation time turns ON.
When the PID output reaches ULT and T 2 is passed, the auxiliary Pump1 with the shortest
operation time turns OFF.
Following (2), when the PID output matches LLT for the time of T 2, the auxiliary Pump3 with the
longest operation time turns OFF.
When the time that the PID output and LLT match does not reach T 2, the pump OFF control will
not be carried out.
Pump changeover function using Pump Continuous ON time limit (H104).
When the time that the auxiliary pump's ON/OFF control is not carried out reaches T 3, the Pump4
with the longest operation time within all of the auxiliary pumps turns OFF, and the Pump1 with
the shortest operation time will turn ON after T4. If H104 is set to 0, changeover following the
continuous operation limit is prohibited.
The variable speed control pump will not change even if the continuous operation limit time is
exceeded.

Amtech
6-154
When the inverter is stopped due to the stop command or fault, the pump status will not change
and it will remain as it is. To turn off the entire operating pumps, disable the multi-pump
operation.
When the inverter's power is turned off, the operation time history for each pump will be lost.
H101: No of Pump Selection
It selects the number of pumps to be controlled. Set to zero to disable the multi-pump function.
H102: Pump Start Hold Time (Sec)
It sets the pump start hold time. When the PID output reaches to upper limit and remains there
for more than set time, the next pump is switched ON.
H103: Pump Stop Hold Time (Sec)
It sets the pump stop hold time. When the PID output reaches to lower limit and remains there for
more than set time, the next pump is switched OFF.
H104: Pump Continuous ON Time Limit (Hrs)
It sets the continuous on time limit for the pump. The pump changes to the longest operating
pump to the shortest operating pump when the pump's ON/OFF control is not carried out for
more than the set time.
H105: Pump Changeover Time (Sec)
It sets the time for changing from the pump that has been operating longest to the pump
operating shortest.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

6-155
IN-BUILT PLC FUNCTION EXPLANATION
In-built PLC Function is one of the important features of this product, by using which, user can
make PLC related application without additional hardware. The In-built PLC function has the
following features.
Features:
The In-built PLC can be used to get the same functionality of digital input (DI).
It is possible to assign the signals from the In-built PLC to the digital output (DO).
The In-built PLC can be used to get the same functionality as of analog input (AI).
It is possible to assign the signals from the In-built PLC to the analog output (AO).
Bit status of DI, DO, Fault codes, Status codes and Control word can be read into the PLC bit
memory location.
Monitor Parameters can be read in to PLC registers (16-bit memory location).
115 registers (16-bit memory locations) and 100 Flags (1-bit memory location) for PLC operation.
PLC program's length up to 150 PLC Commands.
4 Timer Command can be set.
User can develop program by using Axpert-DriveLogic Programming Tool as per required
application.
PLC Commands can be input with the standard serial interface.
Refer Instruction manual for Axpert-DriveLogic for more details on how to use In-Built PLC
function.
In-built PLC Block

DI ANALOG I/O

In-built PLC Function

DO Monitor
Parameter

Main Contr° l In-built PLC

Fig. 6-2 Block Diagram of In-built PLC function with Main Control
Fig. 6-2 is a block diagram of main control and In-built PLC function. All Digital Input and Output,
Analog Input and output are connected with main control.
Now user can program In-built PLC for his application. User can also take output of the drive as
PLC Input and output from PLC to the drive as an Input.

Amtech
6-156
CHAPTER-7: ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT BOARDS

Axpert-Eazy+ Series VFD has following electronics circuit boards.

7-1 Main control
The main control board is specifically designed to meet the high-end performance of the power
electronics products like VFD, Front-end converter.
It uses 32-bit High-Performance Quad Core (2 main and 2 co-processors) Digital Signal Controller
TMS320F28375. The control board generates the necessary PWM control signals for VFD
operation. It accepts various inputs from different circuits, gate drive board and Digital Operation
Panel (Graphical Display Unit) to generate the necessary control and gate signals.
The TMS320F28375 (U1) is the heart of this board. It handles the user interfaces and core
algorithm and generates IGBT gate signals. The control board is connected to the Graphical
Display Unit with RS-485 link. It displays various parameters of the drive.
7-2 Graphical display unit
The VFD is equipped with Digital Operation Panel (Graphical display unit) for the user interface. All
parameters of drives can be accessed from Digital Operation Panel. The Digital Operation Panel
consists of Display Board with 8 -keys. The display board uses 128x64 Graphical LCD.
It has DSPIC33EP512MC506 micro-controller. When interfaced with main control board, this
becomes master and the main control boards works as slave. The master and slave
communication is based on RS-485 (Modbus-RTU Protocol).
7-3 Interface & IGBT driver
The interface board is bridge between the main control and power devices. It has various blocks
and processes the signals like power supply, gate pulses, current feedback, voltage feedback, fan
control signals. The input to the power supply board is 350~800Vdc.
7-5 Other blocks
Apart from the above described main boards, the VFD has so many other functional blocks and
varies as per the power rating. This includes the soft charge circuit, diode/thyristor snubber, IGBT
snaubber, bleeder resistors, parallel interface board and IGBT driver boards for high power units.

Axpert-Eazy Series Variable Frequency Drive

7-1
This page is intentionally left blank

Amtech
7-2
CHAPTER-8: MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION AND PART REPLACEMENT

DANGER

> Always wait at least 20 minutes after turning the input power OFF before starting inspection.
Wait at least 20 minutes after turning the input power OFF before starting work. Make sure
that the displays on the operation panel have gone out before removing the front cover.
Remove the front cover, and confirm that the "DC BUS CHARGE LED" on bleeder board has
gone out. Also check that the voltage between terminals L+1 or L+2 and L - is 15V or less
before starting the inspections.
Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
> Maintenance, inspections and part replacement must be done by a designated person.
(Remove all metal accessories such as watches, bracelets, etc., before starting the work.)
(Always use an insulation measure tool.)
Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks and injuries.
> Always turn the power OFF before inspecting the motor or machine. A potential is applied on
the motor terminal even when the motor is stopped.
Failure to do so could lead to electric shocks and injuries.
> Do not use parts other than those designated for the replacement parts.
Contact Amtech or your VFD dealer for replacement parts.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires.
> Never modify the product.
Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks or injuries or product failure.

/?\CAUTION

S Vacuum the unit with a vacuum cleaner to clean it. Do not use water or organic solvents.
Failure to observe this could lead to fires or damage.
S Do not megger the unit.
Failure to observe this could lead to damage to semiconductor devices.
8-1 Inspection items
The inspections must be carried out periodically according to the working environment and
frequency of use. If there are any abnormalities, the cause must be inspected immediately and
countermeasures taken.
8-1-1 Daily inspections

Inspection item Inspection details and work

Temperature/humidity Confirm that the ambient temperature is 0 °C (32 °F) to 50 °C (122 °F) for 400 Volt
series Drive and 0 °C (32 °F) to 40 °C (104 °F) for 500/600 Volt series VFD, and that
the humidity is 95% or less with no dew condensation.
Oil mist and dust Confirm that there is no oil mist or dust in the unit.
Abnormal noise and Confirm that there is no abnormal noise or vibration from the installation site or
vibration unit.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

8-1
Input power source Confirm that the input voltage and frequency are within the specifications range.
Cooling fan Confirm that the cooling fan rotates normally and that no lint, etc. is stuck on it.
Indicator Confirm that all lamps on the operation panel light properly.

8-1-2 Periodic Inspections

Inspection item Inspection details and work

Appearance Check the state of dirt and dust on the vent or heatsink, and clean if necessary.
Interior Check the state of dirt and dust on the PCB and inside the equipment, and clean if
necessary.
Terminal block Tighten the terminal block screws if loose.
Cooling fan Replace the fan every three years.
Electrolytic capacitor Confirm that there is no liquid leaking or sheath discoloration.
Insulation resistance Do not perform a megger test on the unit. When doing a megger test on the
(IR) inspection external circuit, disconnect all wires connected to the unit.
Encoder Confirm that there is no looseness or play in the bearings or couplings.
The bearings are durable parts. Life of bearing is approx. 10,000 hours at 6000
rpm, and approx. 30,000 hours at 3000 rpm. They must be replaced periodically.

8-1-3 Inspection of spares

The inspection shown in above table must also be performed for spare units that are left
connected but are not used in normal operation. The operation of the unit must be checked every
six months by turning the power on.
8-2 Measuring devices
As the voltage and current on the input and output sides include high harmonics, the measured
value will differ according to the measuring device. When measuring with a device for commercial
frequencies, measure with the following circuits and noted measuring devices.
Input voltage: Moving iron type voltmeter or Rectifying voltmeter
Output voltage: Moving iron type voltmeter
Input / output power: Electrodynamometer type wattmeter

Amtech
8-2
CHAPTER-9: OPTIONS

Besides the standard features available in the Axpert-Eazy+ Series VFD, which satisfies most of the
industrial applications, Amtech offers its users a spectrum of optional products designed to match
their requirement.
The list of optional products offered by Amtech herewith is all developed, field tested and
commissioned at various locations in India. A brief description of the option is given. Contact
Amtech with relevant data to design one for you.
Option Board
The option board provides additional functionality as below.
Digital Inputs
It provides isolated 8 programmable digital inputs DI11 to DI18, 8 programmable digital outputs
DO11 to DO18. DI18 is configurable as pulse input2 and digital output DO18 is configurable as
pulse output 2 .
It also has 4 Analog Inputs (3 configurable as voltage or current input, one as +/-10 V input) and 3
Analog Outputs (all configurable as voltage or current output).
It has 3 RTD Input, Line Driver type encoder interface and Profibus communication.
9-1 Green power technology
Non-linear loads like VFD, UPS, and Converters etc. draw power from mains in a way, which
introduce harmonic currents into the mains. They behave like harmonic source, which feeds
harmonic to all the equipments, connected with the power source. IEEE STD 519: 1992; IEEE
Recommended Practices and Requirements fo r Harmonic Control in Electric Power System states
that it is the responsibility of the consumer to curb this mains 'Pollution' at the source point itself
within acceptable limits.
Amtech offers Active Harmonic Filters (AHF) as well as Active Front-end Converter (AFC) as a
solution for this problem. As per the requirement and acceptable limits of induced harmonics such
filters/converters can be tailor made for you. Contact Amtech for details on AHF/AFC.
9-2 Output sinus filter
Output of any VFD is Sine PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) modulated at high frequency carrier
wave. When this kind of waveform encounters motor load, it tends to create very high dV/dt
stress for the stator winding. After a long time the stator insulation gets weakened up and
ultimately the stator flashover takes place. The problem is particularly severe in places where the
location of motor and VFD is at large distance. This happens because of the impedance mismatch
between cable and the motor surge impedance. This can reach as high as 1.9 times the DC bus
voltage.
Output sinus filter helps to outcome this problem. The output after sinus filter becomes sinusoidal
and the Motor gets relieved from excessive dV/dt stress. Motor can be placed far away from VFD.
The motor loss due to harmonic heating also reduces considerably.
Output sinus filter also helps in controlling the EMI and RFI generated by the power cable and
motor. That means an added advantage for equipments operating with small voltages and high
frequencies. Contact Amtech for details on Output sinus filter.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

9-1
9-3 Input/ output reactor
Input reactor is installed before the converter stage of the any VFD to smoothen the current
drawn from mains power supply. This also improves the wave shape at the input, as the peak
value of drawn current is restricted and the mains transformer do not goes towards saturation.
Output reactor with around 3% impedance helps in changing the characteristic impedance of the
motor. Now the VFD sees the output filter as the reflecting impedance and the filtering choke
bears the dV/dt spikes. Thus the dV/dt transient do not hampers the motor thereby increasing its
insulation life and reduced heating. Alternatively RC Filters and LC Filters and other passive
component combinations are also designed to suit a particular requirement. For sizing and best
filter selection for your system, contact Amtech.
9-4 Metering
At times there may be need of monitoring the internal VFD data. Optional analog or digital
metering of VFD operating data like various voltages, currents, rpm etc can be provided in the
panel. For the VFD data, which can be monitored, and the extra hardware, contact Amtech for
details.
9-5 Enclosure
Some applications may demand enclosures, which suit the environment where the unit is to be
installed. Protection against water or ingress or against some harmful ambient gas can be
provided within the scope of the manufacturer. The enclosure can be modified for required
degree of protection like IP54/ 55. Occasionally the shape and size of the enclosure can also be
discussed for incorporating the unit in some other predefined structure. Contact Amtech for
details on Enclosure options.
9-6 Battery backup VFD
For critical applications where the equipment can't bare the stoppage due to interruptions in the
power supply or its complete failure, Amtech offers battery backup VFDs. This is also applicable at
locations where the input power provided for VFD is DC. Contact Amtech for details on Battery
Backup VFD.
9-7 Remote operator box
Remote box for operation from near the actual driven motor site can be provided for the user
with optional controls and displays. We remind you here that our standard keypad control box
can be taken up to 1000 feet without any problem. Contact Amtech for details on Remote
Operator Box.
9-8 EMI filter
VFD output carries high frequency carrier wave generates electromagnetic radiations. Amtech
offers EMI filters to minimize the affect of VFD generated EMI noise on other equipments, which
are microprocessor based, and are placed very near to such EMI sources.
9-9 Dynamic braking
Dynamic breaking up 100% of the unit rating can be provided for high inertia loads, which require
fast deceleration. The mechanical inertial rotating energy is converted into electrical energy and
dissipated at dynamic breaking resistors. Contact Amtech for details on Dynamic Braking.

Amtech
9-2
9-10 VFD bypass
A bypass with Direct-On-Line or Star-Delta bypass start can be provided for motor at critical places
where the process cannot bear any eventuality arising out of VFD failure. Contact Amtech for the
scheme of bypass and other details on VFD bypass option.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

9-3
This page is intentionally left blank

Amtech
9-4
CHAPTER-10: ENCODER SPECIFICATIONS

10-1 Applicable encoder specifications

An encoder is used as a standard Line Driver type for the speed detection. The applicable encoder
specifications are as below.
Item Specifications
Supply voltage 5 VDC ± 0.25 V
Output method Line driver type
Output signal voltage VH (signal high-level voltage): 2.5 V or more, VL (signal low level voltage):
0.5 V or less at input terminal of option board. (Differential voltage of A+,
B+ in respect to A-, B-)
Supply current Note 1 Max. 200 mA (including signal supply current)
Output signal 90° ± 30° phase difference signal (A phase, B phase) Note 2
Pulse output frequency Maximum output pulse frequency is 300 kHz when the motor rotates at the
maximum speed.

10.2 Wiring example

An example of the connection with standard line driver type +5 V operated encoder is shown
below.
ENCODER OPTION BOARD
0.75 m m 2 (A W G 18), 50 m eter (164') or

Fig. 10-1

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

10-1
Note 1: In case the current requirement of encoder exceeds 200 mA or variation in encoder count,
connect separate isolated power source to the encoder. Do not connect 5 V and 0 V of the power
source to +5V and COM of option board respectively.
0.75 m m 2 (A W G 18), 50 m eter (164') or
ENCODER less, 6-core tw isted shield ed cable Option Board

5V 5V
+5V
Q-
M ax
20 0 m A
0V -6 0V COM
o-

5V 0V

PO W ER
SO U RCE

Fig. 10-2
Note 2 : A phase pulse and B phase pulse of input to the option board are given as bellow when a
motor rotates forward. A, B phase pulses mean differential voltages of A+, B+ against A-, B-.

VH

A Phase
Pulse
VL

VH

B Phase
Pulse
VL

90 Degree 90 Degree 90 Degree 90 Degree

Fig. 10-3

Amtech
10-2
CHAPTER-11: SERIAL COMMUNICATION SET-UP

The Axpert-Eazy+ Series VFD is equipped with a serial communication function using RS485 as a
standard. It acts as a Modbus slave in the network. The unit can be controlled with a host
computer (master) using this function.
The primary introduction of ModBus protocol is provided in the document. For detail information
please refer "Modicon ModBus Protocol Reference Guide PI-M BUS-300 Rev. J".
11-1 Connection method
This network is configured of one host computer (master) and 1 to 32 maxunits (slaves). TB4 on
main control board is used for the connection.
Refer to Chapter-2 Installation and Wiring for wiring the control signal and for the wiring methods.
The total length of the connected cable must be within 300 meter (1000 ft).
Connect the unit to a host computer equipped with a serial port or USB, such as a commercially
available personal computer by using a commercially available RS485-RS232C converter or USB
converter unit.
The details of the TB5 terminal are shown below.

TB4 IG N D 1 1 D+ D-

Fig. 11-1
11-2 Connecting the host computer and Axpert-Eazy+ (1-to-1)

Fig. 11-2

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-1
 /?\CAUTION

S Separates the communication cable from the main circuit cable and other power cables.
S A shielded twisted pair cable should be used for connecting TB5 and the host computer.
Connect the shielded twisted pair cable's shield to control earth.
S When connecting the TB5 and shielded twisted pair cable, do not solder the wires, which are
exposed after the sheath is peeled off.
S If the communication is distorted and not carried out properly because of noise, etc., connect
a ferrite core, etc., to the cable, and increase the noise resistance.
S When connecting several units, connect two wires to each TB5 terminal, and couple the units.
An example of the connection is shown below.
11-3 Connecting the host computer and Axpert-Eazy+ (1-to-many units)

RS485

Shielded twisted cable

The details of the TB5 terminal section are shown below.

GND1 D+ D-

Fig. 11-3

Amtech
11-2
 /y\CAUTION

S Separates the communication cable from the main circuit cable and other power cables.
S A shielded twisted pair wire should be used for connecting TB1 and the host computer.
Connect the twisted pair cable's shield to the control earth.
S When using several slave units, set JP3 of last unit to 'LD' position to connect the terminating
resistors as shown in the Fig. 11-3.
S When connecting the TB3 and shielded twisted pair cable, do not solder the wires, which are
exposed after the sheath is peeled off.
S If the communication is distorted and not carried out properly because of noise. Connect a
ferrite core to the cable and increase the noise resistance. If required take other precautions
for noise resistance / reduction.
11-4 Communication specifications
Connection method RS485, 2-wire type
Transmission distance Total extension distance less than 300 meter (1000 ft)
Baud rate Select from 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 bps
Transmission method Start-stop synchronization, half-duplex communication
Frame configuration Start - 1 bit
Data - 8 bits
Stop: 1 bit (with parity) or 2 bits (if no parity)
Parity: Select from none, odd or even
Error detection Sum check, parity, framing
Communication protocol Modbus-RTU communication
Number of stations Set between 1 and 247

The default factory settings are shown below.

Parameter Parameter name Unit Value
C401 Baud Rate bps =4:9600
C402 Station Number =1
C403 Parity =1: No Parity
C404 Response Time Sec =0.01

11-5 Introduction to Modbus

Modbus is a serial, asynchronous protocol. The Modbus protocol does not specify the physical
interface. The typical physical interfaces are RS-232 and RS-485. The Device uses the RS-485
interface.
Modbus is designed for integration with Modicon PLCs or other automation devices, and the
services closely correspond to the PLC architecture. This Device 'looks like' a Modicon PLC on the
network.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-3
1 Transactions on Modbus Networks
Controllers communicate using a master-slave technique, in which only one device (the master)
can initiate transactions (called 'queries'). The other devices (the slaves) respond by supplying the
requested data to the master, or by taking the action requested in the query. Typical master
devices include host processors and programming panels. Typical slaves include programmable
controllers.
The master can address individual slaves, or can initiate a broadcast message to all slaves. Slaves
return a message (called a 'response') to queries that are addressed to them individually.
Responses are not returned to broadcast queries from the master.
The Query-Response Cycle

R sspcnse

The Query: The function code in the query tells the addressed slave device what kind of action to
perform. The data bytes contain any additional information that the slave will need to perform
the function. For example, function code 03 will query the slave to read holding registers and
respond with their contents. The data field must contain the information telling the slave which
register to start at and how many registers to read. The error check field provides a method for
the slave to validate the integrity of the message contents.
The Response: If the slave makes a normal response, the function code in the response is an echo
of the function code in the query. The data bytes contain the data collected by the slave, such as
register values or status. If an error occurs, the function code is modified to indicate that the
response is an error response, and the data bytes contain a code that describes the error. The
error check field allows the master to confirm that the message contents are valid.
The Two Serial Transmission Modes
Standard Modbus networks using either of two transmission modes:
1. ASCII
2. RTU (Remote Terminal Unit)
This Device supports only the RTU mode. Only the RTU mode is described in this document. Both
the master and slave must be configured in RTU Mode.
2 RTU Mode
When controllers are setup to communicate on a Modbus network using RTU (Remote Terminal
Unit) mode, each 8-b it byte in a message contains two 4-bit hexadecimal characters. The main

Amtech
11-4
advantage of this mode is that its greater character density allows better data throughput than
ASCII for the same baud rate. Each message must be transmitted in a continuous stream.
The format for each byte in RTU mode is:
Coding System: 8-b it binary, hexadecimal 0-9, A -F
Two hexadecimal characters contained in each
8-b it field of the message
Bits per Byte: 1 start bit
8 data bits, least significant bit sent first
1 bit for even/odd parity; no bit for no parity
1 stop bit if parity is used; 2 bits if no parity
Error Check Field: Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC)
2.1 RTU Framing
In RTU mode, messages start with a silent interval of at least 3.5 character times. This is most
easily implemented as a multiple of character times at the baud rate that is being used on the
network (shown as T1 -T 2 -T 3 -T 4 in the figure below). The first field then transmitted is the device
address.
The allowable characters transmitted for all fields are hexadecimal 0-9, A-F. Networked devices
monitor the network bus continuously, including during the 'silent' intervals. When the first field
(the address field) is received, each device decodes it to find out if it is the addressed device.
Following the last transmitted character, a similar interval of at least 3.5 character times marks
the end of the message. A new message can begin after this interval. The entire message frame
must be transmitted as a continuous stream. If a silent interval of more than 1.5 character times
occurs before completion of the frame, the receiving device flushes the incomplete message and
assumes that the next byte will be the address field of a new message.
Similarly, if a new message begins earlier than 3.5 character times following a previous message,
the receiving device will consider it a continuation of the previous message. This will set an error,
as the value in the final CRC field will not be valid for the combined messages. A typical message
frame is shown below.

START ADDRESS FUNCTION DATA CRC Check END

T1-T2-T3-T4 8 BITS 8 BITS N x 8 BITS 16 BITS T1-T2-T3-T4
11
Field Note
Address Valid slave addresses are valid from 0 to 247. 0 is the general call address while 1 to 247
addresses are assigned to individual slave device.
Function Valid function codes are 1 to 255, Which also includes the exception codes. The slave
generates exception codes while it detects any error. In this the 8th bit of function code is
modified to 1 from 0.
Data Data field contains any hexadecimal number, which can have register address as well as
data. All the data addresses in Modbus are referenced to zero. The first occurrence of data
item is addressed as item number zero. For example,

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-5
 The coil known as 'coil 1' is addresses as coil 0000 in the data address field of Modbus
message.
Coil 127 decimal is addressed as coil 007E hex (126 decimal).
Holding register 40001 is addressed as register 0000 in the data address field of the
message. The function code field already specifies a 'holding register' operation. Therefore
the '4XXXX' reference is implicit.
Holding register 40108 is addressed as register 006B hex (107 decimal).
CRC Check The RTU mode uses CRC Checking for error free transmission.

Every byte of the query or response is followed by at start bit and parity or stop bits at the end.
With RTU character framing, the bit sequence is:
With Parity Checking

Start 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Parity Stop

Without Parity Checking

Start 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Stop Stop

3. Data Access
3.1 Register Read and Write
The device parameter and data set information is mapped into a 4xxxx register area. This holding
register area can be read from an external device, and an external device can modify the register
values by writing to them.
All parameters have access for either reading or writing. The parameter writes are verified for
correct value, and for valid register addresses. Some parameters never allow writes, some
parameters allow write, and some can be modified at any time.
The register addresses that are not allocated to any device parameter or data set are invalid. No
reads or writes are allowed for these addresses. If there is an attempt to read or write outside the
parameter addresses, the Modbus interface will return an exception code to the controller.
Exception Codes
Below is the table of exception code generated by slave device.

Code Name Reason

01 ILLEGAL FUNCTION Unsupported Command.
02 ILLEGAL DATA ADDRESS Address does not exist or is read/write protected.
03 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE Value is outside min-max limits. Parameter is read-only.
04 SLAVE DEVICE FAILURE Reading a multiple parameter register, which includes one or
more read protected parameters.
06 SLAVE DEVICE BUSY Slave device performing other important operation and it cannot
give response. Try with query after sometime.

Amtech
11-6
3.2 Data Update
The device designed for time-optimized, reliable data transfer between the Modbus network and
the master device.
This device supports three function codes of the general modbus protocol. They are as below.

Code Name Meaning

03 Read Holding Registers Read the binary contents of holding registers (4X references) in
the slave.
06 Preset Single Register Presets a value into a single holding register (4X reference).
When broadcast, the function presets the same register
reference in all attached slaves.
16 (10 Hex) Preset Multiple Regs Presets values into a sequence of holding registers (4X
references). When broadcast, the function presets the same
register references in all attached slaves.

4. Multi Drop Serial Link Parameters

The different parameters available on ModBus network are listed in table.
The description of different columns as below:
Sr. No. - It shows the modbus register address corresponding to the variable. All read and write
queries are made using parameter number.
Parameter Name - It shows the name of parameter corresponding to register address. It gives an
idea about use of the parameter in application.
R/W - It gives information of accessing the parameter. R means the parameter is read only. W
means the parameter is writing only. If R/W is written then the corresponding parameter has full
access for read and write.

Abbreviation Access
R Read Only
W Write Only
R/W Read and Write

Unit - It shows the corresponding unit for the parameter. If the unit is not listed then the
parameter may be gain or constant.
Default - It shows the default value of parameter.
Min - It shows the minimum value of the parameter. Any attempt to write the value less then
minimum value is not allowed. Blank cell means minimum value of parameter is 0.
Max - It shows the maximum value of the parameter. Any attempt to write the value more then
maximum value is not allowed. Blank cell means maximum value of parameter is 65535.
Resolution - It gives the information about the resolution for the corresponding parameter. For
example any parameter has resolution 1 digit after decimal point then if user want to write 2.5
then first multiply it by 10 and then send it as 25. Similarly 25 received as read then divide it by 10
so the last result is 2.5.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-7
 Please consider following points regarding Resolution:

Digits after decimal Point Read Operation Write Operation

1 Received Value/10 Send Value * 10
2 Received Value/100 Send Value * 100
3 Received Value/1000 Send Value * 1000
4 Received Value/10000 Send Value * 10000

Please treat negative values in 2's complement form.

11

Amtech
11-8
Para No Modbus Para No Modbus Para No Modbus Para No Modbus Para No Modbus
ID ID ID ID ID
M101 40001 M201 40027 M301 40036 M401 40026 M441 40421
M102 40002 M202 40028 M302 40038 M402 40024 M442 40422
M103 40070 M203 40012 M303 40039 M403 50000 M443 40423
M104 40003 M204 40013 M304 40040 M404 40074 M444 40424
M105 40004 M205 40011 M305 40069 M405 40075 M445 40425
M106 40016 M206 40014 M306 40041 M406 40078 M446 40426
M107 40017 M207 40015 M307 40042 M407 40077 M447 40427
M108 40018 M208 40030 M308 40047 M408 40076 M448 40406
M109 40044 M209 40058 M309 40048 M409 40071 M449 40407
M110 40045 M210 40055 M310 40050 M410 40118 M450 40408
M111 40005 M211 40052 M311 40051 M411 40072 M451 40409
M112 40020 M212 40105 M312 40049 M412 40119 M452 40410
M113 40006 M213 40106 M313 40053 M413 40073 M453 40411
M114 40007 M214 40061 M314 40054 M414 40117 M454 40412
M115 40008 M215 40062 M315 40056 M415 40110 M455 40413
M116 40009 M216 40063 M316 40057 M416 40111 M456 40414
M117 40010 M217 40064 M317 40059 M417 40112 M457 40415
M118 40019 M218 40065 M318 40060 M418 40113 M458 40428
M219 40066 M319 40043 M419 40114 M459 40429
M220 40067 M320 40088 M420 40115 M460 40430
M221 40107 M421 40116 M461 40431
M222 40108 M422 40101 M462 40432
M223 40109 M423 40102 M463 40433
M224 40068 M424 40103
M425 40090
M426 40091
M427 40092
M428 40093
M429 40094
M430 40095
M431 40096
M432 40097
M433 40098
11
M434 40099
M435 40100
M436 40416
M437 40417
M438 40418
M439 40419
M440 40420

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-9
 Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus ID
ID ID
Fault1 Type 40121 Fault2 Type 40134 Fault3 Type 40147
Fault1 VDC 40122 Fault2 VDC 40135 Fault3 VDC 40148
Fault1 Output 40123 Fault2 Output Frequency 40136 Fault3 Output Frequency 40149
Frequency
Fault1 Output Current 40124 Fault2 Output Current 40137 Fault3 Output Current 40150
Fault1 Heatsink 40125 Fault2 Heatsink 40138 Fault3 Heatsink 40151
Temperature Temperature Temperature
Fault1 Vin 40126 Fault2 Vin 40139 Fault3 Vin 40152
Fault1 MWH 40127 Fault2 MWH 40140 Fault3 MWH 40153
Fault1 Conduction Time 40128 Fault2 Conduction Time 40141 Fault3 Conduction Time 40154
Fault1 KWH 40129 Fault2 KWH 40142 Fault3 KWH 40155
Fault1 Status 40130 Fault2 Status 40143 Fault3 Status 40156
Fault1 Minutes / 40131 Fault2 Minutes / Seconds 40144 Fault3 Minutes / 40157
Seconds Seconds
Fault1 Date / Hour 40132 Fault2 Date / Hour 40145 Fault3 Date / Hour 40158
Fault1 Month / Year 40133 Fault2 Month / Year 40146 Fault3 Month / Year 40159

Fault4 Type 40160 Fault5 Type 40173 Fault6 Type 40186

Fault4 VDC 40161 Fault5 VDC 40174 Fault6 VDC 40187
Fault4 Output 40162 Fault5 Output Frequency 40175 Fault6 Output Frequency 40188
Frequency
Fault4 Output Current 40163 Fault5 Output Current 40176 Fault6 Output Current 40189
Fault4 Heatsink 40164 Fault5 Heatsink 40177 Fault6 Heatsink 40190
Temperature Temperature Temperature
Fault4 Vin 40165 Fault5 Vin 40178 Fault6 Vin 40191
Fault4 MWH 40166 Fault5 MWH 40179 Fault6 MWH 40192
Fault4 Conduction Time 40167 Fault5 Conduction Time 40180 Fault6 Conduction Time 40193
Fault4 KWH 40168 Fault5 KWH 40181 Fault6 KWH 40194
Fault4 Status 40169 Fault5 Status 40182 Fault6 Status 40195
Fault4 Minutes / 40170 Fault5 Minutes / Seconds 40183 Fault6 Minutes / 40196
11 Seconds Seconds
Fault4 Date / Hour 40171 Fault5 Date / Hour 40184 Fault6 Date / Hour 40197
Fault4 Month / Year 40172 Fault5 Month / Year 40185 Fault6 Month / Year 40198

Amtech
11-10
Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus ID
ID ID
Fault7 Type 40199 Fault 8 Type 40212 Fault9 Type 40225
Fault7 VDC 40200 Fault8 VDC 40213 Fault9 VDC 40226
Fault7 Output 40201 Fault8 Output Frequency 40214 Fault9 Output Frequency 40227
Frequency
Fault7 Output Current 40202 Fault8 Output Current 40215 Fault9 Output Current 40228
Fault7 Heatsink 40203 Fault8 Heatsink 40216 Fault9 Heatsink 40229
Temperature Temperature Temperature
Fault7 Vin 40204 Fault8 Vin 40217 Fault9 Vin 40230
Fault7 MWH 40205 Fault8 MWH 40218 Fault9 MWH 40231
Fault7 Conduction Time 40206 Fault8 Conduction Time 40219 Fault9 Conduction Time 40232
Fault7 KWH 40207 Fault8 KWH 40220 Fault9 KWH 40233
Fault7 Status 40208 Fault8 Status 40221 Fault9 Status 40234
Fault7 Minutes / 40209 Fault8 Minutes / Seconds 40222 Fault9 Minutes / 40235
Seconds Seconds
Fault7 Date / Hour 40210 Fault8 Date / Hour 40223 Fault9 Date / Hour 40236
Fault7 Month / Year 40211 Fault8 Month / Year 40224 Fault9 Month / Year 40237

Fault10 Type 40238 Fault11 Type 40251 Fault12 Type 40264

Fault10 VDC 40239 Fault11 VDC 40252 Fault12 VDC 40265
Fault10 Output 40240 Fault11 Output Frequency Fault12 Output
Frequency 40253 Frequency 40266
Fault10 Output Current 40241 Fault11 Output Current 40254 Fault12 Output Current 40267
Fault10 Heatsink 40242 Fault11 Heatsink Fault12 Heatsink
Temperature Temperature 40255 Temperature 40268
Fault10 Vin 40243 Fault11 Vin 40256 Fault12 Vin 40269
Fault10 MWH 40244 Fault11 MWH 40257 Fault12 MWH 40270
Fault10 Conduction 40245 Fault11 Conduction Time Fault12 Conduction
Time 40258 Time 40271
Fault10 KWH 40246 Fault11 KWH 40259 Fault12 KWH 40272
Fault10 Status 40247 Fault11 Status 40260 Fault12 Status 40273
Fault10 Minutes / Fault11 Minutes / Seconds Fault12 Minutes / 11
Seconds 40248 40261 Seconds 40274
Fault10 Date / Hour 40249 Fault11 Date / Hour 40262 Fault12 Date / Hour 40275
Fault10 Month / Year 40250 Fault11 Month / Year 40263 Fault12 Month / Year 40276

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-11
 Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus ID
ID ID
Fault13 Type 40277 Fault14 Type 40290 Fault15 Type 40303
Fault13 VDC 40278 Fault14 VDC 40291 Fault15 VDC 40304
Fault13 Output Fault14 Output Frequency Fault15 Output
Frequency 40279 40292 Frequency 40305
Fault13 Output Current 40280 Fault14 Output Current 40293 Fault15 Output Current 40306
Fault13 Heatsink Fault14 Heatsink Fault15 Heatsink
Temperature 40281 Temperature 40294 Temperature 40307
Fault13 Vin 40282 Fault14 Vin 40295 Fault15 Vin 40308
Fault13 MWH 40283 Fault14 MWH 40296 Fault15 MWH 40309
Fault13 Conduction Fault14 Conduction Time Fault15 Conduction
Time 40284 40297 Time 40310
Fault13 KWH 40285 Fault14 KWH 40298 Fault15 KWH 40311
Fault13 Status 40286 Fault14 Status 40299 Fault15 Status 40312
Fault13 Minutes / Fault14 Minutes / Seconds Fault15 Minutes /
Seconds 40287 40300 Seconds 40313
Fault13 Date / Hour 40288 Fault14 Date / Hour 40301 Fault15 Date / Hour 40314
Fault13 Month / Year 40289 Fault14 Month / Year 40302 Fault15 Month / Year 40315

Fault16 Type 40316 Fault17 Type 40329 Fault18 Type 40342

Fault16 VDC 40317 Fault17 VDC 40330 Fault18 VDC 40343
Fault16 Output Fault17 Output Frequency Fault18 Output
Frequency 40318 40331 Frequency 40344
Fault16 Output Current 40319 Fault17 Output Current 40332 Fault18 Output Current 40345
Fault16 Heatsink Fault17 Heatsink Fault18 Heatsink
Temperature 40320 Temperature 40333 Temperature 40346
Fault16 Vin 40321 Fault17 Vin 40334 Fault18 Vin 40347
Fault16 MWH 40322 Fault17 MWH 40335 Fault18 MWH 40348
Fault16 Conduction Fault17 Conduction Time Fault18 Conduction
Time 40323 40336 Time 40349
Fault16 KWH 40324 Fault17 KWH 40337 Fault18 KWH 40350
11 Fault16 Status 40325 Fault17 Status 40338 Fault18 Status 40351
Fault16 Minutes / Fault17 Minutes / Seconds Fault18 Minutes /
Seconds 40326 40339 Seconds 40352
Fault16 Date / Hour 40327 Fault17 Date / Hour 40340 Fault18 Date / Hour 40353
Fault16 Month / Year 40328 Fault17 Month / Year 40341 Fault18 Month / Year 40354

Amtech
11-12
Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus Mode/Group Mbus ID
ID ID
Fault19 Type 40355 Fault20 Type 40368
Fault19 VDC 40356 Fault20 VDC 40369
Fault19 Output Fault20 Output Frequency
Frequency 40357 40370
Fault19 Output Current 40358 Fault20 Output Current 40371
Fault19 Heatsink Fault20 Heatsink
Temperature 40359 Temperature 40372
Fault19 Vin 40360 Fault20 Vin 40373
Fault19 MWH 40361 Fault20 MWH 40374
Fault19 Conduction Fault20 Conduction Time
Time 40362 40375
Fault19 KWH 40363 Fault20 KWH 40376
Fault19 Status 40364 Fault20 Status 40377
Fault19 Minutes / Fault20 Minutes / Seconds
Seconds 40365 40378
Fault19 Date / Hour 40366 Fault20 Date / Hour 40379
Fault19 Month / Year 40367 Fault20 Month / Year 40380

11

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-13
 Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
M701 42307 M801 42336 M901 40451 MA01 40496
M702 42308 M802 42337 M902 40452
M703 42309 M803 42338 M903 40453
M704 42301 M804 42339 M904 40454
M705 42310 M805 42340 M905 40455
M706 42311 M806 42341 M906 40456
M707 42312 M807 42342 M907 40457
M708 42302 M808 42343 M908 40458
M709 42313 M809 42344 M909 40459
M710 42314 M810 42347 M910 40460
M711 42315 M811 42348 M911 40461
M712 42303 M812 42349 M912 40462
M713 42316 M813 42350 M913 40463
M714 42317 M914 40464
M715 42318 M915 40465
M716 42304 M916 40466
M717 42319 M917 40467
M718 42320 M918 40468
M719 42321 M919 40469
M720 42305 M920 40470
M721 42322 M921 40471
M722 42323 M922 40472
M723 42324 M923 40473
M724 42306 M924 40474
M925 40475
M926 40476
M927 40477
M928 40478
M929 40479

11 M930
M931
40480
40481
M932 40482

Amtech
11-14
Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
A101 40502 A201 40534 A301 40564 A401 40594
A102 40507 A202 40535 A302 40565 A402 40604
A103 40512 A203 40536 A303 40566 A403 40605
A104 40513 A204 40537 A304 40567 A404 40595
A105 40514 A205 40538 A305 40568 A405 40596
A106 40503 A206 40539 A306 40569 A406 40597
A107 40504 A207 40540 A307 40570 A407 40598
A108 40505 A208 40541 A308 40571 A408 40599
A109 40518 A209 40542 A309 40572 A409 40600
A110 40515 A210 40543 A310 40573 A410 40601
A111 40506 A211 40544 A411 40602
A112 40509 A412 40603
A113 40510 A413 40624
A114 40521 A414 40627
A115 40516 A415 40625
A116 40517 A416 40626
A117 40511 A417 40790
A118 40499 A418 40791
A119 40498 A419 40715
A120 40500 A420 40716
A121 40782
A122 40783
A123 40522
A124 40523
A125 40524
A126 40998
A127 40999
A128 41001
A129 41002

11

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-15
 Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
A501 40675 A601 40647 A701 41017
A502 40676 A602 40648 A702 41112
A503 40677 A603 40649 A703 41113
A504 40678 A604 40650 A704 41114
A505 40679 A605 40651 A705 41115
A506 40680 A606 40652 A706 41116
A607 40653 A707 41117
A608 40654 A708 41118
A609 40655 A709 41119
A610 40656 A710 41120
A611 40657 A711 41121
A612 40658 A712 41122
A613 40659 A713 41123
A614 40660 A714 41124
A615 40661 A715 41125
A616 40662
A617 40663
A618 40664
A619 40665
A620 40519
A621 40520
A622 41031
A623 41032
A624 41033
A625 40666
A626 40667
A627 40668
A628 40669
A629 40670

11 A630 40671

Amtech
11-16
Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
B101 40701 B201 40741 B301 40771 B401 40806
B102 40702 B202 40742 B302 40772 B402 40807
B103 40703 B203 40743 B303 40773 B403 40808
B104 40704 B204 40744 B304 40775 B404 40809
B105 40705 B205 40745 B305 40779 B405 40810
B106 40706 B206 40746 B306 40780 B406 40811
B107 40707 B207 40747 B307 40774 B407 40812
B108 40720 B208 40748 B308 40781 B408 40826
B109 40719 B209 40749 B309 40776 B409 40827
B110 40708 B210 40750 B310 41042 B410 40828
B111 40718 B211 40751 B311 41043 B411 40829
B112 40709 B312 40777
B113 40717 B313 40784
B114 40721 B314 40785
B115 40722 B315 40786
B116 40710 B316 40787
B117 40711 B317 40788
B118 40712 B319 40789
B119 40713 B320 40978
B120 40714 B321 41030
B322 41012
B323 40778
B324 40793

11

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-17
 Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
B501 40846 B601 40881 B701 40895
B502 40847 B602 40882 B702 40896
B503 40848 B603 40883 B703 40897
B504 40849 B604 40884 B704 40898
B505 40850 B605 40885 B705 40899
B506 40851 B606 40886 B706 40900
B507 40854 B607 40887 B707 40901
B508 40855 B608 40888 B708 40902
B509 40868 B609 40889 B709 40903
B510 40869 B610 40890 B710 40904
B511 40870 B611 40891 B711 40905
B512 40864 B612 40892 B712 40906
B513 40865 B713 40907
B514 40866 B714 40908
B515 40867 B715 40909
B516 40858 B716 40910
B517 40859
B518 40860
B519 40852
B520 40853
B521 40871
B522 40872
B523 40856
B524 40857
B525 40861
B526 40873
B527 40862
B528 40874
B529 40863

11

Amtech
11-18
Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
C101 40911 C201 40957 C301 40947 C401 41006
C102 40912 C202 40960 C302 40948 C402 41007
C103 40913 C203 40959 C303 40946 C403 41019
C104 40914 C204 40962 C304 40983 C404 41036
C105 40915 C205 40961 C305 40986 C405 41037
C106 40916 C206 42501 C306 40985 C406 41008
C107 40917 C207 42502 C307 40952 C407 41009
C108 40918 C208 42503 C308 40951 C408 41010
C109 40920 C209 42504 C309 42513 C409 41011
C110 40989 C210 40968 C310 42514 C410 41013
C111 40970 C211 40958 C311 42515 C411 41014
C112 40925 C212 40964 C312 42516 C412 41016
C113 40926 C213 40963 C313 40991 C413 41018
C114 40927 C214 40966 C314 40984 C414 41029
C115 40928 C215 40965 C315 40988 C415 41003
C116 40935 C216 42505 C316 40987 C416 41038
C117 40936 C217 42506 C317 40954 C417 41020
C118 40937 C218 42507 C318 40953 C418 41021
C119 40921 C219 42508 C319 42517 C419 41034
C120 41004 C220 40969 C320 42518 C420 41035
C221 40956 C321 42519 C421 41039
C222 40955 C322 42520 C422 41040
C223 42509 C323 40992 C423 41022
C224 42510 C324 40950 C424 41044
C225 42511 C325 40949 C425 41045
C226 42512 C326 40982 C426 41054
C227 40967 C327 42521 C427 41055
C228 40971 C328 42522 C428 41056
C229 40972 C329 42523 C429 41023
C230 40973 C330 42524 C430 41024
C231 40974 C331 40990 C431 41025
C232 40981 C332 40979 C432 41026
C233
C234
40976
40975
C333
C334
40980
40993
C433
C434
41027
41028
11
C235 40977 C335 40994
C336 40995
C337 40996
C338 40997

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-19
 Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
C501 41046 C601 41063 C701 41082 C801 41072
C502 41047 C602 41064 C702 41083 C802 41073
C503 41048 C603 41065 C703 41084 C803 41074
C504 41049 C604 41066 C704 41085 C804 41075
C505 41050 C605 41067 C705 41086 C805 41076
C506 41041 C606 41068 C706 41087 C806 41102
C507 41057 C607 41069 C707 41088 C807 41103
C508 41134 C608 41070 C708 41089 C808 41104
C509 41135 C609 41071 C709 41090 C809 41194
C510 41136 C610 41061 C710 41091 C810 41167
C511 41137 C611 41062 C711 41093 C811 41168
C512 41138 C612 41077 C712 41094 C812 41169
C513 41139 C613 41078 C713 41095 C813 41170
C514 41140 C614 41079 C714 41096 C814 41176
C515 41141 C615 41080 C715 41097 C815 41105
C516 41142 C616 41081 C716 41098 C816 41106
C517 41143 C617 41107 C717 41099 C817 41126
C518 41144 C618 41108 C718 41100 C818 41127
C519 41145 C619 41109 C719 41101 C819 41128
C520 41146 C620 41110 C820 41129
C521 41147 C621 41111 C821 41130
C522 41148 C822 41166
C523 41149 C823 41195
C524 41150 C824 41219
C525 41151 C825 41177
C526 41152 C826 41178
C527 41153
C528 41154
C529 41155
C530 41156
C531 41157
C532 41158

11 C533
C534
41159
41160
C535 41161
C536 41162
C537 41163
C538 41164
C539 41165

Amtech
11-20
Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
C901 41207 C941 41237
C902 41211 C942 41240
C903 41210 C943 41239
C904 41213 C944 42553
C905 41212 C945 42554
C906 42525 C946 42555
C907 42526 C947 41179
C908 42527 C948 41180
C909 42528 C949 41181
C910 41231 C950 41182
C911 41208 C951 41186
C912 41215 C952 41185
C913 41214 C953 41192
C914 41217 C954 41191
C915 41216 C955 42541
C916 42529 C956 42542
C917 42530 C957 42543
C918 42531 C958 42544
C919 42532 C959 41241
C920 41232 C960 41183
C921 41209 C961 41188
C922 41226 C962 41187
C923 41218 C963 41204
C924 41228 C964 41193
C925 41227 C965 42545
C926 42533 C966 42546
C927 42534 C967 42547
C928 42535 C968 42548
C929 42536 C969 41242
C930 41233 C970 41184
C931 41230 C971 41190
C932 41229 C972 41189
C933
C934
42537
42538
C973
C974
41206
41205
11
C935 42539 C975 42549
C936 42540 C976 42550
C937 41234 C977 42551
C938 41236 C978 42552
C939 41235 C979 41243
C940 41238

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-21
 Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
D101 41171 D201 41197 D301 41221 D401 41246
D102 41172 D202 41200 D302 41222 D402 41247
D103 41173 D203 41198 D303 41223 D403 41248
D104 41174 D204 41199 D304 41224 D404 41249
D105 41175 D205 41201 D305 41225
D206 41202
D207 41203

Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID

E101 41271 E201 41301 E301 41326 E401 41351
E102 41272 E202 41302 E302 41327 E402 41352
E103 41273 E203 41303 E303 41328 E403 41353
E104 41274 E204 41304 E304 41329 E404 41354
E105 41275 E205 41305 E305 41330 E405 41355
E106 41276 E206 41306 E306 41331 E406 41356
E107 41277 E207 41307 E307 41332 E407 41357
E108 41278 E208 41308 E308 41333 E408 41358
E209 41309 E309 41334 E409 41359
E210 41310 E310 41335 E410 41360
E211 41311 E311 41336 E411 41361
E212 41312 E312 41337 E412 41362
E213 41313 E313 41338 E413 41363
E214 41314 E314 41339 E414 41364
E215 41315 E315 41340 E415 41365

E501 41376 E601 41401 E701 41426

E502 41377 E602 41402 E702 41427
E503 41378 E603 41403 E703 41428
E504 41379 E604 41404 E704 41429
E505 41380 E605 41405 E705 41430
E506 41381 E606 41406 E706 41431
11 E507
E508
41382
41383
E607
E608
41407
41408
E707
E708
41432
41433
E509 41384 E609 41409 E709 41434
E510 41385 E610 41410 E710 41435
E511 41386 E611 41411 E711 41436
E512 41387 E612 41412 E712 41437
E513 41388 E613 41413 E713 41438
E514 41389 E614 41414 E714 41439
E515 41390 E615 41415 E715 41440

Amtech
11-22
Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID Para No Modbus ID
G101 41451 G201 41476 G301 41501 G401 41526
G102 41452 G202 41477 G302 41502 G402 41527
G103 41453 G203 41478 G303 41503 G403 41528
G104 41454 G204 41479 G304 41504 G404 41529
G105 41455 G205 41480 G305 41505 G405 41530
G106 41456 G206 41481 G306 41506 G406 41531
G107 41457 G207 41482 G307 41507 G407 41532
G108 41458 G208 41483 G308 41508 G408 41533
G109 41459 G209 41484 G309 41509 G409 41534
G110 41460 G210 41485 G310 41510 G410 41535
G111 41461 G211 41486 G311 41511 G411 41536
G112 41462 G212 41487 G312 41512 G412 41537
G113 41463 G213 41488 G313 41513 G413 41538
G114 41464 G214 41489 G314 41514 G414 41539
G115 41465 G215 41490 G315 41515 G415 41540

G501 41551 G601 41576 H101 41601

G502 41552 G602 41577 H102 41602
G503 41553 G603 41578 H103 41603
G504 41554 G604 41579 H104 41604
G505 41555 G605 41580 H105 41605
G506 41556 G606 41581
G507 41557 G607 41582
G508 41558 G608 41583
G509 41559 G609 41584
G510 41560 G610 41585
G511 41561 G611 41586
G512 41562 G612 41587
G513 41563 G613 41588
G514
G515
41564
41565
G614
G615
41589
41590
11

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-23
 5. Description of Different Queries Used for communication
5.1 Read Single Parameter
This query is used for single parameter read. Total 8 bytes are transmitted. 3.5-character times
delay is provided at the start and end of the query for indication of starting and ending of query.
The 3.5 character time is calculated as below.
If 9600 baud rate is used then
Delay = (3.5*11)/9600 = 4.01 mSec
For example if you want to read parameter 40003 (M104 Output Current) then the format of
query is as below.

Byte Query Bytes Description

Number
1 01h First byte is the address of the modbus slave device referred as station
number.
2 03h Indication of read operation
3 00h Starting address High byte
4 02h Starting Address Low byte. Parameter 40003 is addressed as 0002h. Byte 3
and 4 has right justified packed value of parameter number.
5 00h No of parameters High Byte
6 01h No of parameters Low Byte. If only one parameter is to be read then 01h is
used. More than one parameter can be read.
7 CRC Low CRC Low Byte
8 CRC High CRC High Byte. The High and Low bytes are reversed in CRC transmission. The
method of calculating CRC is described in the next section.

If the query is received properly then the response is returned as below.

Byte Query Bytes Description

Number
1 01h First byte is the address of the modbus slave device referred as station
number.
2 03h Indication of read operation
11 3 02h No. of data bytes packed after byte 3.
4 01h Data Byte High
5 F4h Data Byte Low. Byte number 4 and 5 has right justified packed value of the
required parameter.
6 CRC Low CRC Low Byte
7 CRC High CRC High Byte. The High and Low bytes are reversed in CRC transmission. The
method of calculating CRC is described in the next section.

Amtech
11-24
The data received as packed data in bytes 4 and 5. Hence received value is 01F4h = 500d. So the
final value of the parameter is 500/10 = 50.0 because parameter 40003 has resolution of 1 digit
after decimal point.
5.2 Read Multiple Parameter
This query is used for single parameter read. Total 8 bytes are transmitted. 3.5-character times
delay is provided at the start and end of the query for indication of starting and ending of query.
For example if you want to read parameter 40001 to 40010 then the format of query is as below.

Byte Query Bytes Description

Number
1 01h First byte is the address of the modbus slave device referred as station
number.
2 03h Indication of read operation
3 00h Starting address High byte
4 00h Starting Address Low byte. Parameter 40001 is addressed as 0000h. Byte 3
and 4 has right justified packed value of parameter number.
5 00h No of parameters High Byte
6 0Ah No of parameters Low Byte. For 10 parameters to be read then 0Ah is used.
7 CRC Low CRC Low Byte
8 CRC High CRC High Byte. The High and Low bytes are reversed in CRC transmission. The
method of calculating CRC is described in the next section.

If the query is received properly then the response is returned as below.

Byte Query Bytes Description

Number
1 01h First byte is the address of the modbus slave device referred as station
number.
2 03h Indication of read operation
3 14h Total 20 data bytes packed after byte 3.
4-23 20 Bytes Data Bytes are in the ascending orders of parameter number. First two for
40001, next two for 40002 and so on.
24 CRC Low CRC Low Byte
25 CRC High CRC High Byte. The High and Low bytes are reversed in CRC transmission. The 11
method of calculating CRC is described in the next section.

5.3 Write Single Parameter

This query is used for single parameter read. Total 8 bytes are transmitted. 3.5-character times
delay is provided at the start and end of the query for indication of starting and ending of query
For example if you want to write parameter 40502 then the format of query is as below. The
range of this parameter is 0.00 to 600.00. If the sending value is 40.00 then the transmitted value
in query is 40.00 * 100 = 4000 because this parameter has resolution of 2 digits after decimal.
After converting to hexadecimal it becomes FA0h.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-25
 Byte Query Bytes Description
Number
1 01h First byte is the address of the modbus slave device referred as station
number.
2 06h Indication of single write operation
3 01h Starting address High byte
4 F5h Starting Address Low byte. Parameter 40502 is addressed as 01F5h. Byte 3
and 4 has right justified packed value of parameter number.
5 0Fh Data High Byte
6 A0h Data Low Byte.
7 CRC Low CRC Low Byte
8 CRC High CRC High Byte. The High and Low bytes are reversed in CRC transmission. The
method of calculating CRC is described in the next section.

If the query is received properly then the response is the echo of the query after the value is being
set.
5.4 Write Multiple Parameter
This query is used for multiple parameters Write. 3.5-character times delay is provided at the start
and end of the query for indication of starting and ending of query.
For example if you want to read parameter 40534 to 40543 then the format of query is as below.
Then total 29 bytes transmitted.

Byte Query Bytes Description

Number
1 01h First byte is the address of the modbus slave device referred as station
number.
2 10h Indication of multiple write operation
3 02h Starting address High byte
4 15h Starting Address Low byte. Parameter 40534 is addressed (40534-40001 =
533d = 0215h) as 0215h. Byte 3 and 4 has right justified packed value of
parameter number.
5 00h No of parameters High Byte

11 6 0Ah No of parameters Low Byte. For 10 parameters to be write then 0Ah is used.
7 14h Total 20 data bytes transmitted after byte 7.
8-27 20 Data Bytes. Total 20 Data Bytes transmitted. First two for parameter 40534, next two for
40535 and so on.
28 CRC Low CRC Low Byte
29 CRC High CRC High Byte. The High and Low bytes are reversed in CRC transmission. The
method of calculating CRC is described in the next section.
If the query is received properly then the response is returned as below. The first six bytes are
same as query.

Amtech
11-26
Byte Query Bytes Description
Number
1 01h First byte is the address of the modbus slave device referred as station
number.
2 10h Indication of multiple write operation
3 02h Starting address High byte
4 15h Starting Address Low byte.
5 00h No of parameters High Byte
6 0Ah No of parameters Low Byte.
7 CRC Low CRC Low Byte
8 CRC High CRC High Byte. The High and Low bytes are reversed in CRC transmission. The
method of calculating CRC is described in the next section.

6. CRC Generation
The Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC) field is two bytes, containing a 16-bit binary value. The CRC
value is calculated by the transmitting device, which appends the CRC to the message. The
receiving device recalculates a CRC during receipt of the message, and compares the calculated
value to the actual value it received in the CRC field. If the two values are not equal, it results in an
error.
The CRC is started by first preloading a 16-bit register to all 1's. Then a process begins of applying
successive 8 -bit bytes of the message to the current contents of the register. Only the eight bits of
data in each character are used for generating the CRC. Start and stop bits, and the parity bit, do
not apply to the CRC.
During generation of the CRC, each 8 -bit character is exclusive ORed with the register contents.
Then the result is shifted in the direction of the least significant bit (LSB), with a zero filled into the
most significant bit (MSB) position. The LSB is extracted and examined. If the LSB was a 1, the
register is then exclusive Ored with a preset, fixed value. If the LSB was a 0, no exclusive OR takes
place.
This process is repeated until eight shifts have been performed. After the last (eighth) shift, the
next 8 -bit character is exclusive ORed with the register's current value, and the process repeats
for eight more shifts as described above. The final contents of the register, after all the characters
of the message have been applied, it the CRC value.
1. A procedure for generating a CRC is:
2. Load a 16-bit register with FFFFh hex (all 1's). Call this the CRC register.
3. Exclusive OR the first 8 -bit byte of the message with the low-order byte of the 16-bit CRC
register, putting the result in the CRC register.
4. Shift the CRC register one bit to the right (toward the LSB), zero-filling the MSB. Extract and
examine the LSB.
5. (If the LSB was 0): Repeat Step 3 (another shift). (If the LSB was 1):Exclusive OR the CRC
register with the polynomial value A001 hex (1010 0000 0000 0001).
6. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until 8 shifts have been performed. When thisis done,a complete 8 -bit
byte will have been processed.
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
11-27
 7. Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for the next 8-bit byte of the message. Continue doing this until all
bytes have been processed.
8 . The final contents of the CRC register is the CRC value.
9. When the CRC is placed into the message, its upper and lower bytes must be swapped as
described below.
Placing the CRC into the Message
When the 16-bit CRC (two 8-bit bytes) is transmitted in the message, the low-order byte will be
transmitted first, followed by the high-order byte. For example, if the CRC value is 1241 hex (0001
0010 0100 0001):

Data
Addr Func Data Data Data Data CRCLo 41h CRCHi12h
Count

7. Description of Parameters
This description provides primary information of some parameters like Fault Codes, Status Codes
and Command Word properties.
The access of parameter is not allowed until the valid password verification process is carried out.
Please check out 40499 (A118) and 40498 (A119) for more details on how to handle the password.
40121~40380 Fault History Parameters (Mode- M, Group- 5)
Value Fault Type Value Fault Type
0 No previous fault 160 IU5Uph CurSensor Flt
11 Overcurrent Fault 161 IU5Vph CurSensor Flt
22 Drive Overload Fault 162 IU5Wph CurSensor Flt
33 DC Overvoltage1 Flt 163 IU5U Current Sensor Fail
44 DC Undervoltge1 Flt 170 ADD-ON Fault
55 Adj. Overcurrent Flt 180 STO1 Link Loss Fault
66 Speed Deviation Flt 190 Vph CurSensor Fault
77 O/P Phase Loss Fault 200 Wph CurSensor Fault
88 Earth Fault1 210 Uph Overcurrent Flt
99 Undercurrent Fault 220 Vph Overcurrent Flt
111 Autotune Abnormal 230 Wph Overcurrent Flt

11 222 Wph Thermi OT Fault 240 Power Fail Fault

333 External Fault1 250 PTC Short Fault
444 Overspeed Fault 260 Motor Overtemp Fault
555 Communication Loss (Digital Operation 270 Fan Maintenance Time
Panel)
666 EEPROM Fault 271 IU6 Overtemp Fault
777 Emergency Stop 272 IU6 I-Unbalance Fault
888 4-20 mA Missing 273 IU6Uph CurSensor Flt
1111 Uph CurSensor Fault 274 IU6Vph CurSensor Flt
2222 Charging Fault 275 IU6Wph CurSensor Flt

Amtech
11-28
Value Fault Type Value Fault Type
4444 Uph Driver Fault 276 Input Phase Loss Flt
5555 Thermostat OT Fault 277 Motor Overload Fault
6666 Wph Thermistor NC 278 Ext Brake Run Error
8888 O/P Cur Unbalance 279 Ext Brake Ans Error
10 IU2 Overtemp Fault 280 Thermostat NC Fault
20 IU3 Overtemp Fault 281 Wph Thermi Short Flt
30 IU4 Overtemp Fault 282 Earth Fault2
40 IU5 Overtemp Fault 283 STO2 Link loss Fault
50 DU1 Overtemp Fault 284 Uph Thermi OT Fault
60 DU2 Overtemp Fault 285 Uph Thermi NC Fault
70 IU1 I-Unbalance Fault 286 Uph Thermi Short Flt
80 IU2 I-Unbalance Fault 287 Vph Thermi OT Fault
90 IU3 I-Unbalance Fault 288 Vph Thermi NC Fault
100 IU4 I-Unbalance Fault 289 Vph Thermi Short Flt
110 IU5 I-Unbalance Fault 600 CPU Error1
120 IU1Uph CurSensor Flt 601 External Fault2
121 IU1Vph CurSensor Flt 602 CPU Error2
122 IU1Wph CurSensor Flt 603 DC Overvoltage2 Flt
130 IU2Uph CurSensor Flt 604 DC Undervoltge2 Flt
131 IU2Vph CurSensor Flt 605 Vph Driver Fault
132 IU2Wph CurSensor Flt 606 Wph Driver Fault
140 IU3Uph CurSensor Flt 607 Control Version Flt
141 IU3Vph CurSensor Flt 608 RTD1 NC Fault
142 IU3Wph CurSensor Flt 609 RTD1 Overtemp Fault
150 IU4Uph CurSensor Flt 610 RTD2 NC Fault
151 IU4Vph CurSensor Flt 611 RTD2 Overtemp Fault
152 IU4Wph CurSensor Flt 612 RTD3 NC Fault
613 RTD3 Overtemp Fault
614 Watch Dog Fault
615 DBR Overload Fault

For example information about last fault is as below.

11
40121- 33 (Fault Type - DC Overvoltage1 Flt)
40122- 900 (DC link Voltage when fault occurred - 900 V)
40123- 320 (Output Frequency when fault occurred - 32.0 Hz)
40124- 500 (Output Current when fault occurred - 50.0 Am p)
40125- 44 (Heatsink Temperature when fault occurred - 44 °C)
40126- 415 (Vin voltage when fault occurred - 415 Vac)
40127- 10 (Energy in MWH when fault occurred - 10 MWH)

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-29
 40128- 150 (Power On Time in Hours when fault occurred - 150 Hour)
40129- 8001 (Energy in kWH when fault occurred - 800.1 kWH)
40130- 4 (Status when fault occurred - Deceleration)
40131- 3721 (time in minutes & second when fault occurred)
40132- 1410 (time in date & hour when fault occurred)
40133- 0218 (time in month & year when fault occurred)
So fault occurred on 14-02-18 (dd-mm-yy) at 10:37:21 (hh:mm:ss)
Information for the second last fault can be derived from 40134 ~ 40146 and so on.
If the new fault occurred in the system then it is stored at the first location and successive faults
are shifted below one position and last fault is discarded.
Access - Read Only
Resolution - 1
It gives information about the latest faults present in the system. If they are received as zero then
there is no fault in the system. This parameter has bit level information.
Bit No. Fault Code1 (40079) Fault Code2 (40080) Fault Code3 (40083) Fault Code4 (40089)
0 Overcurrent Fault Wph Thermi OT Fault IU2 Overtemp Fault Thermostat OT Fault
1 Drive Overload Fault External Fault1 IU3 Overtemp Fault Thermostat NC Fault
2 DC Overvoltage2 Flt RsvdF2_2 IU4 Overtemp Fault Input Phase Loss Flt
3 DC Undervoltge1 Flt Uph Overcurrent Flt IU5 Overtemp Fault Motor Overload Fault
4 Adj. Overcurrent Flt rsvdF2_4 IU6 Overtemp Fault Ext Brake Run Error
5 Speed Deviation Flt Emergency Stop DU1 Overtemp Fault Ext Brake Ans Error
6 O/P Phase Loss Fault 4-20 mA Missing DU2 Overtemp Fault Wph Thermi Short Flt
7 Earth Fault1 Vph Overcurrent Flt IU1 I-Unblance Fault Earth Fault2
8 Undercurrent Fault Wph Thermistor NC IU2 I-Unblance Fault STO2 Link loss Fault
9 Autotune Abnormal Wph Overcurrent Flt IU3 I-Unblance Fault Uph Thermi OT Fault
10 Vph CurSensor Fault O/P Cur Unbalance IU4 I-Unblance Fault Uph Thermi NC Fault
11 Uph CurSensor Fault ADD-ON Fault IU5 I-Unblance Fault Uph Thermi Short Flt
12 Charging Fault STO1 Link Loss Fault IU6 I-Unblance Fault Vph Thermi OT Fault
13 Wph CurSensor Fault PTC Short Fault IU6Uph CurSensor Flt Vph Thermi NC Fault
11 14 Uph Driver Fault Motor Overtemp Fault IU6Vph CurSensor Flt Vph Thermi Short Flt
15 Overspeed Fault Power Fail Fault IU6Wph CurSensor Flt rsvd4_15

Bit No. Fault Code5 (40084) Fault Code6 (40085) Fault Code7 (40086)
0 IU1Uph CurSensor Flt DC Overvoltage1 EEPROM Fault
1 IU1Vph CurSensor Flt External Fault2 Communication Loss
2 IU1Wph CurSensor Flt CPU Error2 CPU Error1
3 IU2Uph CurSensor Flt DC Undervoltge2 Flt rsvdF7_3
4 IU2Vph CurSensor Flt Vph Driver Fault rsvdF7_4
5 IU2Wph CurSensor Flt Wph Driver Fault rsvdF7_5

Amtech
11-30
6 IU3Uph CurSensor Flt Control Version Flt rsvdF7_6
7 IU3Vph CurSensor Flt RTD1 NC Fault rsvdF7_7
8 IU3Wph CurSensor Flt RTD1 Overtemp Fault rsvdF7_8
9 IU4Uph CurSensor Flt RTD2 NC Fault rsvdF7_9
10 IU4Vph CurSensor Flt RTD2 Overtemp Fault rsvdF7_10
11 IU4Wph CurSensor Flt RTD3 NC Fault rsvdF7_11
12 IU5Uph CurSensor Flt RTD3 Overtemp Fault rsvdF7_12
13 IU5Vph CurSensor Flt Watch Dog Fault rsvdF7_13
14 IU5Wph CurSensor Flt DBR Overload Fault rsvdF7_14
15 rsvd15 rsvd6_15 rsvdF7_15

For example if the bit 0 of 40080 is 1 then W-phase Thermistor Overtemperature fault has
occurred.
40081- 40082. Status Codes
Access - Read Only
Resolution - 1
It contains information about current status of the system. It has bit level information.
Bit No Status Code1 (40081) Status Code2 (40082)
0 Normal Run Accel1/Accel2 (0/1)
1 Drive Stopped Start Delay
2 Acceleration Jogging
3 Deceleration Fault
4 Auto Tuning Auto Restart
5 Speed Search Auxiliary Drive
6 DC Breaking Emergency Stop
7 Motor Direction Password
8 Current Limit Factory Password
9 Warning RUN
10 PLCT Contact Amtech
11 Voltage Limit STO1&2
12
13
Torque Mode
Precharge Complete
KEB active
STO1
11
14 Sleep mode STO2
15 Auto Tune select CSD Password

40497. Command Word

Access - Write Only
Resolution - 1
This parameter is used to start and stop the AC Drive.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

11-31
 Value Action
100 Start Drive
200 Stop Drive or Reset fault when fault is present

11

Amtech
11-32
 Appendix-A: Standard Specifications

Model Input Voltage 380-440 V (Nominal 415 V) Input Voltage 441-480 V (Nominal 460 V)

Weight
Output Rating Output Rating

Current

Current
Frame

Input

Input
No Overload Normal Heavy Duty No Overload Normal Heavy Duty
Rating Duty Rating Rating Rating Duty Rating Rating
kg A A kW A kW A kW A A kW A kW A kW
-0004A-4 F0 6.7 2.8 4 1.5 3.8 1.5 3.3 1.1 2.5 3.8 1.5 3.6 1.5 3.2 1.1
-005A8-4 F0 6.7 4.1 5.8 2.2 5.5 2.2 4.8 1.5 3.7 5.5 2.2 5.2 2.2 4.5 1.5
-0008A-4 F0 6.7 5.6 8 3 7.6 3 5.8 2.2 5.0 7.6 3 7 3 5.5 2.2
-0010A-4 F0 6.7 7.4 10 4 9.5 4 9 3 6.7 9.5 4 9 4 7.6 3
-0014A-4 F0 6.7 10.2 14 5.5 13 5.5 11.6 4 9.2 13 5.5 12 5.5 10.5 4
-0018A-4 F1 8.1 13.9 18 7.5 17 7.5 14.9 5.5 12.6 17 7.5 16 7.5 13 5.5
-0025A-4 F2 9.0 20.4 25 11 24 11 21 7.5 18.4 24 11 23 11 20 7.5
-0033A-4 F2 9.7 27.8 33 15 31 15 27 11 25.1 31 15 29 15 25 11
-0039A-4 F3 10.9 33 39 18 37 18 33 15 30.1 37 18 35 18 31 15
-0048A-4 F3 10.9 41 48 22 45 22 40 18 36.8 45 22 43 22 37 18
-0065A-4 F4 18.5 56 65 30 62 30 48 22 50 62 30 59 30 45 22
-0077A-4 F4 18.5 69 77 37 73 37 65 30 62 74 37 69 37 62 30
-0095A-4 F5 23.5 84 95 45 90 45 77 37 75 91 45 85 45 74 37
-0115A-4 F5 23.5 102 115 55 110 55 95 45 92 110 55 105 55 91 45
-0155A-4 F6 41 139 155 75 147 75 115 55 126 145 75 140 75 110 55
-0190A-4 F6 41 167 190 90 180 90 155 75 151 180 90 165 90 145 75
-0225A-4 F6 41 204 225 110 215 110 190 90 184 215 110 205 110 180 90
-0260A-4 F7 61.8 245 260 132 246 132 225 110 221 245 132 235 132 215 110
-0336A-4 F7 63.2 297 336 160 320 160 260 132 268 320 160 304 160 245 132
-0375A-4 F8 88.2 343 375 185 360 185 336 160 310 355 185 342 185 320 160
-0415A-4 F8 88.2 371 415 200 395 200 375 185 335 395 200 375 200 355 185
-0445A-4 F8 88.2 408 445 220 425 220 410 200 368 425 220 405 220 390 200
-0510A-4 F8 88.2 464 510 250 485 250 425 220 419 485 250 460 250 405 220
-0590A-4 F9 115 585 590 315 575 315 490 250 527 560 315 545 315 465 250
-0660A-4 F9 115 659 660 355 630 355 550 315 594 610 355 590 355 530 315
-0785A-4 F10 * 742 785 400 745 400 660 355 670 745 400 710 400 610 355
-0850A-4 F10 * 835 850 450 810 450 745 400 753 810 450 770 450 710 400
-0925A-4 F10 * 928 925 500 880 500 810 450 837 880 500 835 500 770 450
-1040A-4 F11 * 1039 1040 560 990 560 880 500 938 990 560 940 560 835 500
-1175A-4 F11 * 1169 1175 630 1120 630 990 560 1055 1115 630 1065 630 940 560
-1265A-4 F11 * 1318 1265 710 1205 710 1067 630 1189 1200 710 1145 710 1020 630
-1540A-4 F12 * 1485 1540 800 1460 800 1320 710 1339 1410 800 1370 800 1200 710
-1780A-4 F12 * 1670 1780 900 1690 900 1460 800 1507 1640 900 1560 900 1370 800
-1900A-4 F13 * 1856 1900 1000 1780 1000 1690 900 1674 1800 1000 1700 1000 1560 900
-2100A-4 F13 * 2041 2100 1100 2000 1100 1780 1000 1842 2000 1100 1900 1100 1700 1000
-2300A-4 F13 * 2320 2300 1250 2190 1250 2000 1100 2093 2185 1250 2080 1250 1900 1100
-2650A-4 F14 * 2598 2650 1400 2520 1400 2190 1250 2344 2450 1400 2350 1400 2000 1100

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-1
-2900A-4 F14 * 2876 2900 1550 2760 1550 2520 1400 2595 2650 1550 2500 1550 2350 1400
-3260A-4 F15 * 3340 3260 1800 3100 1800 2760 1550 3014 2950 1800 2800 1800 2500 1550
-3460A-4 F15 * 3711 3460 2000 3300 2000 3000 1800 3348 3250 2000 3080 2000 2800 1800
• Contact Amtech for weight information

Amtech
A-2
 Mains supply -4: 380-480 VAC, 3-Phase, 3-Wire, -15%, +10%
voltage -5: 500-600 VAC, 3-Phase, 3-Wire, -15%, +10%
-6: 600-690 VAC, 3-Phase, 3-Wire, -15%, +10%
Mains supply 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz, +/- 3 Hz
Power Rating

frequency
Input current With 3% source impedance of VFD rating
Output current Nominal output current available continuously, No overload allowed
120% for 60 seconds, 140% for 2.5 seconds every 5 minutes, Normal Duty (ND)
use
150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2.5 seconds every 5 minutes, Heavy Duty (HD)
use
Control Method Digital Space Vector PWM Control
Control Mode V/F, Closed loop V/F, Sensor less Vector Control, Closed loop Vector Control
Frequency Range 0.10-599.00 Hz for V/F Control
Frequency Accuracy Digital references: ±0.01% (0-50 °C) / Analog References: ±0.01% (0-50 °C)
Output Frequency 0.0001 Hz (20-bit)
Resolution
Control Functions

Frequency Setting 0.01 Hz Digital, 0.012 Hz/ 50 Hz Analog (12-bit)

Resolution
V/ Hz Characteristics 2-Preprogrammed patterns, 1-Custom 3-point setting pattern
Torque Boost Manual / Automatic Selective: 0-20%
Acceleration/ 0.1-6,00,000 Seconds
Deceleration Time Linear or S-Curve selective
Skip Frequency Three frequencies can be set, band can be set up to 10.0 Hz
Slip Compensation Slip compensation frequency up to 5.0 Hz
Carrier Frequency Default: 5 kHz, 2-10 kHz up to AMT-0336A-4, Default: 4 kHz, 2-6 kHz for AMT-
(Note: 3) 0375A-4 and higher.
Speed Search Allows the drive to start with rotating machine without damage / tripping.
Function Bump less transfer for redundancy application (Optional)
Kinetic Energy In case of momentary power fluctuations allows the drive to run using the
Buffering kinetic energy of the load, accelerates to the set speed when power resumes
Operation Specifications

Power Loss Carry Up to 5 seconds for smooth operation of system during power loss with no
Through output torque
DC Braking DC Braking start frequency 0.1-50.0 Hz, Time: 0~25 seconds, Brake current: 15­
150%
Frequency / Torque Digital Operation Panel (Keypad)
Setting Input Analog Input: 2 kQ Potentiometer, Programmable Analog Inputs
Digital Input: Static Pot (Frequency Increase/ Frequency Decrease), Preset
Speeds (Preset input0, 1 & 2), Pulse Input1
Serial: RS-485, Wi-Fi
Built-in PLC: PLC Analog output1, 2, 3 & 4
Auto Restart Adjustable up to 10 times, selectable for different faults
PID Controller Inbuilt PID controller can be used as stand alone

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-3
 Analog Inputs 3 Analog Programmable Inputs with settable Gain, Bias, Minimum and
Maximum scaling
AI1 & AI2: 0-10 Vdc / 4-20 mA
AI3: 0-±10 Vdc
Digital Inputs 8 Digital Inputs, Sink / Source and Active Close / Active Open selectable
Programmable to different options: Not Used, Jog Select, Ramp Select, Preset
i/p0, Preset i/p1, Preset i/p2, Freq Increase, Freq Decrease, Aux Drive,
Emergency Stop, Fault Reset, External fault1, External fault2, Reverse,
Terminal, Ref Select0, Ref Select1, PR Step Skip, PR Step Hold, PR/RSF Reset,
PID Bypass, PID Disable, Run, Stop, Drive Enable, PLC input1, PLC input2, PLC
input3, PLC input4, PLC input5, PLC input6, PLC input7, PLC input8, Torque
mode, Ready1 F/B, Forward Run, Reverse Run, Forward Jog, Reverse Jog and
MBRK Answer.
Digital outputs 4 Digital Outputs, open collector type and Active Close / Active Open selectable
Pulse Output1
Programmable to different options: Not Used, Local, Run, Forward Run,
Reverse, Reverse Run, I-Detection1, I-Detection2, Freq Attain, Speed Detect1,
Speed Detect2, Acceleration, Deceleration, Aux Drive, Timer Output, Zero
Speed, Fault Alarm, PID Up Limit, PID Lo Limit, Temp Alarm, Ready, Ready1,
Pump1, Pump2, Pump3, Pump4, Doff-End Alarm, Sleep Mode, Fault, PLC O/P1,
I/O Specifications

PLC O/P2, PLC O/P3, PLC O/P4, PLC O/P5, PLC O/P6, PLC O/P7, PID F/B Upper
Limit, PID F/B Lower Limit, Fan Control, MBRK, KEB ON, Overload fault,
Overcurrent fault, Earth fault, Over temperature fault, Overvoltage fault, STO1,
STO2, STO1 & STO2, On Time1, On Time2 and On Time3.
Potential Free 3 Relays, 1-NO, 1-NC for 5 A @ 240 VAC
Contacts Programmable to different options same as digital outputs
Programmable 3 Analog Outputs with settable Gain, Bias, Minimum and Maximum scaling
Analog Outputs AO1 & AO2: 0-10 Vdc / 4-20 mA
AI3: 0-±10 Vdc
Programmable to different options: Output frequency, Motor current, Drive
current, Output power, Output voltage, DC bus voltage, PID output, Heatsink
temperature, PLC AO1, PLC AO2, PLC AO3, PLC AO4, Unipolar torque current,
Excitation current, Set frequency, Bipolar torque current, O/P frequency -10 to
10V, Motor OL and Drive OL
Programmable 3 Analog Outputs with settable Gain, Bias, Minimum and Maximum scaling
Analog Outputs AO1 & AO2: 0-10 Vdc / 4-20 mA
AI3: 0-±10 Vdc
Programmable to different options: Output frequency, Motor current, Drive
current, Output power, Output voltage, DC bus voltage, PID output, Heatsink
temperature, PLC AO1, PLC AO2, PLC AO3, PLC AO4, Unipolar torque current,
Excitation current, Set frequency, Bipolar torque current, O/P frequency -10 to
10V, Motor OL and Drive OL
Network Isolated RS-485 for PC Interface with Modbus-RTU protocol and Wi-Fi
connectivity connectivity as standard

Amtech
A-4
 Display and Keypad Digital Operation Panel 128 x 64 Graphical LCD with white back light LED, 8-Key
unit Keypad, 3-Status indicating LED for Run, Stop, Fault
Real Time Clock
Display

Simultaneous display of 8 selectable monitor parameters

Two graph screens with selectable graph signal and resolution
Load Analyzer screens
Auto rotation of screens with settable time interval
Protective Function Current Limit, Overcurrent fault, Drive overload fault, Motor overload fault,
Undercurrent fault, DC Bus Overvoltage fault, DC Bus Undervoltage fault,
Temperature fault, Input & Output phase loss fault, Earth (Ground) fault,
External fault, Charging fault, Current sensor fault, EEPROM fault, 4-20mA
Reference missing fault, Auto tuning fault, Emergency stop, Communication
loss, Output unbalance current fault, Speed deviation fault, Overspeed fault,
Protective Specifications

Motor PTC short fault, Motor overtemperature fault, Control Power fault etc.
Smooth Operation Speed Search, Auto Restart (with individual fault selection), Power Loss Carry
Through (PLCT), Kinetic energy buffering (KEB) and Heatsink/IGBT
overtemperature alarm functions
Diagnosis Functions Helps in pinpointing the fault. Diagnosis Mode, Load Analyzer1, Load
Analyzer2, Peak Monitoring, Number of Power On, Overtemperature fault,
Overvoltage fault, Overcurrent fault, Earth fault, Overload fault, Auto restart
monitoring; 3 warning timer for maintenance; Debug Mode for logic
verification
Fault history Last 20 faults with date & time, status and 8 operational parameters (Output
frequency, Output current, DC bus voltage, Heatsink/IGBT temperature, Input
voltage, Total power ON time, kWH, MWH).
Installation location Indoor
Vibration As per EN 60068-2-6, Acceleration: 1g, Frequency: 10-150 Hz
Ambient 0-50°C (32-122°F), Open chassis module from 400 kW onwards
Environment

temperature
Storage -20-70°C (-4-158°F)
temperature
Altitude (above sea 1000 m (3300 ft) without derating, above this derate 5% per 305 m (1000 ft)
level)
Humidity 0-95% maximum non-condensing
Enclosure IP00

The input power factor is approximately 0.9 with 3% ACL

The inverter efficiency is >98%
Note1: The output current indicates the total effective value including the higher harmonics
Note2: The kW shown are maximum applicable motor output for a standard induction motor.
Note3: If the default carrier frequency is exceeded, derate the output current by 5% per 1 kHz as
the reduced rating.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-5
 Outline Dimensions

" A

d«l?°l|o||oUo|o|o|o|<]J_i

Fig.1 Fig.2

400 Volt Series

Dimensions in mm (inch)
Frame

.2P
iZ A B C D E F G H I J 0 K
F0 1 325 183 191 118 307.5 8.5 28 28 58.5 - -
F1 1 325 183 218 118 307.5 8.5 28 28 58.5 - -
F2 1 335 228 218 163 317.5 8.5 50.5 50.5 58 - -
F3 1 355 240 218 175 337.5 8.5 56.5 56.5 76 - -
F4 1 430 251.5 267 175 411 9 62 62.5 103 - -
F5 1 500 251.5 300 175 481 9 62 62.5 173 - -
F6 1 606 310 363 255 586 10 91.5 91.5 189.5 - -
F7 2 880 346 348 241 850 15 109.5 109.5 287 44.5 44.5
F8 2 1100 406 316.5 149.5 1070 15 199.5 139.5 355.5 53.5 48.5
F9 2 1310 430.5 324 163 1280 15 140 165 435.5 53.5 48.5
F10 3 1152 688 448.5 200 188 - - - - - -
F11 3 1137 980 466 259 362 - - - - - -
Consult AMTECH or nearest dealer for the dimension information of higher rating models.

Amtech
A-6
 Appendix-B: Fault Codes

No. Fault Name Fault Description

1 Uph Overcurrent Fault/ It indicates that the unit has tripped due to excessive overcurrent (200% of
Vph Overcurrent Fault/ the VFD rated current) is detected by respective phase driver card. The fault is
Wph Overcurrent Fault instantaneous in order to protect the unit. A short circuit condition on the
output will also cause the unit to display this fault.
The drive will not take second start before 1 minute. 3 starts permitted in 10
minutes. After 3 starts, message is displayed "Do not Reset, Contact AMTECH"
2 Overcurrent Fault It indicates that the unit has tripped due to excessive overcurrent (200% of
the VFD rated current) is detected from current sensor. The fault is
instantaneous in order to protect the unit. A short circuit condition on the
output will also cause the unit to display this fault.
The drive will not take second start before 1 minute. 3 starts permitted in 10
minutes. After 3 starts, message is displayed "Do not Reset, Contact AMTECH"
3 Adjustable Overcurrent This fault occurs when load current crosses the level programmed in B302
Fault Adjustable Overcurrent Level for 50 msec.
4 Uph Driver Fault/ It indicates that the problem is with respective phase driver card and / or
Vph Driver Fault/ related circuit.
Wph Driver Fault
5 Uph CurSensor Fault/ It indicates that the problem is with respective phase current sensor or cable.
Vph CurSensor Fault/
Wph CurSensor Fault
6 Undercurrent Fault It indicates that the load current has fallen below the level programmed in
B307 Undercurrent Level for 1 second after reaching set speed. Set 0 to
bypass the fault.
7 Drive Overload Fault It indicates that the output current has exceeded the drive thermal operation
time having inverse time characteristics.
When Normal-duty is set, the standard characteristics are 120% for 1 minute
in respect to the drive rated current value and 140% for 2.5 seconds.
When Heavy-duty is set, the standard is 150% for 1 minute in respect to the
drive rated current value and 175% for 2.5 seconds. The overload counter
starts after 100% load current for Normal duty and 105% load current for
Heavy duty.
8 Motor Overload Fault It indicates that the motor current has exceeded the motor thermal operation
time having inverse time characteristics. Parameter B109 Motor Overload
Selection affects this fault.
9 Output Phase Loss Fault It indicates that one of the output phase has lost its current flow (below 5%)
and so the other two phases has overloaded (>70%) for 20 cycles or more.
This fault is not detected during speed search operation. Also, it will not be
detected if the output terminals are open circuit. Use B321 Output Phase Loss
Detection to disable this fault.
10 Input Phase Loss Fault It indicates that VFD output current has increased >55% of VFD rated current
and the DC voltage pulsation width is higher than 15% of the rated voltage for
approx. 3 seconds.
11 O/P Cur Unbalance It indicates that the unbalance in output current between any two-output
phases has exceeded the set value in B308 Unbalance Level for 10 seconds or
more time. Set to 0% to disable the function.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-7
No. Fault Name Fault Description
12 Ground Fault1 It indicates that the software has detected ground fault condition. The ground
/ earth current is higher than the value set in B309 Earth Fault1 Detection
Level for more than 100 msec. Before reset, check that any output is not
shorted with the ground. Set to 0% or 100% to disable the function.
The drive does not take second start before 1 minute. 3 starts permitted in 10
minutes. After 3 starts, message is displayed "Do not Reset, Contact
AMTECH".
13 Ground Fault2 It indicates that the hardware has detected ground fault condition. The
ground / earth current is higher than the 50% of drive rated current. Before
reset, check that any output is not shorted with the ground. Use B310 Earth
Fault2 Selection to disable the fault.
The drive does not take second start before 1 minute. 3 starts permitted in 10
minutes. After 3 starts, message is displayed "Do not Reset, Contact
AMTECH".
14 Overvoltage1 Fault This fault occurs when the dc link voltage exceeds 800 Vdc for 400 V series,
1200 Vdc for 600 V series and 400 Vdc for 200 V series, for continuous 1
second may be due to increased mains voltage or regeneration. This is
software generated fault and can be disabled by B311 Overvoltage1 Selection.
Overvoltage can be a serious condition and can lead to failure of the
semiconductor components.
When an overvoltage fault occurs, the cause should be investigated and
promptly corrected. The drive does not take second start before 1 minute. 3
starts permitted in 10 minutes. After 3 starts, message is displayed "Do not
Reset, Contact AMTECH".
15 Overvoltage2 Fault This fault occurs when the dc link voltage exceeds 820 Vdc for 400 V series,
1230 Vdc for 600 V series and 410 Vdc for 200 V series, may be due to
increased mains voltage or regeneration. This is hardware generated fault.
The fault is instantaneous in order to protect the unit. Overvoltage can be a
serious condition and can lead to failure of the semiconductor components.
When an overvoltage fault occurs, the cause should be investigated and
promptly corrected. The drive does not take second start before 1 minute. 3
starts permitted in 10 minutes. After 3 starts, message is displayed "Do not
Reset, Contact AMTECH".
16 Charging Fault It indicates that the dc bus voltage has not reached to the set level within 5
seconds after power ON.
17 Undervoltage1 Fault It indicates that the dc bus voltages are low (below the undervoltage level) for
more than 3 msec after C607 PLCT time.
18 Undervoltage2 Fault It indicates that the PLCT (Power Loss Carry Through) activated 3 times in 1
minute.
19 Thermostat Over This fault occurs if heatsink temperature >90 °C. In case of multiple Inverter
Temperature Fault Units, the fault is from Inverter Units, when one or more temperature switch
is open.
20 Thermostat NC (Not This fault will come if thermostat is not connected or loosely.
Connected) Fault
21 Uph Thermi NC Fault/ This fault occurs if heatsink temperature <= -10°C for 2 seconds. In cases of
Vph Thermi NC Fault/ multiple Inverter Units, this fault is from the first Inverter Unit. This fault will
Wph Thermi NC Fault also come if thermistor is not connected or loosely connected.

Amtech
A-8
No. Fault Name Fault Description
22 Uph Thermi OT Fault/ This fault occurs if heatsink temperature >90 °C for 2 second. In cases of
Vph Thermi OT Fault/ multiple Inverter Units, this fault is for the first Inverter Unit.
Wph Thermi OT Fault In case of the internal IGBT temperature, this fault occurs if IGBT internal
temperature >125 °C for 2 second.
23 Uph Thermi Short Fault/ This fault occurs if thermistor sensor is short of respective phase.
Vph Thermi Short Fault/
Wph Thermi Short Fault
24 Autotune Abnormal Fault It indicates that the auto tuning process has failed and could not be
completed successfully. Need to carry out the auto tuning process again.
25 Overspeed Fault It indicates that the speed detected is equal to or higher than the set level in
B523 Overspeed Protection Level for 1 second. This fault is applicable in
closed loop V/f, closed loop vector control and sensor less vector control
modes.
26 Speed Deviation Fault It indicates that the speed command and detected speed difference is higher
than the set level in B524 Speed Deviation Level for B525 Speed Deviation
Fault Judgment Time. This fault is applicable in closed loop V/f, closed loop
vector control and sensor less vector control modes.
27 External Fault1 It indicates that the External Fault1 input (or External Fault2 input) selected at
External Fault2 the terminal is missing. This comes from the user.
28 Emergency Stop It indicates that the Emergency Stop input selected at the terminal is
activated. This comes from the user.
29 4-20 mA Missing It indicates that the 4-20 mA analog reference has fallen below 3 mA for 80
msec when it is selected as reference. The response depends on the selection
in C409 4-20mA Reference Loss.
30 IU2 Overtemp Fault/ It indicates that the heatsink temperature of respective Inverter Unit (Diode
IU3 Overtemp Fault/ Unit) is >90 °C or <-12°C for 2 seconds or IGBT temperature is >125 °C or <-
IU4 Overtemp Fault/ 12°C for 2 seconds.
IU5 Overtemp Fault/
IU6 Overtemp Fault/
DU1 Overtemp Fault/
DU2 Overtemp Fault
31 IU1 I-Unbalance Fault/ It indicates unbalance in output current of the Inverter Units. Due to the
IU2 I-Unbalance Fault/ unbalance, the output current of one or more Inverter Unit exceeded its rated
IU3 I-Unbalance Fault/ current for 60 seconds. The rated current of each Inverter Unit is 600 A for
IU4 I-Unbalance Fault/ 400 V Series and 415 A for 500/600 V Series.
IU5 I-Unbalance Fault/
IU6 I-Unbalance Fault
32 Ext Brake Run Error It indicates that RUN did not turn OFF after engaging the external brake. C433
Run Error Judgment Time At Engaging Brake setting affects this fault.
33 Ext Brake Ans Error It indicates that the brake command and answer signal from the brake does
not match. C434 Brake Answer Error Judgment Time affects this fault.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-9
No. Fault Name Fault Description
34 IU1Vph CurSensor Flt/ It indicates that one or more current sensor (or related circuit) of respective
IU1Vph CurSensor Fault/ phase U/V/W of respective Inverter Unit has problem. These faults applicable
IU1Wph CurSensor Fault/ only for PCA-2049A parallel interface card.
IU2Uph CurSensor Fault/
IU2Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU2Wph CurSensor Fault/
IU3Uph CurSensor Fault/
IU3Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU3Wph CurSensor Fault/
IU4Uph CurSensor Fault/
IU4Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU4Wph CurSensor Fault/
IU5Uph CurSensor Fault/
IU5Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU5Wph CurSensor Fault/
IU6Uph CurSensor Fault/
IU6Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU6Wph CurSensor Fault
35 Control Version Fault It indicates that the control versions are different in CPU1 and CPU2.
36 CPU Error1 / CPU Error2 It indicates that the control circuit has problem and malfunctioning due to
external noise.
37 EEPROM Fault It indicates that the data received from the EEPROM is incorrect. After reset, it
stores default values in the EEPROM memory.
38 Communication Loss It indicates that the Main Control Card PCA-2052A is not responding to the
Digital Operation Panel. This fault is auto reset type. If the communication
resumes, this clears automatically. In this fault, the VFD functioning is affected
only if C505 Digital Operation Panel (DOP) Communication Loss Selection =1.
39 Power Fail Fault It indicates problem with one of the control supply.
40 ADD-ON Fault It indicates that ADD-ON card is not connected. This fault is applicable when in
closed loop V/f and closed loop vector control mode is selected.
41 PTC Short Fault It indicates that the motor PTC sensor is short when motor PTC option is
selected in C302 AO2.
42 Motor Overtemp Fault It indicates that the motor temperature is higher than C232 Motor PTC Trip
Level, when Motor PTC option 16 is selected in C302 AO2.
43 RTD1 NC Fault/ It indicates that RTD is not connected or loosely connected.
RTD2 NC Fault/
RTD3 NC Fault
44 RTD1 Overtemp Fault/ It indicates that the RTD temperature is higher then set temperature in C944
RTD2 Overtemp Fault/ RTD1 Trip Level, C945 RTD2 Trip Level, and C946 RTD3 Trip Level respectively.
RTD3 Overtemp Fault
45 DBR OL Fault It indicates DBR overload and regenerative power is excessive.

Amtech
A-10
 Appendix-C: Trouble Shooting Guidelines
In case of fault condition, first ensure that the mains voltage applied at L1, L2 and L3 are ok.
Then check the control supply voltage in PCA-2052A.

Sr. No. Measure @ test points Expected Voltage (Vdc)

1 TP (+24V) TP (GND) 21.6 ~ 26.4
2 TP (+15V) TP (GND) 14.9 ~ 15.1
3 TP (+5UR) TP (GND) 4.75 ~ 5.25
4 TP (-15V) TP (GND) -14.9 ~ -15.1
5 TP (3.3VD) TP (GND) 3.33 ~ 3.42
6 TP (3.3VA) TP (GND) 3.33 ~ 3.42
7 TP (1.2VA) TP (GND) 1.22 ~ 1.26
8 TB3:2 (+24V2) TB3:3 (DGND) 21.6 ~ 26.4
If the above voltages are correct, check the following jumper positions.
Jumper Position
I | ■
1. The equipment is shipped with JP1 in V position and JP2 in I position. When connecting
potentiometer at AI1 or using 0-10 V signals, ensure that JP1 is put in the V position.
2. The equipment is shipped with sink logic (JP5 & JP 6 are kept on Sink position) for the
programmable digital inputs. To change the sink logic to source, change the jumper JP5 & JP 6
position to Source.
3. The equipment is shipped with JP7 in NLD position. This means the terminating resistors are not
in picture. To insert the terminating resistors, keep the jumper to LD position.
If the above jumper positions are correct, check the following as per the fault displayed on the
Digital Operation Panel (DOP)

No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures

1 Uph Overcurrent Fault/ If fault comes during stop condition,
Vph Overcurrent Fault/
1. The power module(s) in the main circuit may be damaged.
Wph Overcurrent Fault/
Switch off the power supply and check the power module(s) of respective
Overcurrent Fault
phase.
2. There may be loose connection or improper connection of current sensor
cable or shorting in the cable.
Switch off the power supply and remove the cable. Check again. If no fault
is observed, there can be a problem in cable or connection. Check the cable
on both the sides for proper crimping. Insert the cable properly and check
again. If still problem persist, replace the cable.
3. Current sensor may have failed.
Switch off the power supply and remove current sensor of respective
phase. Check again. If no fault is observed identify the damaged current
sensor and replace it.
4. The fault may be from Driver Card / Interface Card side.
Switch off the power supply and remove the FRC. Check the cable on both
the sides for proper crimping. Insert the cable properly and check again. If

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-11
No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures
the fault persists, proceed for the next step.
5. IGBT Gate Driver Card may have problem.
Replace the IGBT Gate Driver Card of respective phase and check again.
Take anti-static precautions while changing the card.
If fault occurs during acceleration when the motor is connected,
1. Make sure that the parameters are set properly. Abnormal setting of V/F,
Torque Boost, Acceleration time, Speed search function related parameters
and current limit may result in over current or damage to the power
devices.
Increase A201 Acceleration Time1/ A203 Acceleration Time2.
Reduce A413 Manual Torque Boost setting.
If fault occurs during normal run with load condition,
1. A sudden change in the load or short circuit may have occurred at output.
Reduce the load fluctuation and/ or any short circuit condition at the
output.
2. If the current fluctuation is observed, adjust B117 DTC Gain such that the
fluctuation disappears.
3. Current sensor may be partially damaged.
Identify the current sensor with the help of A124 Diagnosis Mode and
replace the respective current sensor and check again.
4. Check the value of snubber capacitors mounted on the IGBT and replace if
found abnormal.
5. IGBT driver may have problem.
Replace the driver card of respective phase and check.
If fault occurs during deceleration,
1. Increase A202 Deceleration Time1 / A204 Deceleration Time2.
2. Abnormal setting of DC braking parameters can result in over current fault
during deceleration.
Reduce A306 DC Brake Start Frequency and A308 DC Brake Time settings if
used.

2 Adjustable Overcurrent 1. The motor current data are set incorrectly.

Fault Set correct motor current data in B103 Rated Motor Current.
2. The adjustable over current settings are too low.
Increase the B302 Adjustable Overcurrent Level.
3. The output current is too high.
Reduce the motor load.
4. Disable the feature by setting 300% in B302 Adjustable Overcurrent Level.
3 Uph Driver Fault 1. The fault may be from Driver Card side.
Vph Driver Fault Switch off the power supply and remove the FRC in case of wire interface.
Wph Driver Fault Check the cable on both the sides for proper crimping. Insert the cable
properly and check again. If the fault persists, proceed for the next step.
In case of fiber optic interface, remove all the fiber optic cables, check
them and insert them again properly. Check again. If the fault persists,

Amtech
A-12
No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures
proceed for the next test.
2. IGBT Gate Driver Card may have problem.
Replace the IGBT Gate Driver Card and check again. Take anti-static
precautions while changing the card.
3. Check the SMPS supply voltage.
4 Uph CurSensor Fault/ 1. Loose connection of hall current sensor cable.
Vph CurSensor Fault/ Switch off the unit and remove the cable. Check for proper crimping of
Wph CurSensor Fault cable on both sides. If found abnormal, replace the cable and check again.
2. One or more current sensor has failed.
Remove connector and reset the fault. If the fault can be reset, find out
which current sensor has failed using A124 Diagnosis Mode.
1. If after removing connector, the problem persists, replace main control
card PCA-2052A.
5 Undercurrent Fault 2. B307 Undercurrent Level is set too low.
3. Disable the feature by setting 0% in B307 Undercurrent Level.
6 Drive Overload Fault 1. The VFD may have overloaded.
Ensure that motor current data are properly set in B103 Rated Motor
Current. Reduce the load or increase the motor and VFD capacity
2. If this occurs at low speed, reduce A413 Manual Torque Boost setting or
A306 DC Brake Start Frequency / A307 DC Brake Current / A308 DC Brake
Time.
7 Motor Over Load Fault 1. The motor current has exceeded the motor overload counter.
Ensure that motor current data are properly set in B103 Rated Motor
Current and B109 Motor Overload Selection. Reduce the load or increase
the motor and VFD capacity.
2. If this occurs at low speed, reduce A413 Manual Torque Boost setting or
A306 DC Brake Start Frequency / A307 DC Brake Current / A308 DC Brake
Time.
8 Output Phase Loss 1. There may be a single phasing of the motor.
Disconnect and check the motor.
2. One or more output cables are open or loose connected.
Check the output connections and correct it.
3. There may be problem in current sensors.
4. Disable the feature using B321 Output Phase Loss Detection.
9 Input Phase Loss Fault 1. There may be a single phasing at the input. One or more phase is not
coming.
Check the input voltage and connections.
2. There may be a problem with the dc bus capacitors.
Contact Amtech to check the capacitors and if required replace the same.

10 Output Current 1. Check the setting of B308 Unbalance Level (Output current).
Unbalance Correct the setting if it is too low.
2. Go through the below steps and if it does not help, disable it by setting 0%
to B308 Unbalance Level (Output current).

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-13
No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures
If fault occurs during acceleration when the motor is connected,
1. Make sure that the parameters are set properly. Abnormal setting of V/F,
Torque Boost, Acceleration time and Speed search function related
parameters and current limit may result in output current unbalance.
2. Increase A201 Acceleration Time1 or A203 Acceleration Time2.
3. Reduce A413 Manual Torque Boost setting.
If fault occurs during normal run with load condition,
1. A sudden change in the load may have occurred at output.
Reduce the load fluctuation at the output.
2. If the current fluctuation is observed, adjust B117 DTC gain such that the
fluctuation disappears.
3. One or more current sensor may be partially damaged.
Replace the respective phase current sensor and check again.
4. Check the motor connection with inverter and at motor terminal.
If any connection is open or loose, correct it.
If fault occurs during deceleration,
1. Increase A202 Deceleration Time1/ A204 Deceleration Time2.
2. Abnormal setting of DC braking parameters can result in unbalance current
fault during deceleration.
Reduce A306 DC Brake Start Frequency / A307 DC Brake Current / A308 DC
Brake Time if used.

11 Ground Fault1/ 1. Ground fault may have occurred in the output line or motor.
Ground Fault2 Check that any output is not shorted with the ground. Partially damaged
output cables can also lead to this condition.
2. Check the setting of B309 Earth Fault1 Detection Level. Increase the level
and see if the fault clears.
3. One or more current sensor may have problem.
Need to replace the current sensor and check.
4. If still fault persists, replace Main Control Card PCA-2052A; otherwise
replace the problematic current sensor.
12 Overvoltage1 Fault/ 1. The power supply voltage may have risen above 820 VDC for 400 V series,
Overvoltage2 Fault 965 VDC for 500 V series and 1160 VDC for 600 V series.
Reduce the voltage to within the specified range.
2. The speed may be fluctuating.
Adjust B117 DTC Gain to prevent the hunting of motor.
3. If the fault is coming during deceleration, the load GD2 may be too large.
Set the ramp down time according to the load GD2.
1. Check the value of snubber capacitors mounted on the IGBT and replace if
found abnormal.
2. Check the output line or motor. Check that any output is not shorted with
the ground. Partially damaged output cables can also lead to this condition.
13 Charging Fault 1. The dc bus voltage didn't reach to predefined voltage level within 5
seconds after power up.
Soft charge resistor may be open. One or more phases may have failed.

Amtech
A-14
No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures
Dc bus voltage feedback may be missing. Ensure proper connection of dc
bus voltage feedback on interface card.

14 Undervoltage1 Fault/ 1. DC Bus voltage may have fallen below the undervoltage level. A drop in
Undervoltage2 Fault voltage, phase dropout or power supply failure may have occurred.
Check the input power supply and correct it if necessary.
2. Check soft charge circuit.
15 Thermostat Over 1. A trouble may have occurred in the cooling fan/ blower.
Temperature Fault Replace it if necessary.
2. The ambient temperature may have risen.
Lower the ambient temperature (see the ambient temperature
specification).
3. The carrier frequency may be set too high.
4. The thermostat (temperature switch) is not connected or loosely
connected.
Disconnect thermostat switch connection and ensure that the thermostat
shows short circuit. Reconnect thermostat properly.

16 Thermostat NC (Not 1. The thermostat (temperature switch) is not connected or loosely

Connected) Fault connected. Disconnect thermostat switch connection and ensure that the
thermostat shows short circuit. Reconnect thermostat properly.
17 Uph Thermi NC Fault/ 1. The thermistor is not connected or loosely connected.
Vph Thermi NC Fault/ Disconnect the thermistor and ensure that the thermistor shows resistance
Wph Thermi NC Fault greater than 2.2 kQ but less than 60 kQ. Reconnect thermistor properly.

18 Uph Thermi OT Fault/ 1. A trouble may have occurred in the cooling blower.
Vph Thermi OT Fault/ Replace it if necessary.
Wph Thermi OT Fault
2. The ambient temperature may have risen.
Lower the ambient temperature. Refer specification for the ambient
temperature.
3. The carrier frequency may be set too high.
4. The thermostat (temperature switch) or thermistor is not connected or
loosely connected. Disconnect thermostat switch connection and ensure
that the thermostat shows short circuit. Disconnect the thermistor and
ensure that the thermistor shows resistance greater than 2.2 kQ but less
than 60 kQ. Reconnect thermostat and thermistor properly.
19 Uph Thermi Short Fault/ 1. Check the thermistor cable and related circuit.
Vph Thermi Short Fault/
Wph Thermi Short Fault
20 Autotune Abnormal Fault 1. The auto tuning process has failed. The motor parameter setting value may
be incorrect.
Set correct motor parameter. Ensure that motor is directly connected to
the inverter (remove any additional components if any like output choke
etc. when performing auto tuning).

21 Overspeed Fault 1. Check the encoder wiring.

2. Check the proper earthing of encoder.
3. Problem in auto tuning parameter. Enter the correct motor parameter and
Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive
A-15
No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures
repeat the procedure for auto tuning.
22 Speed Deviation Fault 1. Check the encoder wiring.
2. Check the proper earthing of encoder.
3. Problem in auto tuning parameter. Enter the correct motor parameter and
repeat the procedure for auto tuning.
23 External Fault1 1. The signal for the external fault is present at the DI.
External Fault2 Check and correct it.
2. If the signal is not present, remove the selection of the external fault with
the help of Mode-C parameters.
3. There may be a problem in Main Control Card PCA-2052A.
Replace the Main Control Card PCA-2052A.

24 Emergency Stop 1. The signal for the emergency stop input is present at the DI.
Check and correct it.
2. If the signal is not present, remove the selection for emergency stop in
C101-C108 / C801-C808.
3. There may be a problem in Main Control Card PCA-2052A.
Remove the Main Control Card PCA-2052A.

25 4-20 mA Missing 1. 4-20 mA input reference to the unit is below 3 mA. Check the voltage level
at AI terminal of Main Control Card PCA-2052A.
26 IU2 Overtemp Fault/ 1. A trouble may have occurred in the cooling blower of respective Inverter
IU3 Overtemp Fault/ Unit or Diode Unit in case of parallel inverter/rectifier. Replace it if
IU4 Overtemp Fault/ necessary.
IU5 Overtemp Fault/ 2. The ambient temperature may have risen.
IU6 Overtemp Fault/ Lower the ambient temperature as per the specifications.
DU1 Overtemp Fault/
3. The carrier frequency may be set too high.
DU2 Overtemp Fault
4. The thermistor is not connected or loosely connected. Disconnect the
thermistor and ensure that the thermistor shows resistance greater than
2.2kQ but less than 60kQ. Reconnect thermistor properly.
27 IU1 I-Unbalance Fault/ 1. Check whether the sensors are connected properly or not.
IU2 I-Unbalance Fault/ If the sensor of one or more Inverter Unit is not connected, this fault may
IU3 I-Unbalance Fault/ come.
IU4 I-Unbalance Fault/
2. There may be problem with the driver card or fiber optic cable. Check the
IU5 I-Unbalance Fault/
driver card and wire connections. If required replace it.
IU6 I-Unbalance Fault
3. There may be loose connection of the cable or problem with the Adaptor
Card PCA-185.
Check the connection with Adaptor Card and if required change the PCA-
185.
4. Check the current sensor connections at Driver Interface Card PCA-2049A.
If required, change the card.
28 Ext Brake Run Error 1. RUN did not turn OFF after engaging the external brake.
Check the settings are correct in C433 Run Error Judgment Time At
Engaging Brake.

29 Ext Brake Ans Error 1. The brake command and answer signal from the brake do not match.
Check the settings are correct in C434 Brake Answer Error Judgment Time.

Amtech
A-16
No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures
30 IU1Vph CurSensor Flt/ 1. Loose connection of hall current sensor cable connected at TB1 to TB6 of
IU1Vph CurSensor Fault/ PCA-2049A.
IU1Wph CurSensor Fault/ Switch off the unit and remove the cable. Check for proper crimping of
IU2Uph CurSensor Fault/ cable on both sides. If found abnormal, replace the cable and check again.
IU2Vph CurSensor Fault/
2. One or more current sensor has failed.
IU2Wph CurSensor Fault/
Remove connector TB1 to TB6 and reset the fault. If the fault can be reset,
IU3Uph CurSensor Fault/
find out which current sensor has failed.
IU3Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU3Wph CurSensor Fault/ 3. If after removing connector TB1 to TB6, the problem persists, replace PCA-
IU4Uph CurSensor Fault/ 2049A.
IU4Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU4Wph CurSensor Fault/
IU5Uph CurSensor Fault/
IU5Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU5Wph CurSensor Fault/
IU6Uph CurSensor Fault/
IU6Vph CurSensor Fault/
IU6Wph CurSensor Fault
31 Control Version Fault 1. It indicates the problem with the control version. Change the control card.
32 CPU Error1 / CPU Error2 1. It indicates that there is an internal communication problem between
CPU1 and CPU2.
Turn OFF the power and again turn ON. If fault doesn't reset, replace the
Main Control Card PCA-2052A.

33 EEPROM Fault 1. Data received from the EEPROM is incorrect or out of range.
On fault reset, default values will be stored in the EEPROM.
Ensure proper earth connection to the unit and inside the unit.
2. If again fault occurs after power recycling, replace the Main Control Card
PCA-2052A.
34 Communication Loss 1. Check the communication cable between Digital Operation Panel (Display
unit) and Main Control Card PCA-2052A.
2. Disable the fault using C505 DOP Communication Loss Selection.
This will allow the inverter to run in case of communication loss between
the Main Control Card PCA-2052A and Digital Operation Panel (Display
Unit).
3. There may be problem in Digital Operation Panel (Display Unit).
Replace the Digital Operation Panel (Display Unit) and check again.
4. There may be problem in Main Control Card PCA-2052A. If +5 V supply or
+3.3 V supply is not coming then also this fault will come.
Check the power supply and if found problem replace Interface Card or
replace the Main Control Card PCA-2052A and check again.

35 Power Fail Fault 1. One or more power supplies has problem.

Check the power supplies on Main Control Card PCA-2052A and Interface
Card. Replace the relevant card if required.

36 ADD-ON Fault 1. The Add-ON card is not fitted properly.

Check the connection of Add-ON card and if required remove and remount

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-17
No. Fault Name Causes & Countermeasures
it.

37 PTC Short Fault 1. Check the PTC circuit and ensure that the PTC is not short circuited.
2. If still problem persists, change Main Control Card PCA-2052A.
38 Motor Overtemp Fault 1. A trouble may have occurred in the cooling fan of motor or motor may
have overloaded.
Check the actual motor temperature and cooling fan. If any problem
resolve it.
2. Check the motor temperature feedback circuit.
39 RTD1 NC Fault/ 1. Check RTD connections. If the connections are ok check the Add-ON card. If
RTD2 NC Fault/ required, replace the Add-ON card.
RTD3 NC Fault
40 RTD1 Overtemp Fault/ 1. The temperature of the object (motor / reactor) has increased.
RTD2 Overtemp Fault/ Check the actual temperature. If actual temperature has increased,
RTD3 Overtemp Fault improve the ventilation, reduce the load or take necessary actions to keep
the temperature within the limit.
2. The connection might be a problem.
Check the connection and if required change the RTD. If still problem
persist, change the RTD channel or else change the Add-ON Card.

41 DBR OL Fault 1. The Dynamic Braking current has exceeded the DB overload counter.
Check the setting of B323 DBR Overload Setting. Ensure that regenerative
current is within the set limit. If permitted increase the setting or increase
the deceleration time.

42 Panel Temperature Fault 1. Check the Panel cooling fan.

2. Check the Panel temperature level in B325 Panel Temperature Level.

Amtech
A-18
Remote mounting of Digital Operation Panel (keypad) ■
The Digital Operation Panel of Axpert-Eazy+ Series VFD can be extended to remote or panel. To
extend the Digital Operation Panel, order the display cable as per the required distance. Follow I
below steps to mount the Digital Operation Panel.
1. Ensure that the power supply to the unit is turned off before carrying out this activity.
2. Digital Operation Panel is mounted on the VFD with the help of two M3 screws. First
remove the Digital Operation Panel by opening these two M3 screws. Then remove the
display cable from the back side of the Digital Operation Panel.
3. Put cutout (dimensions are given in the below fig) in the front door of the panel or
wherever the Digital Operation Panel is to be mounted. Make sure that there are no burrs
and the surface is flat. If the surface is not flat, it may affect the operation of the Digital
Operation Panel.
4. Now, fit the Digital Operation Panel from back side of panel door with the help of two
M4x15 screws as shown in the fig.
5. Connect one end of the long display cable to Digital Operation Panel and the other end to
the control card (open the green front cover of the VFD to make this connection). Properly
route the cable and ensure that no power cables are passing parallel to this cable.

Axpert-Eazy+ Series Variable Frequency Drive

A-19
1
Appendix-D: Revision History

Compatible
Sr. Control Version
Changes display Effective date
No. CPU1 / CPU2
version
1 37.00.21 First version release. 37.00 09/04/2018

Amtech
A-20
Notes:
Notes:
Contact Us

AMTECH ELECTRONICS (INDIA) LTD.

E-6, GIDC Electronics Zone, Gandhinagar-382 028, Gujarat, India.
Phone : +91 -79-23289101, 23289102, 23289103
Fax : +91-79-23289111
E-mail : info@amtechelectronics.com
Website : www.amtechelectronics.com

Rep/Distributor Address:

^ .A M T E C H